NEC NP-P451X 4500-lumen Entry-Level Professional User Manual

Projector

P501X /P451X

P451W/P401W

PE501X

User’s Manual

The PE501X is not distributed in North America.

Model No.

NP-P501X, NP-P451X, NP-P451W, NP-P401W, NP-PE501X

Ver. 1/02/13

•฀Apple,฀Mac,฀Mac฀OS,฀iMac,฀and฀MacBook฀are฀trademarks฀of฀Apple฀Inc.฀registered฀in฀the฀U.S.฀and฀other฀countries.

•฀Microsoft,฀Windows,฀Windows฀Vista,฀Internet฀Explorer,฀.NET฀Framework,฀Excel,฀and฀PowerPoint฀are฀either฀a฀regis-

tered฀trademark฀or฀trademark฀of฀Microsoft฀Corporation฀in฀the฀United฀States฀and/or฀other฀countries.

•฀Intel฀and฀Intel฀Core฀are฀trademarks฀of฀Intel฀Corporation฀in฀the฀U.S.฀and/or฀other฀countries.

•฀PowerPC฀is฀a฀registered฀trademark฀of฀the฀International฀Business฀Machines฀Corporation.

•฀MicroSaver฀is฀a฀registered฀trademark฀of฀Kensington฀Computer฀Products฀Group,฀a฀division฀of฀ACCO฀Brands.

•฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀uses฀WinI2C/DDC฀library,฀©฀Nicomsoft฀Ltd.

•฀HDMI,฀the฀HDMI฀Logo฀and฀High-Denition฀Multimedia฀Interface฀are฀trademarks฀or฀registered฀trademarks฀of฀HDMI฀

Licensing฀LLC.

•฀Trademark฀PJLink฀is฀a฀trademark฀applied฀for฀trademark฀rights฀in฀Japan,฀the฀United฀States฀of฀America฀and฀other฀

countries and areas.

•฀Wi-Fi

,฀Wi-Fi฀Alliance

,฀and฀Wi-Fi฀Protected฀Access฀(WPA,฀WPA2)

฀are฀registered฀trademarks฀of฀the฀Wi-Fi฀Alli-

ance.

•฀Blu-ray฀is฀a฀trademark฀of฀Blu-ray฀Disc฀Association

•฀CRESTRON฀and฀ROOMVIEW฀are฀registered฀trademarks฀of฀Crestron฀Electronics,฀Inc.฀in฀the฀United฀States฀and฀other฀

countries.

•฀Other฀product฀and฀company฀names฀mentioned฀in฀this฀user’s฀manual฀may฀be฀the฀trademarks฀or฀registered฀trademarks฀

of฀their฀respective฀holders.

•฀GPL/LGPL฀Software฀Licenses

฀The฀product฀includes฀software฀licensed฀under฀GNU฀General฀Public฀License฀(GPL),฀GNU฀Lesser฀General฀Public฀

License฀(LGPL),฀and฀others.

฀For฀more฀information฀on฀each฀software,฀see฀“readme.pdf”฀inside฀the฀“about฀GPL&LGPL”฀folder฀on฀the฀supplied฀CD-

ROM.

NOTES

(1)฀The฀contents฀of฀this฀user’s฀manual฀may฀not฀be฀reprinted฀in฀part฀or฀whole฀without฀permission.

(2)฀The฀contents฀of฀this฀user’s฀manual฀are฀subject฀to฀change฀without฀notice.

(3)฀Great฀care฀has฀been฀taken฀in฀the฀preparation฀of฀this฀user’s฀manual;฀however,฀should฀you฀notice฀any฀questionable฀

points,฀errors฀or฀omissions,฀please฀contact฀us.

(4)฀Notwithstanding฀article฀(3),฀NEC฀will฀not฀be฀responsible฀for฀any฀claims฀on฀loss฀of฀prot฀or฀other฀matters฀deemed฀

to฀result฀from฀using฀the฀Projector.

Important Information

Safety Cautions

Precautions

Please฀read฀this฀manual฀carefully฀before฀using฀your฀NEC฀projector฀and฀keep฀the฀manual฀handy฀for฀future฀reference.

CAUTION

To฀turn฀off฀main฀power,฀be฀sure฀to฀remove฀the฀plug฀from฀power฀outlet.

The฀power฀outlet฀socket฀should฀be฀installed฀as฀near฀to฀the฀equipment฀as฀possible,฀and฀should฀be฀easily฀

accessible.

CAUTION

TO฀PREVENT฀SHOCK,฀DO฀NOT฀OPEN฀THE฀CABINET.

THERE฀ARE฀HIGH-VOLTAGE฀COMPONENTS฀INSIDE.

REFER฀SERVICING฀TO฀QUALIFIED฀SERVICE฀PERSONNEL.

This฀symbol฀warns฀the฀user฀that฀uninsulated฀voltage฀within฀the฀unit฀may฀be฀sufcient฀to฀cause฀electrical฀

shock.฀Therefore,฀it฀is฀dangerous฀to฀make฀any฀kind฀of฀contact฀with฀any฀part฀inside฀of฀the฀unit.

This฀symbol฀alerts฀the฀user฀that฀important฀information฀concerning฀the฀operation฀and฀maintenance฀of฀this฀

unit฀has฀been฀provided.

The฀information฀should฀be฀read฀carefully฀to฀avoid฀problems.

WARNING:฀TO฀PREVENT฀FIRE฀OR฀SHOCK,฀DO฀NOT฀EXPOSE฀THIS฀UNIT฀TO฀RAIN฀OR฀MOISTURE.

DO฀NOT฀USE฀THIS฀UNIT’S฀PLUG฀WITH฀AN฀EXTENSION฀CORD฀OR฀IN฀AN฀OUTLET฀UNLESS฀ALL฀THE฀PRONGS฀

CAN฀BE฀FULLY฀INSERTED.

DOC Compliance Notice (for Canada only)

This฀Class฀B฀digital฀apparatus฀complies฀with฀Canadian฀ICES-003.

Machine Noise Information Regulation - 3. GPSGV,

The฀highest฀sound฀pressure฀level฀is฀less฀than฀70฀dB฀(A)฀in฀accordance฀with฀EN฀ISO฀7779.

CAUTION

Avoid฀displaying฀stationary฀images฀for฀a฀prolonged฀period฀of฀time.

Doing฀so฀can฀result฀in฀these฀images฀being฀temporarily฀sustained฀on฀the฀surface฀of฀the฀LCD฀panel.

If฀this฀should฀happen,฀continue฀to฀use฀your฀projector.฀The฀static฀background฀from฀previous฀images฀will฀

disappear.

Disposing of your used product

EU-wide฀legislation฀as฀implemented฀in฀each฀Member฀State฀requires฀that฀used฀electrical฀and฀electronic฀prod-

ucts฀carrying฀the฀mark฀(left)฀must฀be฀disposed฀of฀separately฀from฀normal฀household฀waste.฀This฀includes฀

projectors฀and฀their฀electrical฀accessories฀or฀lamps.฀When฀you฀dispose฀of฀such฀products,฀please฀follow฀the฀

guidance฀of฀your฀local฀authority฀and/or฀ask฀the฀shop฀where฀you฀purchased฀the฀product.

After฀collecting฀the฀used฀products,฀they฀are฀reused฀and฀recycled฀in฀a฀proper฀way.฀This฀effort฀will฀help฀us฀

reduce฀the฀wastes฀as฀well฀as฀the฀negative฀impact฀such฀as฀mercury฀contained฀in฀a฀lamp฀to฀the฀human฀health฀

and฀the฀environment฀at฀the฀minimum฀level.

The฀mark฀on฀the฀electrical฀and฀electronic฀products฀only฀applies฀to฀the฀current฀European฀Union฀Member฀

States.

Important Information

WARNING TO CALIFORNIA RESIDENTS:

Handling฀the฀cables฀supplied฀with฀this฀product฀will฀expose฀you฀to฀lead,฀a฀chemical฀known฀to฀the฀State฀of฀California฀

to฀cause฀birth฀defects฀or฀other฀reproductive฀harm.฀WASH฀HANDS฀AFTER฀HANDLING.

RF Interference (for USA only)

WARNING

The฀Federal฀Communications฀Commission฀does฀not฀allow฀any฀modications฀or฀changes฀to฀the฀unit฀EXCEPT฀those฀

specied฀by฀NEC฀Display฀Solutions฀of฀America,฀Inc.฀in฀this฀manual.฀Failure฀to฀comply฀with฀this฀government฀regu-

lation฀could฀void฀your฀right฀to฀operate฀this฀equipment.฀This฀equipment฀has฀been฀tested฀and฀found฀to฀comply฀with฀

the฀limits฀for฀a฀Class฀B฀digital฀device,฀pursuant฀to฀Part฀15฀of฀the฀FCC฀Rules.฀These฀limits฀are฀designed฀to฀provide฀

reasonable฀protection฀against฀harmful฀interference฀in฀a฀residential฀installation.฀This฀equipment฀generates,฀uses,฀and฀

can฀radiate฀radio฀frequency฀energy฀and,฀if฀not฀installed฀and฀used฀in฀accordance฀with฀the฀instructions,฀may฀cause฀

harmful฀interference฀to฀radio฀communications.฀However,฀there฀is฀no฀guarantee฀that฀interference฀will฀not฀occur฀in฀a฀

particular฀installation.

If฀this฀equipment฀does฀cause฀harmful฀interference฀to฀radio฀or฀television฀reception,฀which฀can฀be฀determined฀by฀

turning฀the฀equipment฀off฀and฀on,฀the฀user฀is฀encouraged฀to฀try฀to฀correct฀the฀interference฀by฀one฀or฀more฀of฀the฀

following฀measures:

•฀Reorient฀or฀relocate฀the฀receiving฀antenna.

•฀Increase฀the฀separation฀between฀the฀equipment฀and฀receiver.

•฀Connect฀the฀equipment฀into฀an฀outlet฀on฀a฀circuit฀different฀from฀that฀to฀which฀the฀receiver฀is฀connected.

•฀Consult฀the฀dealer฀or฀an฀experienced฀radio฀/฀TV฀technician฀for฀help.

For฀UK฀only:฀In฀UK,฀a฀BS฀approved฀power฀cord฀with฀moulded฀plug฀has฀a฀Black฀(ve฀Amps)฀fuse฀installed฀for฀use฀with฀

this฀equipment.฀If฀a฀power฀cord฀is฀not฀supplied฀with฀this฀equipment฀please฀contact฀your฀supplier.

Important Safeguards

These฀safety฀instructions฀are฀to฀ensure฀the฀long฀life฀of฀your฀projector฀and฀to฀prevent฀re฀and฀shock.฀Please฀read฀them฀

carefully฀and฀heed฀all฀warnings.

Installation

•฀Do฀not฀place฀the฀projector฀in฀the฀following฀conditions:

- on an unstable cart, stand, or table.

-฀near฀water,฀baths,฀or฀damp฀rooms.

-฀in฀direct฀sunlight,฀near฀heaters,฀or฀heat฀radiating฀appliances.

-฀in฀a฀dusty,฀smoky฀or฀steamy฀environment.฀

-฀on฀a฀sheet฀of฀paper฀or฀cloth,฀rugs฀or฀carpets.

•฀If฀you฀wish฀to฀have฀the฀projector฀installed฀on฀the฀ceiling:

-฀Do฀not฀attempt฀to฀install฀the฀projector฀yourself.

-฀The฀projector฀must฀be฀installed฀by฀qualied฀technicians฀in฀order฀to฀ensure฀proper฀operation฀and฀reduce฀the฀risk฀

of฀bodily฀injury.

-฀In฀addition,฀the฀ceiling฀must฀be฀strong฀enough฀to฀support฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀installation฀must฀be฀in฀accordance฀

with฀any฀local฀building฀codes.

-฀Please฀consult฀your฀dealer฀for฀more฀information.

iii

Important Information

WARNING

•฀Do฀not฀use฀any฀other฀object฀than฀the฀projector’s฀sliding฀lens฀cover฀to฀cover฀the฀lens฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀on.฀

฀Doing฀so฀can฀cause฀the฀object฀to฀get฀extremely฀hot,฀and฀possibly฀resulting฀in฀a฀re฀or฀damage฀due฀to฀the฀heat฀

emitted฀from฀the฀light฀output.

•฀Do฀not฀place฀any฀objects,฀which฀are฀easily฀affected฀by฀heat,฀in฀front฀of฀the฀projector฀lens.฀Doing฀so฀could฀lead฀

to฀the฀object฀melting฀from฀the฀heat฀that฀is฀emitted฀from฀the฀light฀output.

Place the projector in a horizontal position

The฀tilt฀angle฀of฀the฀projector฀should฀not฀exceed฀10฀degrees,฀nor฀should฀the฀projector฀be฀installed฀in฀any฀way฀other฀

than฀the฀desktop฀and฀ceiling฀mount,฀otherwise฀lamp฀life฀could฀decrease฀dramatically.

10°

Fire and Shock Precautions

•฀Ensure฀that฀there฀is฀sufcient฀ventilation฀and฀that฀vents฀are฀unobstructed฀to฀prevent฀the฀build-up฀of฀heat฀inside฀your฀

projector.฀Allow฀at฀least฀4฀inches฀(10cm)฀of฀space฀between฀your฀projector฀and฀a฀wall.

•฀Do฀not฀try฀to฀touch฀the฀exhaust฀vent฀on฀the฀left฀front฀(when฀seen฀from฀the฀front)฀as฀it฀can฀become฀heated฀while฀the฀

projector฀is฀turned฀on฀and฀immediately฀after฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off.฀Parts฀of฀the฀projector฀may฀become฀temporarily฀

heated฀if฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off฀with฀the฀POWER฀button฀or฀if฀the฀AC฀power฀supply฀is฀disconnected฀during฀normal฀

projector฀operation.฀

฀Use฀caution฀when฀picking฀up฀the฀projector.

•฀Prevent฀foreign฀objects฀such฀as฀paper฀clips฀and฀bits฀of฀paper฀from฀falling฀into฀your฀projector.฀Do฀not฀attempt฀to฀retrieve฀

any฀objects฀that฀might฀fall฀into฀your฀projector.฀Do฀not฀insert฀any฀metal฀objects฀such฀as฀a฀wire฀or฀screwdriver฀into฀your฀

projector.฀If฀something฀should฀fall฀into฀your฀projector,฀disconnect฀it฀immediately฀and฀have฀the฀object฀removed฀by฀a฀

qualied฀service฀personnel.

•฀Do฀not฀place฀any฀objects฀on฀top฀of฀the฀projector.

•฀Do฀not฀touch฀the฀power฀plug฀during฀a฀thunderstorm.฀Doing฀so฀can฀cause฀electrical฀shock฀or฀re.

•฀The฀projector฀is฀designed฀to฀operate฀on฀a฀power฀supply฀of฀100-240V฀AC฀50/60฀Hz.฀Ensure฀that฀your฀power฀supply฀

ts฀this฀requirement฀before฀attempting฀to฀use฀your฀projector.

•฀Do฀not฀look฀into฀the฀lens฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀on.฀Serious฀damage฀to฀your฀eyes฀could฀result.

•฀Keep฀any฀items฀such฀as฀magnifying฀glass฀out฀of฀the฀light฀path฀of฀the฀projector.฀The฀light฀being฀projected฀from฀the฀

lens฀is฀extensive,฀therefore฀any฀kind฀of฀abnormal฀objects฀that฀can฀redirect฀light฀coming฀out฀of฀the฀lens,฀can฀cause฀

unpredictable฀outcome฀such฀as฀re฀or฀injury฀to฀the฀eyes.

•฀Do฀not฀place฀any฀objects,฀which฀are฀easily฀affected฀by฀heat,฀in฀front฀of฀a฀projector฀exhaust฀vent.

฀Doing฀so฀could฀lead฀to฀the฀object฀melting฀or฀getting฀your฀hands฀burned฀from฀the฀heat฀that฀is฀emitted฀from฀the฀ex-

haust.

•฀Do฀not฀splash฀water฀over฀the฀projector.฀Doing฀so฀can฀cause฀electrical฀shock฀or฀re.฀If฀the฀projector฀gets฀wet,฀turn฀off฀

the฀projector,฀unplug฀the฀power฀cord฀and฀have฀the฀projector฀serviced฀by฀a฀qualied฀service฀personnel.

Important Information

•฀Handle฀the฀power฀cord฀carefully.฀A฀damaged฀or฀frayed฀power฀cord฀can฀cause฀electric฀shock฀or฀re.

-฀Do฀not฀use฀any฀power฀cord฀other฀than฀the฀one฀supplied฀with฀the฀projector.

-฀Do฀not฀bend฀or฀tug฀the฀power฀cord฀excessively.

-฀Do฀not฀place฀the฀power฀cord฀under฀the฀projector,฀or฀any฀heavy฀object.

-฀Do฀not฀cover฀the฀power฀cord฀with฀other฀soft฀materials฀such฀as฀rugs.

-฀Do฀not฀heat฀the฀power฀cord.

-฀Do฀not฀handle฀the฀power฀plug฀with฀wet฀hands.

•฀Turn฀off฀the฀projector,฀unplug฀the฀power฀cord฀and฀have฀the฀projector฀serviced฀by฀a฀qualied฀service฀personnel฀under฀

the฀following฀conditions:

-฀When฀the฀power฀cord฀or฀plug฀is฀damaged฀or฀frayed.

-฀If฀liquid฀has฀been฀spilled฀into฀the฀projector,฀or฀if฀it฀has฀been฀exposed฀to฀rain฀or฀water.฀

-฀If฀the฀projector฀does฀not฀operate฀normally฀when฀you฀follow฀the฀instructions฀described฀in฀this฀user’s฀manual.

-฀If฀the฀projector฀has฀been฀dropped฀or฀the฀cabinet฀has฀been฀damaged.

-฀If฀the฀projector฀exhibits฀a฀distinct฀change฀in฀performance,฀indicating฀a฀need฀for฀service.

•฀Disconnect฀the฀power฀cord฀and฀any฀other฀cables฀before฀carrying฀the฀projector.

•฀Turn฀off฀the฀projector฀and฀unplug฀the฀power฀cord฀before฀cleaning฀the฀cabinet฀or฀replacing฀the฀lamp.

•฀Turn฀off฀the฀projector฀and฀unplug฀the฀power฀cord฀if฀the฀projector฀is฀not฀to฀be฀used฀for฀an฀extended฀period฀of฀time.

•฀When฀using฀a฀LAN฀cable฀(only฀models฀with฀the฀RJ-45฀LAN฀port):

฀For฀safety,฀do฀not฀connect฀to฀the฀connector฀for฀peripheral฀device฀wiring฀that฀might฀have฀excessive฀voltage.

CAUTION

•฀Do฀not฀use฀the฀tilt-foot฀for฀purposes฀other฀than฀originally฀intended.฀Misuses฀such฀as฀gripping฀the฀tilt-foot฀or฀hang-

ing฀on฀the฀wall฀can฀cause฀damage฀to฀the฀projector.

•฀Do฀not฀send฀the฀projector฀in฀the฀soft฀case฀by฀parcel฀delivery฀service฀or฀cargo฀shipment.฀The฀projector฀inside฀the฀

soft฀case฀could฀be฀damaged.

•฀Select฀[HIGH]฀in฀Fan฀mode฀if฀you฀continue฀to฀use฀the฀projector฀for฀consecutive฀days.฀(From฀the฀menu,฀select฀

[SETUP]฀฀[OPTIONS(1)]฀฀[FAN฀MODE]฀฀[HIGH].)

•฀Do฀not฀turn฀off฀the฀AC฀power฀for฀60฀seconds฀after฀the฀lamp฀is฀turned฀on฀and฀while฀the฀POWER฀indicator฀is฀blink-

ing฀blue.฀Doing฀so฀could฀cause฀premature฀lamp฀failure.

Remote Control Precautions

•฀Handle฀the฀remote฀control฀carefully.

•฀If฀the฀remote฀control฀gets฀wet,฀wipe฀it฀dry฀immediately.

•฀Avoid฀excessive฀heat฀and฀humidity.

•฀Do฀not฀short,฀heat,฀or฀take฀apart฀batteries.

•฀Do฀not฀throw฀batteries฀into฀re.

•฀If฀you฀will฀not฀be฀using฀the฀remote฀control฀for฀a฀long฀time,฀remove฀the฀batteries.

•฀Ensure฀that฀you฀have฀the฀batteries’฀polarity฀(+/−)฀aligned฀correctly.

•฀Do฀not฀use฀new฀and฀old฀batteries฀together,฀or฀use฀different฀types฀of฀batteries฀together.

•฀Dispose฀of฀used฀batteries฀according฀to฀your฀local฀regulations.

Important Information

Note for US Residents

The฀lamp฀in฀this฀product฀contains฀mercury.฀Please฀dispose฀according฀to฀Local,฀State฀or฀Federal฀Laws.

Lamp Replacement

•฀Use฀the฀specied฀lamp฀for฀safety฀and฀performance.

•฀To฀replace฀the฀lamp,฀follow฀all฀instructions฀provided฀on฀page฀

160.

•฀Be฀sure฀to฀replace฀the฀lamp฀and฀lter฀when฀the฀message฀[THE LAMP HAS REACHED THE END OF ITS USABLE

LIFE. PLEASE REPLACE THE LAMP AND FILTER.]฀appears.฀If฀you฀continue฀to฀use฀the฀lamp฀after฀the฀lamp฀has฀

reached฀the฀end฀of฀its฀usable฀life,฀the฀lamp฀bulb฀may฀shatter,฀and฀pieces฀of฀glass฀may฀be฀scattered฀in฀the฀lamp฀case.฀

Do฀not฀touch฀them฀as฀the฀pieces฀of฀glass฀may฀cause฀injury.

฀If฀this฀happens,฀contact฀your฀dealer฀for฀lamp฀replacement.

A Lamp Characteristic

The฀projector฀has฀a฀high-pressure฀mercury฀lamp฀as฀a฀light฀source.

A฀lamp฀has฀a฀characteristic฀that฀its฀brightness฀gradually฀decreases฀with฀age.฀Also฀repeatedly฀turning฀the฀lamp฀on฀

and฀off฀will฀increase฀the฀possibility฀of฀its฀lower฀brightness.

The฀actual฀lamp฀life฀may฀vary฀depending฀upon฀the฀individual฀lamp,฀the฀environmental฀conditions฀and฀usage.

CAUTION:

•฀DO฀NOT฀TOUCH฀THE฀LAMP฀immediately฀after฀it฀has฀been฀used.฀It฀will฀be฀extremely฀hot.฀Turn฀the฀projector฀off฀

and฀then฀disconnect฀the฀power฀cord.฀Allow฀at฀least฀one฀hour฀for฀the฀lamp฀to฀cool฀before฀handling.

•฀When฀removing฀the฀lamp฀from฀a฀ceiling-mounted฀projector,฀make฀sure฀that฀no฀one฀is฀under฀the฀projector.฀Glass฀

fragments฀could฀fall฀if฀the฀lamp฀has฀been฀burned฀out.

About High Altitude mode

•฀Set฀[FAN฀MODE]฀to฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀when฀using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1700฀meters฀

or฀higher.

฀Using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1700฀meters฀or฀higher฀without฀setting฀to฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀

can฀cause฀the฀projector฀to฀overheat฀and฀the฀projector฀could฀shut฀down.฀If฀this฀happens,฀wait฀a฀couple฀minutes฀and฀

turn฀on฀the฀projector.

•฀Using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀less฀than฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1700฀meters฀and฀setting฀to฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀

can฀cause฀the฀lamp฀to฀overcool,฀causing฀the฀image฀to฀icker.฀Switch฀[FAN฀MODE]฀to฀[AUTO].

•฀Using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1700฀meters฀or฀higher฀can฀shorten฀the฀life฀of฀optical฀com-

ponents฀such฀as฀the฀lamp.

About Copyright of original projected pictures:

Please฀note฀that฀using฀this฀projector฀for฀the฀purpose฀of฀commercial฀gain฀or฀the฀attraction฀of฀public฀attention฀in฀a฀venue฀

such฀as฀a฀coffee฀shop฀or฀hotel฀and฀employing฀compression฀or฀expansion฀of฀the฀screen฀image฀with฀the฀following฀func-

tions฀may฀raise฀concern฀about฀the฀infringement฀of฀copyrights฀which฀are฀protected฀by฀copyright฀law.

[ASPECT฀RATIO],฀[KEYSTONE],฀Magnifying฀feature฀and฀other฀similar฀features.

Turkish RoHS information relevant for Turkish market

EEE Yonetmeliğine Uygundur.

This฀device฀is฀not฀intended฀for฀use฀in฀the฀direct฀eld฀of฀view฀at฀visual฀display฀workplaces.฀To฀avoid฀incommoding฀reec-

tions฀at฀visual฀display฀workplaces฀this฀device฀must฀not฀be฀placed฀in฀the฀direct฀eld฀of฀view.

Important Information

Power management function

The฀projector฀has฀power฀management฀functions.฀To฀reduce฀power฀consumption,฀the฀power฀management฀functions฀(1฀

and฀2)฀are฀factory฀preset฀as฀shown฀below.฀To฀control฀the฀projector฀from฀an฀external฀device฀via฀a฀LAN฀or฀serial฀cable฀

connection,฀use฀the฀on-screen฀menu฀to฀change฀the฀settings฀for฀1฀and฀2.

1. STANDBY MODE (Factory preset: POWER-SAVING)

To control the projector from an external device, select [NORMAL] for [STANDBY MODE].

NOTE:

•฀When฀[POWER-SAVING]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE],฀the฀following฀connectors฀and฀functions฀will฀not฀work:

฀PC฀CONTROL฀port,฀MONITOR฀OUT฀connector,฀AUDIO฀OUT฀connector,฀USB฀(PC)฀port,฀LAN฀functions*,฀Mail฀Alert฀function*,฀DDC/

CI฀(Virtual฀Remote฀Tool)

*฀PE501X฀does฀not฀have฀this฀function.

2. AUTO POWER OFF (Factory preset: 30 minutes)

To control the projector from an external device, select [OFF] for [AUTO POWER OFF].

NOTE:

•฀When฀[0:30]฀is฀selected฀for฀[AUTO฀POWER฀OFF],฀you฀can฀enable฀the฀projector฀to฀automatically฀turn฀off฀in฀30฀minutes฀if฀there฀is฀

no฀signal฀received฀by฀any฀input฀or฀if฀no฀operation฀is฀performed.

vii

Table of Contents

Important Information ............................................................................................i

1. Introduction ...........................................................................................................1

❶฀What’s฀in฀the฀Box? ..........................................................................................................1

❷฀Introduction฀to฀the฀Projector ...........................................................................................2

Congratulations฀on฀Your฀Purchase฀of฀the฀Projector ..................................................2

Features฀you’ll฀enjoy: ................................................................................................2

About฀this฀user’s manual ...........................................................................................3

❸ Part Names฀of฀the฀Projector ...........................................................................................4

Front/Top ...................................................................................................................4

Rear ..........................................................................................................................5

Top฀Features .............................................................................................................6

Terminal฀Panel฀Features ...........................................................................................7

❹฀Part฀Names฀of฀the฀Remote฀Control ................................................................................8

Battery฀Installation ....................................................................................................9

Remote฀Control฀Precautions .....................................................................................9

Operating฀Range฀for฀Wireless฀Remote฀Control .........................................................9

❺฀Operating฀Environment฀for฀Software฀Included฀on฀CD-ROM .........................................10

Operating฀Environment ...........................................................................................11

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation) ...............................................13

❶฀Flow฀of฀Projecting฀an฀Image .........................................................................................13

❷฀Connecting฀Your฀Computer/Connecting฀the฀Power฀Cord ..............................................14

❸฀Turning฀on฀the฀Projector ...............................................................................................15

Note฀on฀Startup฀screen฀(Menu฀Language฀Select฀screen) .......................................16

❹฀Selecting฀a฀Source .......................................................................................................17

Selecting฀the฀computer฀or฀video฀source..................................................................17

❺฀Adjusting฀the฀Picture฀Size฀and฀Position ........................................................................19

Adjusting฀the฀vertical฀position฀of฀a฀projected฀image฀(Lens฀shift) .............................20

Focus ......................................................................................................................21

Zoom .......................................................................................................................22

Adjust฀the฀Tilt฀Foot ..................................................................................................23

❻฀Correcting฀Keystone฀Distortion฀[KEYSTONE] ..............................................................24

❼฀Optimizing฀Computer฀Signal฀Automatically ..................................................................26

Adjusting฀the฀Image฀Using฀Auto฀Adjust ...................................................................26

❽ Turning฀Up฀or฀Down฀Volume .........................................................................................26

❾฀Turning฀off฀the฀Projector ...............................................................................................27

❿฀After฀Use.......................................................................................................................28

3. Convenient Features ......................................................................................29

❶ Turning฀off฀the฀Image฀and฀Sound .................................................................................29

❷฀Freezing a Picture ........................................................................................................29

❸ Enlarging฀a฀Picture .......................................................................................................29

❹฀Changing฀Eco฀Mode/Checking฀Energy-Saving฀Effect฀ .................................................30

Using฀Eco฀Mode฀[ECO฀MODE] ...............................................................................30

Checking฀Energy-Saving฀Effect฀[CARBON฀METER] ..............................................31

❺ Preventing฀the฀Unauthorized฀Use฀of฀the฀Projector฀[SECURITY] ..................................33

viii

Table of Contents

❻฀Using฀4-Point฀Corner฀to฀Correct฀Keystone฀Distortion฀[CORNERSTONE] ....................36

Cornerstone ............................................................................................................36

❼฀Operating฀Your฀Computer’s฀Mouse฀Functions฀from฀the฀Projector’s฀Remote฀Control

via฀the฀USB฀Cable฀(Remote฀Mouse฀Function) ........................................................39

❽฀Projecting฀Your฀Computer’s฀Screen฀Image฀from฀the฀Projector฀via฀the฀USB฀Cable฀

(USB฀Display) .........................................................................................................40

❾฀Controlling฀the฀Projector฀by฀Using฀an฀HTTP฀Browser฀(not฀supported฀by฀PE501X) ......42

❿฀Projecting฀Your฀Computer’s฀Screen฀Image฀from฀the฀Projector฀via฀a฀Network฀

[NETWORK฀PROJECTOR]฀(not฀supported฀by฀PE501X) ........................................49

⓫฀Using฀the฀Projector฀to฀Operate฀Your฀Computer฀via฀a฀Network฀[REMOTE

DESKTOP]฀(not฀supported฀by฀PE501X) .................................................................53

⓬฀Connecting฀Your฀Microphone ........................................................................................58

4. Using the Viewer (not supported by PE501X) ...................................................59

❶฀What฀you฀can฀do฀with฀the฀Viewer ..................................................................................59

❷฀Preparing฀presentation materials .................................................................................62

❸฀Projecting฀images฀stored฀in฀a฀USB฀memory฀device .....................................................63

Starting฀the฀Viewer ..................................................................................................63

Exiting฀the฀Viewer ...................................................................................................68

Names฀and฀functions฀of฀Viewer฀screen ...................................................................69

Viewer฀option฀settings .............................................................................................74

❹฀Projecting฀data฀from฀shared฀folder ...............................................................................77

Connecting฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀shared฀folder ........................................................77

Disconnecting฀the฀shared฀folder฀from฀the฀projector ................................................80

❺฀Projecting฀data฀from฀media฀server................................................................................81

Setting฀up฀“Media฀Sharing”฀in฀Windows฀Media฀Player฀11 .......................................81

Setting฀up฀“Media฀Sharing”฀in฀Windows฀Media฀Player฀12 .......................................83

Connecting฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀media฀server .........................................................84

Disconnecting฀the฀projector฀from฀the฀media฀server ................................................85

❻฀Restrictions฀on฀displaying฀les .....................................................................................86

Some฀restrictions฀on฀PowerPoint฀les .....................................................................86

Some฀restrictions฀on฀Excel฀les ..............................................................................86

Some฀restrictions฀on฀PDF฀les ...............................................................................86

5. Using On-Screen Menu .................................................................................87

❶฀Using฀the฀Menus ...........................................................................................................87

❷ Menu Elements .............................................................................................................88

❸฀List฀of฀Menu฀Items ........................................................................................................89

❹฀Menu฀Descriptions฀&฀Functions฀[SOURCE] .................................................................92

COMPUTER ...........................................................................................................92

HDMI1฀and฀2 ...........................................................................................................92

VIDEO .....................................................................................................................92

S-VIDEO .................................................................................................................92

VIEWER฀(not฀supported฀by฀PE501X) .....................................................................92

NETWORK฀(not฀supported฀by฀PE501X) .................................................................92

USB฀DISPLAY .........................................................................................................92

❺฀Menu฀Descriptions฀&฀Functions฀[ADJUST] ...................................................................93

[PICTURE] ..............................................................................................................93

Table of Contents

[IMAGE฀OPTIONS] .................................................................................................96

[AUDIO] .................................................................................................................100

❻฀Menu฀Descriptions฀&฀Functions฀[SETUP] ...................................................................101

[GENERAL] ...........................................................................................................101

[MENU] .................................................................................................................103

[INSTALLATION] ...................................................................................................105

[OPTIONS(1)] .......................................................................................................107

[OPTIONS(2)] .......................................................................................................110

❼฀Menu฀Descriptions฀&฀Functions฀[INFO.] .....................................................................113

[USAGE฀TIME] ......................................................................................................113

[SOURCE(1)] ........................................................................................................114

[SOURCE(2)] ........................................................................................................114

[WIRED฀LAN]฀(not฀supported฀by฀PE501X) ...........................................................114

[WIRELESS฀LAN]฀(not฀supported฀by฀PE501X) .....................................................115

[VERSION(1)] .......................................................................................................115

[VERSION(2)]฀(not฀supported฀by฀PE501X) ...........................................................115

[OTHERS] .............................................................................................................116

❽฀Menu฀Descriptions฀&฀Functions฀[RESET] ...................................................................117

Returning฀to฀Factory฀Default฀[RESET] ..................................................................117

❾฀Application฀Menu฀(not฀supported฀by฀PE501X) ...........................................................118

IMAGE฀EXPRESS฀UTILITY ..................................................................................118

DESKTOP฀CONTROL฀UTILITY ............................................................................118

NETWORK฀PROJECTOR .....................................................................................119

REMOTE฀DESKTOP฀CONNECTION ...................................................................119

NETWORK฀SETTINGS .........................................................................................120

TOOLS ..................................................................................................................136

6. Installation and Connections ..................................................................141

❶฀Setting฀Up฀the฀Screen฀and฀the฀Projector ....................................................................141

Selecting฀a฀Location..............................................................................................141

Throw฀Distance฀and฀Screen฀Size ..........................................................................143

❷฀Making฀Connections ...................................................................................................145

Connecting฀Your฀Computer ...................................................................................145

Connecting฀an฀External Monitor ...........................................................................147

Connecting฀Your฀DVD฀Player฀or฀Other฀AV฀Equipment ...........................................148

Connecting฀Component฀Input ...............................................................................149

Connecting฀HDMI฀Input.........................................................................................150

Connecting฀to฀a฀Wired฀LAN฀(not฀supported฀by฀PE501X) ......................................151

Connecting฀to฀a฀Wireless฀LAN฀(Optional:฀NP02LM฀series)฀(not฀supported฀by฀

PE501X)................................................................................................................152

Attaching฀the฀Optional฀Cable฀Cover฀(NP03CV) ....................................................155

7. Maintenance .....................................................................................................156

❶฀Cleaning฀the฀Filters.....................................................................................................156

❷฀Cleaning฀the฀Lens.......................................................................................................159

❸฀Cleaning฀the฀Cabinet ..................................................................................................159

❹฀Replacing฀the฀Lamp฀and฀the฀Filters ............................................................................160

Table of Contents

8. User Supportware ..........................................................................................165

❶฀Installing฀Software฀Program .......................................................................................165

Installation฀for฀Windows฀software ..........................................................................165

❷฀Using฀the฀Computer฀Cable฀(VGA)฀to฀Operate฀the฀Projector฀(Virtual฀Remote฀Tool) ....168

❸฀Projecting฀Your฀Computer’s฀Screen฀Image฀or฀Video฀from฀the฀Projector฀over฀a฀LAN฀

(Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite)฀(not฀supported฀by฀PE501X) ......................................173

Starting฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀from฀a฀USB฀Memory฀or฀SD฀Card ...................178

❹฀Projecting฀an฀Image฀from฀an฀Angle฀(Geometric฀Correction฀Tool฀in฀Image฀Express

Utility฀Lite)฀(not฀supported฀by฀PE501X) .................................................................180

What฀you฀can฀do฀with฀GCT ...................................................................................180

Projecting฀an฀Image฀from฀an฀Angle฀(GCT) ............................................................180

❺ Projecting฀Images฀from฀the฀Projector฀over฀a฀LAN฀(Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0)฀(not฀

supported฀by฀PE501X) ..........................................................................................182

What฀you฀can฀do฀with฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0 ...................................................182

Connecting฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀LAN ........................................................................183

Basic฀Operation฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0 ........................................................184

❻฀Using฀the฀Projector฀to฀Operate฀Your฀Computer฀over฀a฀LAN฀(Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀

1.0)฀(not฀supported฀by฀PE501X) ...........................................................................193

What฀you฀can฀do฀with฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0 .................................................193

Connecting฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀LAN ........................................................................193

Using฀the฀projector฀to฀operate฀your฀computer’s฀desktop฀screen ...........................194

❼฀Controlling฀the฀Projector฀over฀a฀LAN฀(PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4/Pro฀5) ........................202

9. Appendix ..............................................................................................................206

❶฀Troubleshooting ..........................................................................................................206

Indicator฀Messages ...............................................................................................206

Common฀Problems฀&฀Solutions ............................................................................207

If฀there฀is฀no฀picture,฀or฀the฀picture฀is฀not฀displayed฀correctly. ...............................208

❷฀Specications .............................................................................................................209

❸฀Cabinet฀Dimensions ...................................................................................................211

❹฀Pin฀Assignments฀of฀D-Sub฀COMPUTER฀Input฀Connector .........................................213

❺฀Compatible฀Input฀Signal฀List .......................................................................................214

❻฀PC฀Control฀Codes฀and฀Cable฀Connection ..................................................................215

❼ Troubleshooting฀Check฀List .........................................................................................216

❽฀REGISTER฀YOUR฀PROJECTOR!฀(for residents in the United฀States,฀Canada, and

Mexico) .................................................................................................................218

Projector

1. Introduction

❶ What’s in the Box?

Make฀sure฀your฀box฀contains฀everything฀listed.฀If฀any฀pieces฀are฀missing,฀contact฀your฀dealer.

Please฀save฀the฀original฀box฀and฀packing฀materials฀if฀you฀ever฀need฀to฀ship฀your฀projector.

Power cord

(US: 7N080236)

(EU: 7N080022)

Computer cable (VGA)

(7N520087)

NEC Projector CD-ROM

User’s manual (PDF) and the utility

software

(7N951901)

•฀Important฀Infomation฀(For฀North฀

America: 7N8N3471) (For Other

countries than North America:

7N8N3471 and 7N8N3481)

•฀Quick฀Setup฀Guide฀(For฀North฀Amer-

ica: 7N8N3491) (For Other countries

than North America: 7N8N3491 and

7N8N3501)

Remote control

(7N900926)

Batteries (AAA × 2)

Unless฀otherwise฀described฀in฀the฀user’s฀manual,฀the฀drawings฀for฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀show฀examples฀of฀the฀P501X.

For North America only

Limited warranty

For customers in Europe:

You will ﬁnd our current valid

Guarantee Policy on our Web

Site:

www.nec-display-solutions.com

1. Introduction

❷ Introduction to the Projector

This฀section฀introduces฀you฀to฀your฀new฀projector฀and฀describes฀the฀features฀and฀controls.

Congratulations on Your Purchase of the Projector

This฀projector฀is฀one฀of฀the฀very฀best฀projectors฀available฀today.฀The฀projector฀enables฀you฀to฀project฀precise฀images฀

up฀to฀300฀inches฀across฀(measured฀diagonally)฀from฀your฀PC฀or฀Mac฀computer฀(desktop฀or฀notebook),฀VCR,฀DVD฀

player,฀or฀document฀camera.

You฀can฀use฀the฀projector฀on฀a฀tabletop฀or฀cart,฀you฀can฀use฀the฀projector฀to฀project฀images฀from฀behind฀the฀screen,฀

and฀the฀projector฀can฀be฀permanently฀mounted฀on฀a฀ceiling*

.฀The฀remote฀control฀can฀be฀used฀wirelessly.

฀Do฀not฀attempt฀to฀mount฀the฀projector฀on฀a฀ceiling฀yourself.

฀The฀projector฀must฀be฀installed฀by฀qualied฀technicians฀in฀order฀to฀ensure฀proper฀operation฀and฀reduce฀the฀risk฀

of฀bodily฀injury.

฀In฀addition,฀the฀ceiling฀must฀be฀strong฀enough฀to฀support฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀installation฀must฀be฀in฀accordance฀

with฀any฀local฀building฀codes.฀Please฀consult฀your฀dealer฀for฀more฀information.

Features you’ll enjoy:

•฀Quick฀start฀(3฀seconds*

),฀Quick฀Power฀Off,฀Direct฀Power฀Off

฀3฀seconds*

฀after฀turning฀on฀the฀power,฀the฀projector฀is฀ready฀to฀display฀PC฀or฀video฀images.

฀The฀projector฀can฀be฀put฀away฀immediately฀after฀the฀projector฀is฀powered฀down.฀No฀cool฀down฀period฀is฀required฀

after฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off฀from฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀cabinet฀control฀panel.

฀The฀projector฀has฀a฀feature฀called฀“Direct฀Power฀Off”.฀This฀feature฀allows฀the฀projector฀to฀be฀turned฀off฀(even฀when฀

projecting฀an฀image)฀by฀using฀the฀Main฀Power฀Switch฀or฀disconnecting฀the฀AC฀power฀supply.

฀To฀turn฀off฀the฀AC฀power฀supply฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀powered฀on,฀use฀a฀power฀strip฀equipped฀with฀a฀switch฀and฀

a฀breaker.

฀ The฀quick฀start฀time฀is฀only฀when฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀is฀set฀to฀[NORMAL]฀in฀the฀on-screen฀message.

•฀0.21฀W฀(100-130฀V฀AC)/0.43฀W฀(200-240฀V฀AC)฀in฀standby฀condition฀with฀energy฀saving฀technology

฀Selecting฀[POWER-SAVING]฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀from฀the฀menu฀can฀put฀the฀projector฀in฀power-saving฀mode฀

that฀consumes฀only฀0.21฀W฀(100-130฀V฀AC)/0.43฀W฀(200-240฀V฀AC).฀The฀wattage฀is฀a฀typical฀value.

•฀Carbon฀Meter฀

฀This฀feature฀will฀show฀energy-saving฀effect฀in฀terms฀of฀CO

฀emission฀reduction฀(kg)฀and฀electricity฀cost฀when฀the฀

projector’s฀[ECO฀MODE]฀is฀set฀to฀[AUTO฀ECO],฀[NORMAL],฀or฀[ECO].

฀The฀amount฀of฀CO

฀emission฀reduction฀will฀be฀displayed฀in฀the฀conrmation฀message฀at฀the฀time฀of฀power-off฀and฀

in฀the฀INFO฀of฀the฀on-screen฀menu.

•฀Lamp฀life฀up฀to฀6000฀hours*

฀Using฀in฀Eco฀Mode฀(ECO)฀allows฀you฀to฀prolong฀the฀projector’s฀lamp฀life฀up฀to฀6000฀hours฀(up฀to฀4000฀hours฀in฀

ECO฀MODE฀OFF).฀

฀ P501X/PE501X/P451W:฀6000฀hours฀(up฀to฀3500฀hours฀in฀ECO฀MODE฀OFF).

•฀Two฀HDMI฀inputs฀supports฀digital฀signals

฀The฀two฀HDMI฀inputs฀provide฀HDCP฀compatible฀digital฀signals.฀The฀HDMI฀input฀also฀supports฀audio฀signal.

•฀16฀W฀built-in฀speaker฀for฀an฀integrated฀audio฀solution

฀Powerful฀16฀watt฀monaural฀speaker฀provides฀volume฀need฀for฀large฀rooms.

•฀MIC฀Input฀provided

฀A฀MIC฀input฀jack฀for฀a฀commercially฀available฀dynamic฀microphone฀is฀useful฀for฀your฀presentation฀in฀a฀conference฀

room or lecture in a classroom.

•฀The฀supplied฀remote฀control฀allows฀you฀to฀assign฀a฀CONTROL฀ID฀to฀the฀projector

฀Multiple฀projectors฀can฀be฀operated฀separately฀and฀independently฀with฀the฀same฀single฀remote฀control฀by฀assigning฀

an฀ID฀number฀to฀each฀projector.

1. Introduction

•฀Keystone฀correction

฀Keystone฀vertical/horizontal/pincushion฀and฀cornerstone฀features฀allows฀you฀to฀correct฀almost฀all฀distortions฀in฀the฀

image.

•฀Integrated฀RJ-45฀connector฀for฀wired฀networking฀capability฀along฀with฀wireless฀networking฀capabilities

฀An฀RJ-45฀connector฀is฀standard.฀An฀optional฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀(NP02LM฀series)฀is฀required฀for฀wireless฀LAN฀

connection.฀(wireless฀and฀wired฀network฀capability฀is฀not฀supported฀by฀PE501X)

•฀Software฀programs฀(User฀Supportware)฀contained฀in฀the฀supplied฀CD-ROM

฀The฀supplied฀NEC฀Projector฀includes฀programs:฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool,฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀(for฀Windows/Mac฀

OS),฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0฀(for฀Windows฀only),฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0฀(for฀Windows฀only),฀and฀PC฀Control฀

Utility฀Pro฀4฀(for฀Windows)/5฀(for฀Mac฀OS).฀

•฀LAN-compatible฀Viewer฀(not฀supported฀by฀PE501X)

฀The฀projector’s฀built-in฀Viewer฀allows฀you฀to฀view฀images฀or฀movie฀les฀in฀the฀shared฀folder฀of฀your฀PC฀connected฀

to฀a฀wired฀or฀wireless฀LAN.

*฀The฀Viewer฀supports฀the฀Media฀Sharing฀function฀of฀Windows฀Media฀Player฀11.฀(The฀Viewer฀function฀is฀not฀

supported฀by฀PE501X.)

•฀Audio฀transfer฀capability฀(for฀Windows฀only)

฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀allows฀you฀to฀send฀the฀computer’s฀screen฀image฀and฀audio฀to฀the฀projector.

*฀Audio฀transfer฀capability฀is฀available฀only฀when฀the฀computer฀connects฀with฀the฀projector฀in฀peer-to-peer฀net-

work.

*฀Audio฀transfer฀capability฀is฀available฀with฀USB฀Display฀connection.

•฀Streaming฀video฀transfer฀capability฀(for฀Windows฀only)

฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀allows฀you฀to฀send฀streaming฀video฀from฀the฀computer฀to฀a฀single฀projector฀over฀wired฀

or฀wireless฀LAN฀without฀the฀need฀of฀connecting฀a฀computer฀cable.

•฀USB฀Display฀

฀Using฀a฀commercially฀available฀USB฀cable฀(compatible฀with฀USB฀2.0฀specications)฀to฀connect฀the฀computer฀with฀

the฀projector฀allows฀you฀to฀send฀your฀computer฀screen฀image฀and฀audio฀to฀the฀projector฀without฀the฀need฀of฀a฀

traditional฀computer฀cable฀(VGA).

•฀AUTO฀POWER฀ON฀and฀AUTO฀POWER฀OFF฀features

฀The฀DIRECT฀POWER฀ON,฀AUTO฀POWER฀ON(COMP.),฀AUTO฀POWER฀OFF,฀and฀OFF฀TIMER฀features฀eliminate฀

the฀need฀to฀always฀use฀the฀POWER฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀projector฀cabinet.

•฀Preventing฀unauthorized฀use฀of฀the฀projector

฀Enhanced฀smart฀security฀settings฀for฀keyword฀protection,฀cabinet฀control฀panel฀lock,฀security฀slot,฀and฀security฀

chain฀opening฀to฀help฀prevent฀unauthorized฀access,฀adjustments฀and฀theft฀deterrence.

•฀High฀resolution฀up฀to฀WUXGA

฀High฀resolution฀display฀-฀up฀to฀WUXGA฀compatible,฀XGA฀(P501X/P451X/PE501X)/WXGA฀(P451W/P401W)฀native฀

resolution.

•฀CRESTRON฀ROOMVIEW฀compatibility฀(not฀supported฀by฀PE501X)

฀The฀projector฀supports฀CRESTRON฀ROOMVIEW,฀allowing฀multiple฀devices฀connected฀in฀the฀network฀to฀be฀man-

aged฀and฀controlled฀from฀a฀computer฀or฀controller.

About this user’s manual

The฀fastest฀way฀to฀get฀started฀is฀to฀take฀your฀time฀and฀do฀everything฀right฀the฀rst฀time.฀Take฀a฀few฀minutes฀now฀to฀

review฀the฀user’s฀manual.฀This฀may฀save฀you฀time฀later฀on.฀At฀the฀beginning฀of฀each฀section฀of฀the฀manual฀you’ll฀nd฀

an฀overview.฀If฀the฀section฀doesn’t฀apply,฀you฀can฀skip฀it.

1. Introduction

❸ Part Names of the Projector

Front/Top

Controls

( page 6)

Lens

Remote Sensor

( page 9)

Intake฀Vent฀/฀Filter฀Cover

( page 158, 163)

Zoom Lever

( page 22)

Lens Cover

Focus Lever

(

 page 21)

Adjustable Tilt Foot

(

 page 23)

Adjustable Tilt Foot Lever

(

 page 23)

Exhaust Vent

Heated air is exhausted from here.

Lens Shift Dial (Vertical)

(

 page 20)

1. Introduction

Opening and closing the lens cover

Slide฀the฀lens฀cover฀to฀the฀left฀to฀uncover฀the฀lens.

To฀cover฀the฀lens,฀slide฀the฀lens฀cover฀to฀the฀right.

NOTE:

•฀The฀lens฀cover฀works฀in฀conjunction฀with฀the฀AV-MUTE฀function.฀Closing฀the฀lens฀cover฀will฀turn฀off฀the฀image฀and฀sound฀during฀

normal฀projector฀operation;฀opening฀it฀will฀restore฀the฀image฀and฀sound.

฀With฀the฀lens฀cover฀closed฀the฀image฀and฀sound฀is฀turned฀off,฀however฀the฀lamp฀is฀still฀lit.฀If฀the฀projector฀stays฀this฀way฀for฀about฀

2฀hours,฀it฀will฀turn฀off฀automatically.

•฀Do฀not฀pull฀the฀lens฀cover฀with฀excessive฀force฀or฀apply฀strong฀pressure฀in฀either฀the฀up฀or฀down฀direction.฀Doing฀so฀can฀cause฀

damage฀to฀the฀lens฀cover฀sliding฀mechanism!

AC฀Input

Connect the supplied power cord’s

three-pin plug here, and plug the

other end into an active wall outlet.

(

 page 14)

Port Cover for Optional USB

Wireless LAN Unit*

(not supported by PE501X)

When using the optional USB

Wireless LAN Unit, ﬁrst remove

the cover. (

 page 152)

Terminal Panel (

 page 7)

Monaural฀Speaker฀(16฀W)

Lamp Cover ( page 161)

Rear Foot ( page 23)

Rear

Built-in Security Slot ( )*

Security chain opening

Attach an anti-theft device.

The security chain opening accepts

security wires or chains up to 0.18

inch/4.6฀mm฀in฀diameter.

฀Although฀the฀PE501X฀does฀not฀support฀wireless฀LAN,฀a฀wireless฀mark฀(฀฀)฀is฀shown฀on฀the฀cabinet.

฀This฀security฀slot฀supports฀the฀MicroSaver

฀Security฀System.

1. Introduction

Top Features

1/2

811

1. ฀(POWER)฀Button

฀(฀page฀15, 27)

2. POWER Indicator

฀(฀page฀

14, 15, 27, 206)

3.฀STATUS฀Indicator

฀(฀page฀

206)

4.฀LAMP฀Indicator

฀(฀page฀

160, 206)

5.฀ECO฀Button

฀(฀page฀

30)

6.฀SOURCE฀Button

฀(฀page฀

17)

7.฀AUTO฀ADJ.฀Button

฀(฀page฀

26)

8.฀MENU฀Button

฀(฀page฀

87)

9. ▲▼◀▶฀/฀Volume฀Buttons฀◀▶฀/฀Keystone฀Button฀▼

฀(

฀page฀

24, 26)

10.฀ENTER฀Button

฀(฀page฀

87)

11.฀EXIT฀Button

฀(฀page฀

87)

1. Introduction

Terminal Panel Features

1237465

119

810 14

12*

13*

1.฀COMPUTER฀IN/฀Component฀Input฀Connector฀(Mini฀D-Sub฀15฀Pin)

฀(฀page฀145, 149)

2.฀AUDIO฀IN฀Mini฀Jack฀(Stereo฀Mini)

฀(฀page฀

145, 149)

3.฀HDMI฀1฀IN฀Connector฀(Type฀A)

฀(฀page฀

145, 150)

4.฀HDMI฀2฀IN฀Connector฀(Type฀A)

฀(฀page฀

145, 150)

5.฀USB฀(PC)฀Port฀(Type฀B)

฀(฀page฀

39, 40, 145)

6.฀MONITOR฀OUT฀(COMP.)฀Connector฀(Mini฀D-Sub฀15฀Pin)

฀(฀page฀

147)

7.฀AUDIO฀OUT฀Mini฀Jack฀(Stereo฀Mini)

฀(฀page฀

147)

8.฀S-VIDEO฀IN฀Connector฀(Mini฀DIN฀4฀Pin)

฀(฀page฀

148)

9.฀VIDEO฀IN฀Connector฀(RCA)

฀(฀page฀

148)

10.฀VIDEO/S-VIDEO฀AUDIO฀IN฀L/MONO,฀R฀(RCA)

฀(฀page฀

148)

11.฀MIC฀Input฀Jack฀(Monaural฀Mini)

฀(฀page฀

58)

12.฀USB฀Port฀(Type฀A)*

฀(฀page฀

63)

13.฀LAN฀Port฀(RJ-45)*

฀(฀page฀

151)

14.฀PC฀CONTROL฀[PC฀CONTROL]฀Port฀(D-Sub฀9฀Pin)

฀(฀page฀

215)

฀Use฀this฀port฀to฀connect฀a฀PC฀or฀control฀system.฀This฀enables฀you฀to฀control฀the฀projector฀using฀serial฀communica-

tion฀protocol.฀If฀you฀are฀writing฀your฀own฀program,฀typical฀PC฀control฀codes฀are฀on฀page฀215.

*฀The฀LAN฀Port฀(RJ-45)฀and฀USB฀Port฀(Type฀A)฀are฀not฀provided฀on฀PE501X.

1. Introduction

❹ Part Names of the Remote Control

1. Infrared Transmitter

฀(฀page฀9)

2.฀POWER฀ON฀Button

฀(฀page฀

15)

3.฀POWER฀OFF฀Button

฀(฀page฀

27)

4,฀5,฀6.฀COMPUTER฀1/2/3฀Button

฀(฀page฀

17)฀

฀(COMPUTER฀2/3฀button฀is฀not฀available.)

7.฀AUTO฀ADJ.฀Button

฀(฀page฀

26)

8.฀VIDEO฀Button

฀(฀page฀

17)

9.฀S-VIDEO฀Button

฀(฀page฀17)

10.฀HDMI฀Button฀(฀page฀

17)

11.฀VIEWER฀Button฀(฀page฀

17, 63)

12.฀NETWORK฀Button฀(฀page฀

17)

13.฀USB฀DISPLAY฀Button฀(฀page฀

17)

14.฀ID฀SET฀Button

฀(฀page฀

106)

15.฀Numeric฀Keypad฀Button/CLEAR฀Button

฀(฀page฀

106)

16.฀FREEZE฀Button

฀(฀page฀

29)

17.฀AV-MUTE฀Button

฀(฀page฀

29)

18.฀MENU฀Button

฀(฀page฀

87)

19.฀EXIT฀Button฀(฀page฀

87)

20.฀▲▼◀▶

฀Button฀(฀page฀

87)

21.฀ENTER฀Button฀(฀page฀

87)

22.฀D-ZOOM฀(+)(–)฀Button

฀(฀page฀

29)

23.฀MOUSE฀L-CLICK฀Button*

฀(฀page฀

39)

24.฀MOUSE฀R-CLICK฀Button*

฀(฀page฀

39)

25.฀PAGE฀▽/△฀Button

฀(฀page฀

39)

26.฀ECO฀Button฀(฀page฀

30)

27.฀KEYSTONE฀Button

฀(฀page฀

24)

28.฀PICTURE฀Button

฀(฀page฀

93, 95)

29.฀VOL.฀(+)(–)฀Button

฀(฀page฀

26)

30.฀ASPECT฀Button

฀(฀page฀

98)

31.฀FOCUS/ZOOM฀Button

฀(not฀available฀on฀this฀series฀of฀projectors)

32.฀HELP฀Button

฀(฀page฀

113)

*฀The฀MOUSE฀L-CLICK฀and฀MOUSE฀R-CLICK฀buttons฀work฀only฀when฀a฀USB฀cable฀is฀connected฀with฀your฀com-

puter.

1. Introduction

Remote Control Precautions

•฀Handle฀the฀remote฀control฀carefully.

•฀If฀the฀remote฀control฀gets฀wet,฀wipe฀it฀dry฀immediately.

•฀Avoid฀excessive฀heat฀and฀humidity.

•฀Do฀not฀short,฀heat,฀or฀take฀apart฀batteries.

•฀Do฀not฀throw฀batteries฀into฀re.

•฀If฀you฀will฀not฀be฀using฀the฀remote฀control฀for฀a฀long฀time,฀remove฀the฀batteries.

•฀Ensure฀that฀you฀have฀the฀batteries’฀polarity฀(+/−)฀aligned฀correctly.

•฀Do฀not฀use฀new฀and฀old฀batteries฀together,฀or฀use฀different฀types฀of฀batteries฀together.

•฀฀Dispose฀of฀used฀batteries฀according฀to฀your฀local฀regulations.

Operating Range for Wireless Remote Control

30°

22฀feet/7฀m

Remote sensor on projector cabinet

Remote control

22฀feet/7฀m

•฀The฀infrared฀signal฀operates฀by฀line-of-sight฀up฀to฀a฀distance฀of฀about฀22฀feet/7฀m฀and฀within฀a฀60-degree฀angle฀of฀

the฀remote฀sensor฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet.

•฀The฀projector฀will฀not฀respond฀if฀there฀are฀objects฀between฀the฀remote฀control฀and฀the฀sensor,฀or฀if฀strong฀light฀falls฀

on฀the฀sensor.฀Weak฀batteries฀will฀also฀prevent฀the฀remote฀control฀from฀properly฀operating฀the฀projector.

Press฀rmly฀and฀slide฀the฀battery฀

cover฀off.

Install฀new฀batteries฀(AAA).฀Ensure฀

that฀you฀have฀the฀batteries’฀polarity฀

(+/−)฀aligned฀correctly.

Battery Installation

Slip฀the฀cover฀back฀over฀the฀bat-

teries฀until฀it฀snaps฀into฀place.฀Do฀

not฀mix฀different฀types฀of฀batteries฀

or฀new฀and฀old฀batteries.

OPEN

1. Introduction

❺ Operating Environment for Software Included on CD-ROM

Names฀and฀Features฀of฀Bundled฀Software฀Programs

Name฀of฀software฀programFeatures

Virtual฀Remote฀Tool

(Windows฀only)

This฀is฀a฀software฀program฀used฀to฀control฀the฀power฀ON/OFF฀and฀source฀selec-

tion฀of฀the฀projector฀from฀your฀computer฀by฀using฀the฀supplied฀computer฀cable฀

(VGA)฀and฀others.฀(฀page฀

168)

Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite•฀This฀is฀a฀software฀program฀used฀to฀project฀your฀computer’s฀screen,฀streaming฀

movie,฀or฀sound฀from฀the฀computer฀over฀the฀USB฀cable*฀or฀the฀wired/wireless฀

network.฀The฀computer฀cable฀(VGA)฀is฀not฀required.฀(฀page฀

40, 173)

*฀Streaming฀movies฀cannot฀be฀played฀with฀USB฀Display฀connection.฀Only฀

USB฀Display฀function฀is฀supported฀by฀PE501X.฀

•฀This฀software฀program฀can฀be฀used฀to฀control฀the฀power฀ON/OFF฀and฀source฀

selection฀of฀the฀projector฀from฀your฀computer.

•฀The฀Geometric฀Correction฀Tool฀(GCT)฀and฀audio฀function฀allows฀you฀to฀cor-

rect฀distortion฀of฀images฀projected฀on฀a฀curved฀wall.฀(฀page฀180)฀The฀GCT฀

function฀is฀not฀available฀for฀streaming฀video.

Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀for฀

Mac฀OS

•฀This฀is฀a฀software฀program฀used฀to฀project฀your฀computer's฀screen฀over฀the฀

wired/wireless฀network.฀The฀computer฀cable฀(VGA)฀is฀not฀required.฀(฀page฀

40, 179)฀

•฀This฀software฀program฀can฀be฀used฀to฀control฀the฀power฀ON/OFF฀and฀source฀

selection฀of฀the฀projector฀from฀your฀computer.฀

*฀“Audio฀transmission”,฀“USB฀Display”,฀and฀“GCT”฀functions฀are฀not฀supported฀

by฀Mac.฀

*฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀for฀Mac฀OS฀is฀not฀supported฀by฀PE501X.฀

Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0

(Windows฀only)

•฀This฀is฀a฀software฀program฀used฀to฀send฀the฀screens฀of฀your฀personal฀comput-

ers฀to฀the฀projector฀via฀wired/wireless฀LAN฀(Meeting฀mode).

฀Projected฀images฀can฀be฀transferred฀and฀saved฀to฀personal฀computers.

฀When฀“Meeting฀Mode”฀is฀used,฀projected฀images฀can฀be฀sent฀and฀saved฀to฀

the฀personal฀computers.฀Images฀can฀be฀sent฀from฀a฀personal฀computer฀to฀

not฀only฀one฀projector฀but฀also฀to฀two฀or฀more฀projectors฀at฀the฀same฀time.฀

(฀page฀

182)

Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0

(Windows฀only)

•฀This฀is฀a฀software฀program฀used฀to฀operate฀the฀desktop฀screen฀of฀a฀personal฀

computer฀at฀a฀remote฀location฀by฀using฀a฀projector฀via฀wired/wireless฀LAN.฀

(฀page฀

193)

•฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0฀is฀not฀supported฀by฀PE501X.

PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4

PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀5฀(for฀Mac฀

OS)

This฀is฀a฀software฀program฀used฀to฀operate฀the฀projector฀from฀the฀computer฀

when฀the฀computer฀and฀the฀projector฀are฀connected฀with฀LAN฀(wired฀or฀wire-

less).฀(฀page฀

202)

•฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4฀can฀be฀used฀with฀a฀serial฀connection.

•฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀5฀(for฀Mac฀OS)฀is฀not฀supported฀by฀PE501X.

NOTE:

•฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀does฀not฀support฀"Meeting฀Mode"฀in฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0฀included฀with฀our฀other฀models.

Download฀service

For฀the฀update฀information฀about฀these฀software฀programs,฀visit฀our฀website:

URL:฀

http://www.nec-display.com/dl/en/index.html

1. Introduction

Operating Environment

The฀following฀is฀the฀operating฀environment฀for฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite.฀For฀the฀operating฀environment฀of฀other฀soft-

ware฀program,฀refer฀to฀the฀help฀function฀of฀each฀software฀program.

[Windows]

Supported฀OSWindows฀8฀(Core฀Edition)

Windows฀8฀Pro

Windows฀8฀Enterprise

Windows฀7฀Home฀Basic

Windows฀7฀Home฀Premium

Windows฀7฀Professional

Windows฀7฀Ultimate

Windows฀7฀Enterprise

Windows฀Vista฀Home฀Basic

Windows฀Vista฀Home฀Premium

Windows฀Vista฀Business

Windows฀Vista฀Ultimate

Windows฀Vista฀Enterprise

Windows฀XP฀Home฀Edition฀(32-bit฀version)฀Service฀Pack฀3฀or฀later

Windows฀XP฀Professional฀(32-bit฀version)฀Service฀Pack฀3฀or฀later

•฀Windows฀power-saving฀function฀is฀not฀supported.

•฀To฀use฀the฀audio฀transfer฀capability,฀Windows฀8/Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista฀

Service฀Pack฀1฀or฀later฀is฀required.

Processor •฀Windows฀8/Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista

Pentium฀M฀1.2฀GHz฀equivalent฀or฀higher฀required

Dual฀core฀1.5฀GHz฀or฀higher฀recommended

•฀Windows฀XP

Pentium฀M฀1.0฀GHz฀equivalent฀or฀higher฀required

Dual฀core฀1.0฀GHz฀or฀higher฀recommended

Memory•฀Windows฀8/Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista

512฀MB฀or฀more฀required

1฀GB฀or฀more฀recommended

•฀Windows฀XP

256฀MB฀or฀more฀required

512฀MB฀or฀more฀recommended

*฀More฀memory฀may฀be฀required฀to฀run฀additional฀applications฀simultane-

ously.

Graphic฀processor฀•฀Windows฀8/Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista

The฀“Graphics”฀score฀3.0฀or฀more฀of฀“Windows฀Experience฀Index”฀recom-

mended.

Network฀environmentTCP/IP-compatible฀wired฀LAN฀or฀wireless฀LAN

*฀Use฀a฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀complying฀with฀the฀Wi-Fi฀standard.

*฀Audio฀transfer฀capability฀requires฀3฀Mbps฀or฀more฀throughput.

Resolution•฀Windows฀8/Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista฀

SVGA฀(800฀×฀600)฀or฀higher฀required

XGA฀(1024฀×฀768)฀recommended฀

•฀Windows฀XP฀

VGA฀(640฀×฀480)฀or฀higher฀required

XGA฀(1024฀×฀768)฀recommended

1024฀dots฀×฀768฀lines฀-฀1280฀dots฀×฀800฀lines฀recommended฀(P451W/

P401W)

Screen฀ColorsHigh฀Color฀(15฀bits,฀16฀bits)

True฀Color฀(24฀bits,฀32฀bits)฀(recommended)

•฀256฀or฀fewer฀colors฀are฀not฀supported.

1. Introduction

[Mac]

Supported฀OSMac฀OS฀X฀v10.6,฀v10.7,฀v10.8

Processor฀(CPU)Intel

฀Core™฀Duo฀processor฀1.5฀GHz฀or฀higher฀required

Intel

฀Core™฀2฀Duo฀processor฀1.6฀GHz฀or฀higher฀recommended

*฀PowerPC

฀is฀not฀supported

Memory512฀MB฀or฀higher฀required

Network฀environmentWired฀or฀wireless฀LAN฀required฀that฀supports฀TCP/IP

*฀The฀following฀LAN฀adapters฀are฀veried฀to฀work฀with฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀

Lite:

•฀Wired฀LAN฀adapter฀built฀into฀Mac

•฀Wireless฀LAN฀adapter฀built฀into฀Mac

•฀Apple฀USB฀Ethernet฀adapter

“Easy฀Connection”฀supports฀only฀wireless฀LAN.

Supported฀ResolutionSVGA฀(800฀×฀600)฀or฀higher฀required

XGA฀(1024฀×฀768)฀recommended

(1024฀×฀768฀–฀1280฀×฀800฀recommended฀for฀P451W/P401W)

Supported฀Screen฀Colors16.70฀million฀colors฀required

This฀section฀describes฀how฀to฀turn฀on฀the฀projector฀and฀to฀project฀a฀picture฀onto฀the฀screen.

❶ Flow of Projecting an Image

Step 1

•฀Connecting฀your฀computer฀/฀Connecting฀the฀power฀cord฀(฀page฀14)

Step 2

•฀Turning฀on฀the฀projector฀(฀page฀15)

Step 3

•฀Selecting฀a฀source฀(฀page฀17)

Step 4

•฀Adjusting฀the฀picture฀size฀and฀position฀(฀page฀19)

•฀Correcting฀keystone฀distortion฀[KEYSTONE]฀(฀page฀24)

Step 5

•฀Adjusting฀a฀picture฀and฀sound

- Optimizing a computer signal automatically ( page 26)

- Turning up or down volume (

 page 26)

Step 6

•฀Making฀a฀presentation

Step 7

•฀Turning฀off฀the฀projector฀(฀page฀27)

Step 8

•฀After฀use฀(฀page฀28)

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

❷ Connecting Your Computer/Connecting the Power Cord

1.฀Connect฀your฀computer฀to฀the฀projector.

This section will show you a basic connection to a computer. For information about other connections, see “6.

Installation฀and฀Connections”฀on฀page฀145.

฀Connect฀the฀computer฀cable฀(VGA)฀between฀the฀projector’s฀COMPUTER฀IN฀connector฀and฀the฀computer’s฀port฀

(mini D-Sub 15 Pin). Turn two thumb screws of both connectors to ﬁx the computer cable (VGA).

2.฀Connect฀the฀supplied฀power฀cord฀to฀the฀projector.

฀First฀connect฀the฀supplied฀power฀cord’s฀three-pin฀plug฀to฀the฀AC฀IN฀of฀the฀projector,฀and฀then฀connect฀the฀other฀

plug of the supplied power cord in the wall outlet.

The projector’s power indicator will ﬂash for a few seconds and then will light orange* (standby mode).

The STATUS indicator will also light green*.

฀*฀฀This฀will฀apply฀for฀both฀indicators฀when฀[NORMAL]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE].฀See฀the฀Power฀Indicator฀

section.( page 206)

COMPUTER IN

Make฀sure฀that฀the฀prongs฀are฀fully฀inserted฀into฀

both฀the฀AC฀IN฀and฀the฀wall฀outlet.



To wall outlet

CAUTION:

Parts฀of฀the฀projector฀may฀become฀temporarily฀heated฀if฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off฀with฀the฀POWER฀button฀or฀if฀the฀

AC฀power฀supply฀is฀disconnected฀during฀normal฀projector฀operation.

Use฀caution฀when฀picking฀up฀the฀projector.

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

StandbyBlinkingPower฀On

Steady orange light Blinking blue light Steady blue light

❸ Turning on the Projector

1.฀Slide฀the฀lens฀cover฀to฀the฀left฀to฀uncover฀the฀lens.

2. Press the ฀(POWER) button on the projector cabinet

or the POWER ON button on the remote control.

The POWER indicator will turn to blue and the projector

will become ready to use.

TIP:฀

•฀When฀the฀message฀“Projector฀is฀locked!฀Enter฀your฀password.”฀

is฀displayed,฀it฀means฀that฀the฀[SECURITY]฀feature฀is฀turned฀on.฀

(฀page฀33)

•฀When฀the฀ECO฀message฀is฀displayed,฀it฀means฀that฀[ON]฀is฀

selected฀for฀[ECO฀MESSAGE].฀(฀page฀104)

•฀Pressing฀buttons฀such฀as฀power฀button฀and฀MENU฀button฀will฀

make฀sound.฀To฀turn฀off฀the฀beep฀sound,฀select฀[OFF]฀for฀[BEEP]฀

from฀the฀menu.฀(฀page฀109)

After you turn on your projector, ensure that the computer

or video source is turned on and that the lens cover is

open.

NOTE:฀When฀no฀input฀signal฀is฀present,฀the฀no-signal฀guidance฀is฀

displayed฀(factory฀menu฀setting).

(฀page฀206)

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

Note on Startup screen (Menu Language Select screen)

When฀you฀rst฀turn฀on฀the฀projector,฀you฀will฀get฀the฀Startup฀menu.฀This฀menu฀gives฀you฀the฀opportunity฀to฀select฀one฀

of฀the฀29฀menu฀languages.

To฀select฀a฀menu฀language,฀follow฀these฀steps:

1. Use the ▲, ▼, ◀ or ▶฀button฀to฀select฀one฀of฀the฀29฀

languages฀from฀the฀menu.

2. Press the ENTER button to execute the selection.

After฀this฀has฀been฀done,฀you฀can฀proceed฀to฀the฀menu฀

operation.

If฀you฀want,฀you฀can฀select฀the฀menu฀language฀later.

(฀[LANGUAGE]฀on฀page฀89 and 103)

NOTE:฀

•฀When฀turning฀off฀the฀power฀supply฀and฀then฀back฀on฀by฀using฀a฀power฀strip฀or฀breaker.

฀Allow฀a฀minimum฀of฀1฀second฀between฀turning฀off฀the฀main฀power฀supply฀and฀turning฀it฀back฀on฀again.

฀Failing฀to฀do฀so฀could฀result฀in฀no฀power฀to฀the฀projector.฀(There฀will฀be฀no฀stand-by฀LED)฀

฀Should฀this฀happen,฀unplug฀the฀power฀cord฀and฀plug฀it฀in฀again.฀Turn฀on฀the฀main฀power.

•฀If฀one฀of฀the฀following฀things฀happens,฀the฀projector฀will฀not฀turn฀on.

-฀If฀the฀internal฀temperature฀of฀the฀projector฀is฀too฀high,฀the฀projector฀detects฀abnormal฀high฀temperature.฀In฀this฀condition฀the฀

projector฀will฀not฀turn฀on฀to฀protect฀the฀internal฀system.฀If฀this฀happens,฀wait฀for฀the฀projector’s฀internal฀components฀to฀cool฀

down.

-฀When฀the฀lamp฀reaches฀its฀end฀of฀usable฀life,฀the฀projector฀will฀not฀turn฀on.฀If฀this฀happens,฀replace฀the฀lamp.

-฀If฀the฀STATUS฀indicator฀lights฀orange฀with฀the฀power฀button฀pressed,฀it฀means฀that฀the฀[CONTROL฀PANEL฀LOCK]฀is฀turned฀on.฀

Cancel฀the฀lock฀by฀turning฀it฀off.฀(฀page฀105)

-฀If฀the฀lamp฀fails฀to฀light,฀and฀if฀the฀STATUS฀indicator฀ashes฀on฀and฀off฀in฀a฀cycle฀of฀six฀times,฀wait฀a฀full฀minute฀and฀then฀turn฀

on฀the฀power.

•฀While฀the฀POWER฀indicator฀is฀blinking฀blue฀in฀short฀cycles,฀the฀power฀cannot฀be฀turned฀off฀by฀using฀the฀power฀button.

•฀Immediately฀after฀turning฀on฀the฀projector,฀screen฀icker฀may฀occur.฀This฀is฀normal.฀Wait฀3฀to฀5฀minutes฀until฀the฀lamp฀lighting฀is฀

stabilized.

•฀When฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on,฀it฀may฀take฀some฀time฀before฀the฀lamp฀light฀becomes฀bright.

•฀If฀you฀turn฀on฀the฀projector฀immediately฀after฀the฀lamp฀is฀turned฀off฀or฀when฀the฀temperature฀is฀high,฀the฀fans฀run฀without฀display-

ing฀an฀image฀for฀some฀time฀and฀then฀the฀projector฀will฀display฀the฀image.

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

❹ Selecting a Source

Selecting the computer or video source

NOTE:฀Turn฀on฀the฀computer฀or฀video฀source฀equipment฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.

Detecting฀the฀Signal฀Automatically

Press฀the฀SOURCE฀button฀once.฀The฀projector฀will฀search฀for฀the฀available฀

input฀source฀and฀display฀it.฀The฀input฀source฀will฀change฀as฀follows:฀

COMPUTER฀฀HDMI1฀฀HDMI2฀฀VIDEO฀฀S-VIDEO฀฀VIEWER฀

USB฀DISPLAY฀฀COMPUTER฀ ...

•฀With฀the฀SOURCE฀screen฀displayed,฀you฀can฀press฀the฀SOURCE฀

button฀a฀few฀times฀to฀select฀the฀input฀source.

•฀The฀Viewer฀and฀Network฀sources฀are฀not฀supported฀by฀PE501X.

TIP:฀If฀no฀input฀signal฀is฀present,฀the฀input฀will฀be฀skipped.

Using฀the฀Remote฀Control

Press฀any฀one฀of฀the฀COMPUTER฀1,฀HDMI,฀VIDEO,฀S-VIDEO,฀VIEWER,฀

NETWORK,฀or฀USB฀DISPLAY฀buttons.

NOTE:฀The฀HDMI฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀will฀toggle฀between฀“HDMI1”฀and฀

“HDMI2”.

[P501X/P451X/P451W/P401W]

[PE501X]

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

Selecting฀Default฀Source฀

You฀can฀set฀a฀source฀as฀the฀default฀source฀so฀that฀it฀will฀be฀displayed฀

each฀time฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on.

1. Press the MENU button.

The menu will be displayed.

2. Press the

▶฀button฀twice฀to฀select฀[SETUP]฀and฀press฀the฀▼ but-

ton฀or฀the฀ENTER฀button฀to฀select฀[GENERAL].

Press the

▶

฀button฀four฀times฀to฀select฀[OPTIONS(2)].

4. Press the ▼฀button฀ve฀times฀to฀select฀[DEFAULT฀SOURCE฀SE-

LECT]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The [DEFAULT SOURCE SELECT] screen will be displayed.

(

 page 111)

Select฀a฀source฀as฀the฀default฀source,฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

6.฀Press฀the฀EXIT฀button฀a฀few฀times฀to฀close฀the฀menu.

7. Restart the projector.

The source you selected in step 5 will be projected.

NOTE:฀Even฀when฀[AUTO]฀is฀turned฀on,฀the฀[NETWORK]฀will฀not฀be฀automatically฀

selected.฀To฀set฀your฀network฀as฀the฀default฀source,฀select฀[NETWORK].

TIP:฀

•฀When฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀Standby฀mode,฀applying฀a฀computer฀signal฀from฀a฀

computer฀connected฀to฀the฀COMPUTER฀IN฀input฀will฀power฀on฀the฀projector฀

and฀simultaneously฀project฀the฀computer’s฀image.

฀([AUTO฀POWER฀ON(COMP.)]฀฀page฀111)

•฀On฀Windows฀7,฀a฀combination฀of฀the฀Windows฀and฀P฀keys฀allows฀you฀to฀set฀up฀

external฀display฀easily฀and฀quickly.

[P501X/P451X/P451W/P401W]

[PE501X]

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

❺ Adjusting the Picture Size and Position

Use฀the฀lens฀shift฀dial,฀the฀adjustable฀tilt฀foot฀lever,฀the฀zoom฀lever฀and฀the฀focus฀lever฀to฀adjust฀the฀picture฀size฀and฀

position.

In฀this฀chapter฀drawings฀and฀cables฀are฀omitted฀for฀clarity.

Adjusting฀the฀vertical฀position฀of฀a฀projected฀image

[Lens฀shift]

(฀page฀20)

Adjusting฀the฀focus

[Focus฀lever]

(฀page฀21)

Finely฀adjusting฀the฀size฀of฀an฀image

[Zoom฀lever]

(฀page฀22)

Adjusting฀the฀throw฀angle฀(the฀height฀of฀an฀image)

[Tilt฀foot]฀*¹

(฀page฀23)

Adjusting฀the฀left฀and฀right฀tilt฀of฀an฀image

[Rear฀foot]

(฀page฀23)

Adjusting฀the฀vertical฀and฀horizontal฀keystone฀correc-

tion

[Keystone]

(฀page฀24)

NOTE*1:฀Adjust฀the฀throw฀angle฀(the฀height฀of฀an฀image)฀when฀the฀image฀position฀is฀higher฀than฀the฀lens฀shift฀adjustable฀range.฀

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

Adjusting the vertical position of a projected image (Lens shift)

Rotate฀the฀lens฀shift฀dial.

Downward

Upward

Lens shift dial

NOTE:

The฀lens฀shift฀dial฀cannot฀be฀rotated฀beyond฀the฀maximum฀upward฀or฀downward฀shift.฀Forcibly฀rotating฀may฀cause฀damage฀to฀the฀

projector.

TIP:

Lens฀shift฀can฀be฀adjusted฀with฀the฀range฀below.฀If฀you฀wish฀to฀move฀up฀the฀image฀higher฀than฀this฀limit,฀use฀the฀tilt฀foot฀of฀the฀

projector.

Desktop฀front฀projection฀

[P501X/P451X/PE501X]

[P451W/P401W]

Height of projected image

Vertical shift range (0 to 0.5V)

Vertical shift range (0 to 0.6V)

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

Ceiling฀front฀projection฀

[P501X/P451X/PE501X]

[P451W/P401W]

Focus

Use฀the฀FOCUS฀lever฀to฀obtain฀the฀best฀focus.

Focus Lever

Height of projected

image

Height of projected

image

Vertical shift range (0 to 0.5V)

Vertical shift range (0 to 0.6V)

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

Zoom

Use฀the฀ZOOM฀lever฀to฀adjust฀the฀image฀size฀on฀the฀screen.

Zoom Lever

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

Adjustable Tilt Foot

Adjustable Tilt

Foot Lever

Adjust the Tilt Foot

1.฀฀Lift฀the฀front฀edge฀of฀the฀projector.

CAUTION:

Do฀not฀try฀to฀touch฀the฀ventilation฀outlet฀during฀Tilt฀Foot฀adjustment฀

as฀it฀can฀become฀heated฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on฀and฀after฀it฀

is฀turned฀off.

2.฀฀Push฀up฀and฀hold฀the฀Adjustable฀Tilt฀Foot฀Lever฀on฀the฀front฀of฀

the฀projector฀to฀extend฀the฀adjustable฀tilt฀foot.

3.฀฀Lower฀the฀front฀of฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀desired฀height.

4.฀฀Release฀the฀Adjustable฀Tilt฀Foot฀Lever฀to฀lock฀the฀Adjustable฀tilt฀

foot.

฀The฀tilt฀foot฀can฀be฀extended฀up฀to฀1.6฀inch/40฀mm.

There is approximately 10 degrees (up) of adjustment for the front of

the projector.

Rotate the rear foot to the desired height in order to square the image

on the projection surface.

CAUTION:

•฀Do฀not฀use฀the฀tilt-foot฀for฀purposes฀other฀than฀originally฀intended.

฀Misuses฀such฀as฀using฀the฀tilt฀foot฀to฀carry฀or฀hang฀(from฀the฀wall฀or฀

ceiling)฀the฀projector฀can฀cause฀damage฀to฀the฀projector.

Adjusting฀the฀left฀and฀right฀tilt฀of฀an฀image฀[Rear฀foot]

•฀Rotate฀the฀rear฀foot.

฀The฀rear฀foot฀can฀be฀extended฀up฀to฀0.5฀inch/12฀mm.฀Rotating฀the฀rear฀

foot allows the projector to be placed horizontally.

NOTE:

•฀Do฀not฀extend฀the฀rear฀foot฀beyond฀its฀height฀limit฀(0.5฀inch/12฀mm).฀Doing฀so฀

may฀cause฀the฀rear฀foot฀to฀come฀out฀of฀the฀projector.฀

฀

Rear foot

Up Down

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

❻ Correcting Keystone Distortion [KEYSTONE]

When฀the฀projector฀is฀not฀exactly฀perpendicular฀to฀the฀screen,฀keystone฀distortion฀occurs.฀To฀overcome฀it,฀you฀can฀use฀

the฀“Keystone”฀function,฀a฀digital฀technology฀that฀can฀adjust฀for฀keystone-type฀distortion,฀resulting฀in฀a฀crisp,฀square฀

image.

The฀following฀procedure฀explains฀how฀to฀use฀the฀[KEYSTONE]฀screen฀from฀the฀menu฀to฀correct฀trapezoidal฀distor-

tions.

When฀the฀projector฀is฀placed฀diagonally฀to฀the฀screen,฀

When฀the฀projector฀is฀set฀up฀at฀an฀angle฀in฀relation฀to฀the฀screen,฀adjust฀the฀Horizontal฀option฀of฀the฀Keystone฀menu฀

so฀that฀the฀top฀and฀bottom฀of฀sides฀of฀the฀projected฀image฀are฀parallel.

NOTE:

•฀Before฀performing฀the฀horizontal฀keystone฀correction,฀set฀the฀lens฀shift฀to฀the฀position฀of฀0.5฀V฀(P501X/P451X/PE501X)/0.6฀V฀

(P451W/P401W).

฀

1. Press the ▼ button on the projector cabinet.

The Keystone screen will be displayed on the screen.

•฀Press฀the฀KEYSTONE฀button฀when฀using฀the฀remote฀control.

•฀See฀page฀for฀PINCUSHION.

•฀See฀page฀for฀CORNERSTONE.

•฀See฀page฀for฀RESET.

2. Press the ▼฀button฀to฀select฀[VERTICAL]฀and฀then฀use฀the฀◀ or ▶

so฀that฀the฀left฀and฀right฀sides฀of฀the฀projected฀image฀are฀paral-

lel.

*฀Adjust฀the฀vertical฀keystone฀distortion.

Projected area

Screen frame

3.฀Align฀the฀left฀(or฀right)฀side฀of฀the฀screen฀with฀the฀left฀(or฀right)฀

side฀of฀the฀projected฀image.

•฀Use฀the฀shorter฀side฀of฀the฀projected฀image฀as฀the฀base.

•฀In฀the฀right฀example,฀use฀the฀left฀side฀as฀the฀base.

Align left side

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

4. Press the ▲฀button฀to฀select฀[HORIZONTAL]฀and฀then฀use฀the฀◀

▶

฀so฀that฀the฀top฀and฀bottom฀sides฀of฀the฀projected฀image฀are฀

parallel.

•฀Adjust฀the฀horizontal฀keystone฀distortion.

5.฀Repeat฀steps฀2฀and฀4฀to฀correct฀keystone฀distortion.

6.฀After฀completing฀Keystone฀correction,฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button.

The Keystone screen will disappear.

•฀To฀perform฀Keystone฀correction฀again,฀press฀the฀▼ button to display

the Keystone screen and repeat above steps 1 to 6.

To฀return฀the฀keystone฀adjustments฀to฀default:

1. Press the ▼฀button฀to฀select฀[RESET]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

2. Press the ◀ or ▶฀button฀to฀select฀[YES]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The adjustments will be reset.

All the adjustments for all the ﬁve items will be reset at the same time.

•฀The฀KEYSTONE฀feature฀can฀cause฀an฀image฀to฀be฀slightly฀blurred฀because฀the฀correction฀is฀made฀electroni-

cally.

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

❼ Optimizing Computer Signal Automatically

Adjusting the Image Using Auto Adjust

Optimizing฀a฀computer฀image฀automatically.฀(COMPUTER)

Press฀the฀AUTO฀ADJ.฀button฀to฀optimize฀a฀computer฀image฀automatically.

This฀adjustment฀may฀be฀necessary฀when฀you฀connect฀your฀computer฀for฀the฀rst฀time.

[Poor picture]

[Normal picture]

NOTE:

Some฀signals฀may฀take฀time฀to฀display฀or฀may฀not฀be฀displayed฀correctly.

•฀If฀the฀Auto฀Adjust฀operation฀cannot฀optimize฀the฀computer฀signal,฀try฀to฀adjust฀[HORIZONTAL],฀[VERTICAL],฀[CLOCK],฀and฀[PHASE]฀

manually.฀(฀page฀96,฀97)

❽ Turning Up or Down Volume

Sound฀level฀from฀the฀speaker฀can฀be฀adjusted.

TIP:฀When฀no฀menus฀appear,฀the฀◀฀and฀▶฀buttons฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀work฀

as฀a฀volume฀control.฀

NOTE:

•฀Volume฀control฀is฀not฀available฀with฀the฀◀฀or฀▶฀button฀when฀an฀image฀is฀enlarged฀

by฀using฀the฀D-ZOOM฀(+)฀button฀or฀when฀the฀menu฀is฀displayed.

•฀Volume฀control฀is฀not฀available฀with฀the฀◀฀or฀▶฀button฀when฀VIEWER฀is฀

used.

TIP:฀

•฀The฀[BEEP]฀sound฀volume฀cannot฀be฀adjusted.฀To฀turn฀off฀the฀[BEEP]฀sound,฀

from฀the฀menu,฀select฀[SETUP]฀฀[OPTIONS฀(1)]฀฀[BEEP]฀฀[OFF].

•฀Volume฀can฀be฀controlled฀from฀the฀menu฀([ADJUST]฀฀[AUDIO])

Increase฀volume

Decrease volume

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

❾ Turning off the Projector

To฀turn฀off฀the฀projector:

1. First, press the (POWER) button on the projector

cabinet or the POWER OFF button on the remote con-

trol.

The conﬁrmation message will be displayed.

2.฀Secondly,฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀or฀press฀the฀

(POWER)฀or฀the฀POWER฀OFF฀button฀again.

The lamp will turn off and the projector will go into standby

mode. When in standby mode, the POWER indicator will

light orange and the STATUS indicator will light green when

[NORMAL] is selected for [STANDBY MODE].

Power฀On

Steady blue light

Standby

Steady

orange light

CAUTION:

Parts฀of฀the฀projector฀may฀become฀temporarily฀heated฀if฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off฀with฀the฀POWER฀button฀or฀if฀the฀

AC฀power฀supply฀is฀disconnected฀during฀normal฀projector฀operation.

Use฀caution฀when฀picking฀up฀the฀projector.

NOTE:

•฀While฀the฀power฀indicator฀is฀blinking฀blue฀in฀short฀cycles,฀the฀power฀cannot฀be฀turned฀off.

•฀You฀cannot฀turn฀off฀the฀power฀for฀60฀seconds฀immediately฀after฀turning฀it฀on฀and฀displaying฀an฀image.

•฀Do฀not฀disconnect฀the฀AC฀power฀supply฀to฀the฀projector฀within฀10฀seconds฀of฀making฀adjustment฀or฀setting฀changes฀and฀closing฀

the฀menu.฀Doing฀so฀can฀cause฀loss฀of฀adjustments฀and฀settings.

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

❿ After Use

Preparation:฀Make฀sure฀that฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off.

1.฀Unplug฀the฀power฀cord.

2. Disconnect any other cables.

•฀Remove฀the฀USB฀memory฀if฀it฀is฀inserted฀into฀the฀projector.

3.฀Retract฀adjustable฀tilt฀foot฀if฀extended.

4.฀Slide฀the฀lens฀cover฀to฀the฀right฀to฀cover฀the฀lens.

❶ Turning off the Image and Sound

Press฀the฀AV-MUTE฀button฀to฀turn฀off฀the฀image฀and฀sound฀for฀a฀short฀period฀of฀time.฀

Press฀again฀to฀restore฀the฀image฀and฀sound.

The฀projector’s฀power-saving฀function฀will฀work฀10฀seconds฀after฀the฀image฀is฀turned฀

off.

As฀a฀result,฀the฀lamp฀power฀will฀be฀reduced.

NOTE:

•฀Even฀though฀the฀image฀is฀turned฀off,฀the฀menu฀still฀remains฀on฀the฀screen.

•฀Sound฀from฀the฀AUDIO฀OUT฀jack฀(Stereo฀mini)฀can฀be฀turned฀off.

•฀Even฀when฀the฀power-saving฀function฀works,฀the฀lamp฀power฀may฀be฀restored฀to฀its฀original฀

level฀temporarily.

•฀To฀restore฀the฀image,฀even฀if฀you฀press฀the฀AV-MUTE฀button฀immediately฀after฀the฀start฀of฀the฀

power-saving฀function,฀the฀lamp฀brightness฀may฀not฀be฀restored฀to฀its฀original฀level.

❷ Freezing a Picture

Press฀the฀FREEZE฀button฀to฀freeze฀a฀picture.฀Press฀again฀to฀resume฀motion.

NOTE:฀

•฀The฀image฀is฀frozen฀but฀the฀original฀video฀is฀still฀playing฀back.

•฀With฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀including฀USB฀Display,฀pressing฀the฀FREEZE฀button฀will฀eliminate฀

sound฀temporarily฀during฀display฀of฀freezed฀image.

❸ Enlarging a Picture

You฀can฀enlarge฀the฀picture฀up฀to฀four฀times.

NOTE:฀

•฀Depending฀on฀the฀input฀signal,฀the฀maximum฀magnication฀may฀be฀less฀than฀four฀times,฀or฀this฀

feature฀is฀not฀available.

•฀This฀feature฀is฀not฀available฀with฀USB฀Display.

To฀do฀so:

1.฀Press฀the฀D-ZOOM฀(+)฀button฀to฀magnify฀the฀picture.

To move the magniﬁed image, use the ▲,▼,◀ or ▶ button.

3. Convenient Features

❹ Changing Eco Mode/Checking Energy-Saving Effect

Using Eco Mode [ECO MODE]

The฀ECO฀MODE฀(NORMAL฀and฀ECO)฀increases฀lamp฀life,฀while฀lowering฀power฀consumption฀and฀cutting฀down฀on฀

emissions.

Four฀brightness฀modes฀of฀the฀lamp฀can฀be฀selected:฀[OFF],฀[AUTO฀ECO],฀[NORMAL]฀and฀[ECO]฀modes.฀

[ECO฀MODE]฀DescriptionStatus฀of฀LAMP฀indicator

[OFF]The฀lamp฀brightness฀is฀100%.

Off

[AUTO฀ECO]

Lamp฀power฀consumption฀will฀be฀changed฀between฀

[OFF]฀and฀[NORMAL]฀automatically฀according฀to฀

picture฀level

NOTE:฀A฀bright฀gradation฀may฀be฀less฀visible฀depending฀

on฀the฀image.

[NORMAL]

Lamp฀power฀consumption.฀(approx.80%฀brightness฀

on฀P501X/P451W/PE501X฀and฀approx.฀83%฀on฀

P451X/P401W)฀The฀lamp฀life฀will฀extend฀by฀lowering฀

the฀lamp฀power.

Steady฀Green฀

light

[ECO]

Lamp฀power฀consumption.฀(approx.60%฀brightness฀

on฀P501X/P451W/PE501X฀and฀approx.฀67%฀on฀

P451X/P401W)฀The฀lamp฀life฀will฀extend฀longer฀than฀

the฀one฀on฀NORMAL฀mode฀by฀controlling฀power฀ap-

propriate฀for฀the฀lamp.฀The฀maximum฀power฀becomes฀

equivalent฀to฀the฀power฀in฀NORMAL.

To฀turn฀on฀the฀[ECO฀MODE],฀do฀the฀following:฀

1.฀Press฀the฀ECO฀Button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀to฀display฀[ECO฀MODE]฀screen.

2.฀Press฀the฀ECO฀button฀again฀to฀select฀a฀mode฀you฀wish.฀

•฀Each฀time฀the฀ECO฀button฀is฀pressed,฀the฀choices฀will฀be฀changed:

OFF  AUTO ECO  NORMAL  ECO  OFF

TIP:฀

•฀The฀leaf฀symbol฀at฀the฀bottom฀of฀the฀menu฀shows฀the฀current฀selection฀of฀ECO฀mode.

2. Press the ▲▼◀▶ button.

The area of the magniﬁed image will be moved

3.฀Press฀the฀D-ZOOM฀(−)฀button.

Each time the D-ZOOM (−) button is pressed, the image is reduced.

NOTE:฀

•฀The฀image฀will฀be฀enlarged฀or฀reduced฀at฀the฀center฀of฀the฀screen.

•฀Displaying฀the฀menu฀will฀cancel฀the฀current฀magnication.

3. Convenient Features

NOTE:฀

•฀The฀[ECO฀MODE]฀can฀be฀changed฀by฀using฀the฀menu.

฀Select฀[SETUP]฀฀[GENERAL]฀฀[ECO฀MODE].

•฀The฀lamp฀life฀remaining฀and฀lamp฀hours฀used฀can฀be฀checked฀in฀[USAGE฀TIME].฀Select฀[INFO.]฀[USAGE฀TIME].

•฀The฀projector฀is฀always฀in฀[NORMAL]฀for฀90฀seconds฀after฀the฀lamp฀is฀turned฀on฀and฀while฀the฀POWER฀indicator฀is฀blinking฀green.฀

The฀lamp฀condition฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[ECO฀MODE]฀is฀changed.

•฀After฀a฀lapse฀of฀1฀minute฀from฀when฀the฀projector฀displays฀no-signal฀guidance,฀a฀blue,฀black฀or฀logo฀screen,฀[ECO฀MODE]฀will฀

automatically฀switch฀to฀[ECO].

•฀If฀the฀projector฀is฀overheated฀in฀[OFF]฀mode,฀there฀may฀be฀a฀case฀where฀the฀[ECO฀MODE]฀automatically฀changes฀to฀[NORMAL]฀

mode฀to฀protect฀the฀projector.฀When฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀[NORMAL]฀mode,฀the฀picture฀brightness฀decreases.฀When฀the฀projector฀

comes฀back฀to฀normal฀temperature,฀the฀[ECO฀MODE]฀returns฀to฀[OFF]฀mode.

฀Thermometer฀symbol฀[฀฀]฀indicates฀the฀[ECO฀MODE]฀is฀automatically฀set฀to฀[NORMAL]฀mode฀because฀the฀internal฀temperature฀

is฀too฀high.

•฀Immediately฀after฀[ECO฀MODE]฀is฀changed฀from฀[ECO]฀to฀one฀of฀[OFF],฀[AUTO฀ECO],฀or฀[NORMAL],฀the฀lamp฀brightness฀may฀

decrease฀temporarily.฀This฀is฀not฀a฀malfunction.

Checking Energy-Saving Effect [CARBON METER]

This฀feature฀will฀show฀energy-saving฀effect฀in฀terms฀of฀CO

฀emission฀reduction฀(kg)฀when฀the฀projector’s฀[ECO฀MODE]฀

is฀set฀to฀[AUTO฀ECO],฀[NORMAL],฀or฀[ECO].฀This฀feature฀is฀called฀as฀[CARBON฀METER].

There฀are฀two฀messages:฀[TOTAL฀CARBON฀SAVINGS]฀and฀[CARBON฀SAVINGS-SESSION].฀The฀[TOTAL฀CARBON฀

SAVINGS]฀message฀shows฀the฀total฀amount฀of฀CO

฀emission฀reduction฀from฀the฀time฀of฀shipment฀up฀to฀now.฀You฀can฀

check฀the฀information฀on฀[USAGE฀TIME]฀from฀[INFO.]฀of฀the฀menu.฀(฀page฀

113)

The฀[CARBON฀SAVINGS-SESSION]฀message฀shows฀the฀amount฀of฀CO

฀emission฀reduction฀between฀the฀time฀of฀

changing฀to฀ECO฀MODE฀immediately฀after฀the฀time฀of฀power-on฀and฀the฀time฀of฀power-off.฀The฀[CARBON฀SAVINGS-

SESSION]฀message฀will฀be฀displayed฀in฀the฀[POWER฀OFF/฀ARE฀YOU฀SURE?]฀message฀at฀the฀time฀of฀power-off.

3. Convenient Features

TIP:

•฀The฀formula฀as฀shown฀below฀is฀used฀to฀calculate฀the฀amount฀of฀CO

฀emission฀reduction.

฀Amount฀of฀CO

฀emission฀reduction฀=฀(Power฀consumption฀in฀OFF฀for฀ECO฀MODE฀−฀Power฀consumption฀in฀AUTO฀ECO/NORMAL/

ECO฀for฀ECO฀MODE)฀×฀CO

฀conversion฀factor.*฀When฀the฀image฀is฀turned฀off฀with฀the฀AV-MUTE฀button฀or฀with฀the฀lens฀cover฀

closed,฀the฀amount฀of฀CO

฀emmission฀reduction฀will฀also฀increase.

฀*฀฀Calculation฀for฀amount฀of฀CO

฀emission฀reduction฀is฀based฀on฀an฀OECD฀publication฀“CO

฀Emissions฀from฀Fuel฀Combustion,฀2008฀

Edition”.

•฀The฀[TOTAL฀CARBON฀SAVINGS]฀is฀calculated฀based฀on฀savings฀recorded฀in฀15฀minutes฀intervals.

•฀This฀formula฀will฀not฀apply฀to฀the฀power฀consumption฀which฀is฀not฀affected฀by฀whether฀[ECO฀MODE]฀is฀turned฀on฀or฀off.

•฀The฀factors฀for฀[TOTAL฀COST฀SAVINGS]฀can฀be฀changed฀from฀the฀menu฀([CARBON฀CONVERT]฀and฀[CURRENCY฀CONVERT]).฀(฀

page฀112)

•฀The฀currency฀unit฀for฀[TOTAL฀COST฀SAVINGS]฀can฀be฀changed฀from฀the฀menu฀([CURRENCY]).฀(฀page฀112)

3. Convenient Features

❺

Preventing the Unauthorized Use of the Projector [SECURITY]

A฀keyword฀can฀be฀set฀for฀your฀projector฀using฀the฀Menu฀to฀avoid฀operation฀by฀an฀unauthorized฀user.฀When฀a฀keyword฀

is฀set,฀turning฀on฀the฀projector฀will฀display฀the฀Keyword฀input฀screen.฀Unless฀the฀correct฀keyword฀is฀entered,฀the฀pro-

jector฀cannot฀project฀an฀image.฀

•฀The฀[SECURITY]฀setting฀cannot฀be฀cancelled฀by฀using฀the฀[RESET]฀of฀the฀menu.

To฀enable฀the฀Security฀function:

1. Press the MENU button.

The menu will be displayed.

2. Press the

▶฀button฀twice฀to฀select฀[SETUP]฀and฀press฀the฀▼฀button฀or฀the฀ENTER฀button฀to฀select฀[GEN-

ERAL].

3. Press the ▶฀button฀to฀select฀[INSTALLATION].

4. Press the ▼฀button฀three฀times฀to฀select฀[SECURITY]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀OFF/ON฀menu฀will฀be฀displayed.

5. Press the ▼฀button฀to฀select฀[ON]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀[SECURITY฀KEYWORD]฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.

6.฀Type฀in฀a฀combination฀of฀the฀four฀▲▼◀▶฀buttons฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

NOTE:฀A฀keyword฀must฀be฀4฀to฀10฀digits฀in฀length.

฀The฀[CONFIRM฀KEYWORD]฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.

3. Convenient Features

7.฀Type฀in฀the฀same฀combination฀of฀▲▼◀▶฀buttons฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The conﬁrmation screen will be displayed.

8.฀Select฀[YES]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀SECURITY฀function฀has฀been฀enabled.

To฀turn฀on฀the฀projector฀when฀[SECURITY]฀is฀enabled:

1. Press the POWER button.

฀The฀projector฀will฀be฀turned฀on฀and฀display฀a฀message฀to฀the฀effect฀that฀the฀projector฀is฀locked.

2. Press the MENU button.

3.฀Type฀in฀the฀correct฀keyword฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.฀The฀projector฀will฀display฀an฀image.

NOTE:฀The฀security฀disable฀mode฀is฀maintained฀until฀the฀main฀power฀is฀turned฀off฀or฀unplugging฀the฀power฀cord.

3. Convenient Features

To฀disable฀the฀SECURITY฀function:

1. Press the MENU button.

The menu will be displayed.

2.฀฀Select฀[SETUP]฀฀[INSTALLATION]฀฀[SECURITY]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀OFF/ON฀menu฀will฀be฀displayed.

3.฀Select฀[OFF]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀SECURITY฀KEYWORD฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.

4.฀Type฀in฀your฀keyword฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀When฀the฀correct฀keyword฀is฀entered,฀the฀SECURITY฀function฀will฀be฀disabled.

NOTE:฀If฀you฀forget฀your฀keyword,฀contact฀your฀dealer.฀Your฀dealer฀will฀provide฀you฀with฀your฀keyword฀in฀exchange฀for฀your฀request฀

code.฀Your฀request฀code฀is฀displayed฀in฀the฀Keyword฀Conrmation฀screen.฀In฀this฀example฀[NB52-YGK8-2VD6-K585-JNE6-EYA8]฀

is฀a฀request฀code.

3. Convenient Features

❻ Using 4-Point Corner to Correct Keystone Distortion

[CORNERSTONE]

Use฀the฀[CORNERSTONE]฀feature฀to฀correct฀keystone฀(trapezoidal)฀distortion฀to฀make฀the฀top฀or฀bottom฀and฀the฀left฀

or฀right฀side฀of฀the฀screen฀longer฀or฀shorter฀so฀that฀the฀projected฀image฀is฀rectangular.

Cornerstone

1.฀Press฀the฀KEYSTONE฀button฀with฀no฀menu฀displayed.

The KEYSTONE screen will be displayed.

•฀Press฀the฀KESTONE฀button฀when฀using฀the฀remote฀control.

•฀See฀page฀for฀PINCUSHION.

2. Press the ▼฀button฀to฀select฀[CORNERSTONE]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The drawing shows the upper left icon ( ) is selected.

The CORNERSTONE screen will be displayed.

3.฀Project฀an฀image฀so฀that฀the฀screen฀is฀smaller฀than฀the฀area฀of฀the฀raster.

4.฀Pick฀up฀any฀one฀of฀the฀corners฀and฀align฀the฀corner฀of฀the฀image฀with฀a฀corner฀of฀the฀screen.

Projected image

The drawing shows the upper right corner.

TIP:฀If฀you฀are฀adjusting฀[KEYSTONE฀HORIZONTAL],฀[KEYSTONE฀VERTICAL],฀[PINCUSHION฀LEFT/RIGHT],฀or฀[PINCUSHION฀

TOP/BOTTOM],฀the฀[CORNERSTONE]฀item฀will฀not฀be฀available.฀If฀this฀happens,฀reset฀the฀[KEYSTONE]฀adjustments.

5. Use the ▲▼◀▶ button to select one icon (▲)฀which฀points฀in฀the฀direction฀you฀wish฀to฀move฀the฀projected฀

image฀frame.

6. Press the ENTER button.

3. Convenient Features

7. Use the ▲▼◀▶฀button฀to฀move฀the฀projected฀image฀frame฀as฀shown฀on฀the฀example.

8. Press the ENTER button.

9. Use the ▲▼◀▶฀button฀to฀select฀another฀icon฀which฀points฀in฀the฀direction.

฀On฀the฀Cornerstone฀adjustment฀screen,฀select฀[EXIT]฀or฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control.

The conﬁrmation screen is displayed.

. Press the ◀ or ▶฀button฀to฀highlight฀the฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

This฀completes฀the฀Cornerstone฀correction.

Selecting฀[CANCEL]฀will฀return฀to฀the฀adjustment฀screen฀without฀saving฀changes฀(Step฀3).

Selecting฀[RESET]฀will฀return฀to฀the฀factory฀default.

Selecting฀[UNDO]฀will฀exit฀without฀saving฀changes.

3. Convenient Features

The฀adjustable฀ranges฀for฀3D฀Reform฀are฀as฀follows:

HORIZONTALVERTICAL

CORNERSTONE

Max.฀+/−฀30°฀approx.Max.฀+/−฀30°฀approx.

KEYSTONE

*฀The฀following฀are฀conditions฀under฀which฀the฀maximum฀angle฀is฀achieved:

•฀When฀the฀lens฀shift฀is฀set฀to฀the฀center

฀When฀the฀lens฀shift฀is฀used฀and฀yet฀the฀image฀is฀not฀displayed฀in฀the฀center฀of฀the฀screen,฀the฀adjustable฀range฀

will฀be฀increased฀or฀decreased.

•฀Image฀is฀projected฀in฀maximum฀wide฀with฀the฀zoom

NOTE:฀

•฀Even฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on,฀the฀last฀used฀correction฀values฀are฀applied.

•฀If฀the฀Cornerstone฀screen฀is฀unavailable฀(grayed),฀reset฀the฀current฀correction฀data.฀The฀Cornerstone฀function฀becomes฀avail-

able.

•฀The฀range฀of฀keystone฀correction฀is฀not฀the฀maximum฀tilt฀angle฀of฀projector.

NOTE:฀Using฀[KEYSTONE]฀correction฀can฀cause฀the฀image฀to฀be฀slightly฀blurred฀because฀the฀correction฀is฀made฀electronically.

3. Convenient Features

❼

Operating Your Computer’s Mouse Functions from the

Projector’s Remote Control via the USB Cable (Remote Mouse

Function)

The฀built-in฀remote฀mouse฀function฀enables฀you฀to฀operate฀your฀computer’s฀mouse฀functions฀from฀the฀supplied฀remote฀

control฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀connected฀to฀a฀computer฀via฀a฀commercially฀available฀USB฀cable฀(compatible฀with฀USB฀

2.0฀specications).

The฀Remote฀Mouse฀function฀works฀for฀the฀COMPUTER฀input฀while฀the฀computer฀screen฀is฀displayed.

The฀Remote฀Mouse฀function฀will฀not฀work฀while฀you฀freeze฀or฀magnify฀an฀image.

-฀Using฀the฀USB฀cable฀to฀connect฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀computer฀will฀also฀start฀USB฀Display฀function.

USB cable (not supplied)

NOTE:

•฀A฀USB฀cable฀must฀support฀the฀USB฀2.0฀Specications.

•฀The฀mouse฀function฀can฀be฀used฀with฀the฀following฀operating฀systems:

฀Windows฀8,฀Windows฀7,฀Windows฀XP,฀or฀Windows฀Vista

•฀In฀SP2฀or฀older฀version฀of฀Windows฀XP,฀if฀the฀mouse฀cursor฀will฀not฀move฀correctly,฀do฀the฀following:

฀Clear฀the฀Enhance฀pointer฀precision฀check฀box฀underneath฀the฀mouse฀speed฀slider฀in฀the฀Mouse฀Properties฀dialog฀box฀[Pointer฀

Options฀tab].

•฀Wait฀at฀least฀5฀seconds฀after฀disconnecting฀the฀USB฀cable฀before฀reconnecting฀it฀and฀vice฀versa.฀The฀computer฀may฀not฀identify฀

the฀USB฀cable฀if฀it฀is฀repeatedly฀connected฀and฀disconnected฀in฀rapid฀intervals.

•฀Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀computer฀with฀a฀USB฀cable฀after฀starting฀the฀computer.฀Failure฀to฀do฀so฀may฀fail฀to฀start฀the฀com-

puter.

Operating฀your฀computer’s฀mouse฀from฀the฀remote฀control

You฀can฀operate฀your฀computer’s฀mouse฀from฀the฀remote฀control.

PAGE ▽/△ Button ...........................scrolls the viewing area of the window or to move to the previous or next slide in PowerPoint

on your computer.

▲▼◀▶ Buttons ..............................moves the mouse cursor on your computer.

MOUSE L-CLICK/ENTER Button ......works as the mouse left button.

MOUSE R-CLICK Button ..................works as the mouse right button.

NOTE:

•฀When฀you฀operate฀the฀computer฀using฀the฀▲▼◀฀or฀▶฀button฀with฀the฀menu฀displayed,฀both฀the฀menu฀and฀the฀mouse฀pointer฀

will฀be฀affected.฀Close฀the฀menu฀and฀perform฀the฀mouse฀operation.

TIP:฀You฀can฀change฀the฀Pointer฀speed฀on฀the฀Mouse฀Properties฀dialog฀box฀on฀the฀Windows.฀For฀more฀information,฀see฀the฀user฀

documentation฀or฀online฀help฀supplied฀with฀your฀computer.

3. Convenient Features

❽ Projecting Your Computer’s Screen Image from the

Projector via the USB Cable (USB Display)

Using฀a฀commercially฀available฀USB฀cable฀(compatible฀with฀USB฀2.0฀specications)฀to฀connect฀the฀computer฀with฀the฀

projector฀allows฀you฀to฀send฀your฀computer฀screen฀image฀and฀audio฀to฀the฀projector฀for฀displaying.฀Power฀On/Off฀and฀

source฀selection฀of฀the฀projector฀can฀be฀done฀from฀your฀computer฀without฀connecting฀a฀computer฀cable฀(VGA).

NOTE:

•฀To฀make฀USB฀DISPLAY฀available฀on฀Windows฀XP,฀the฀Windows฀user฀account฀must฀have฀“Administrator”฀privilege.

•฀USB฀Display฀uses฀functions฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀contained฀on฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM฀(฀page฀173).

฀Starting฀USB฀Display,฀however,฀will฀not฀install฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀on฀your฀computer.฀This฀is฀because฀USB฀Display฀executes฀

the฀projector’s฀program฀only.฀

•฀When฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀is฀installed฀to฀both฀your฀computer฀and฀the฀projector,฀the฀one฀installed฀to฀your฀computer฀always฀

start฀even฀if฀it฀is฀older฀version฀than฀the฀one฀installed฀to฀the฀projector.

฀If฀audio฀transfer฀capability฀and฀other฀features฀will฀not฀work,฀try฀uninstalling฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀from฀your฀computer.฀This฀

will฀allow฀you฀to฀use฀all฀the฀features.

•฀USB฀Display฀will฀not฀work฀in฀[POWER-SAVING]฀or฀[NETWORK฀STANDBY]฀of฀[STANDBY฀MODE].฀(฀page฀110)

•฀When฀[USB฀DISPLAY]฀is฀selected฀for฀[AUDIO฀SELECT]฀from฀[SETUP]฀฀[OPTIONS(1)],฀the฀sound฀for฀the฀USB฀DISPLAY฀source฀

is฀output฀to฀the฀projector฀speaker.

1. Start the computer.

2.฀Connect฀the฀projector’s฀power฀cord฀to฀the฀wall฀outlet฀and฀put฀the฀projector฀into฀standby฀condition.

•฀Open฀the฀projector’s฀lens฀cover.

3.฀Use฀the฀USB฀cable฀to฀connect฀the฀computer฀with฀the฀projector.

USB cable (not supplied)

 To wall outlet

Power cord (supplied)

฀The฀message฀“The฀projector฀is฀in฀standby฀mode.฀Connect฀it?”฀will฀be฀displayed฀on฀the฀computer฀screen.

•฀The฀control฀window฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀will฀be฀displayed฀on฀the฀top฀of฀the฀screen.

NOTE:฀Depending฀on฀the฀computer฀setting,฀the฀“AutoPlay”฀window฀may฀be฀displayed฀when฀the฀

computer฀detects฀the฀connection฀to฀the฀projector.฀If฀this฀happens,฀click฀the฀“Start฀USB฀Display”฀

window.

3. Convenient Features

4.฀Click฀“Yes”.

฀The฀projector฀will฀turn฀on฀and฀the฀message฀“The฀projector฀is฀getting฀ready.฀Please฀wait.”฀will฀be฀displayed฀on฀the฀

computer screen. This message will disappear in a few seconds.

5.฀Operate฀the฀control฀window.

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)(6)

(1) (Source) ..... Selects an input source of the projector.

(2)

(Picture) .... Turns on or off AV-MUTE (Picture mute), and turns on or off FREEZE (Freeze a picture).

(3)

(Sound) ..... Turns on or off AV-MUTE (Sound mute), play the sound and turns up or down the volume.

(4)

(Others) ..... Uses “Update”, “HTTP Server”*, “Settings” and “Information”. (not supported by PE501X)

* The HTTP Server cannot be selected when a USB cable is connected.

(5)

(Exit) .......... Exit Image Express Utility Lite. You can also turn off the projector at the same time.

(6)

(Help) ........... Displays the help of Image Express Utility Lite.

3. Convenient Features

❾ Controlling the Projector by Using an HTTP Browser (not

supported by PE501X)

Overview

The฀HTTP฀Server฀function฀provides฀settings฀and฀operations฀for:

1.฀Setting฀for฀wired/wireless฀network฀(NETWORK฀SETTINGS)

To use wireless LAN connection, the optional USB Wireless LAN Unit is required. ( page 152)

฀To฀use฀wired/wireless฀LAN฀connection,฀connect฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀computer฀with฀a฀commercially฀available฀LAN฀

cable. ( page 151)

2.฀Setting฀Alert฀Mail฀(ALERT฀MAIL)

฀When฀the฀projector฀is฀connected฀to฀a฀wired/wireless฀network,฀lamp฀replace฀time฀or฀error฀messages฀will฀be฀sent฀via฀

e-mail.

3.฀Operating฀the฀projector

฀Power฀on/off,฀selecting฀input,฀volume฀control฀and฀picture฀adjustments฀are฀possible.

4.฀Setting฀PJLink฀PASSWORD฀and฀AMX฀BEACON

This฀device฀uses฀“JavaScript”฀and฀“Cookies”฀and฀the฀browser฀should฀be฀set฀to฀accept฀these฀functions.฀The฀setting฀

method฀will฀vary฀depending฀on฀the฀version฀of฀browser.฀Please฀refer฀to฀the฀help฀les฀and฀the฀other฀information฀provided฀

in฀your฀software.

Two฀ways฀of฀access฀to฀the฀HTTP฀server฀function฀are฀available:

•฀Start฀the฀Web฀browser฀on฀the฀computer฀via฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector฀and฀enter฀the฀following฀

URL฀:

฀http://<the฀projector’s฀IP฀address>฀/index.html

•฀Use฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀contained฀on฀the฀supplied฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM.

TIP:฀The฀factory฀setting฀IP฀address฀is฀[DHCP฀ON].

NOTE:฀

•฀To฀use฀the฀projector฀in฀a฀network,฀consult฀with฀your฀network฀administrator฀about฀network฀settings.

•฀The฀display’s฀or฀button’s฀response฀can฀be฀slowed฀down฀or฀operation฀may฀not฀be฀accepted฀depending฀the฀settings฀of฀your฀net-

work.

฀Should฀this฀happen,฀consult฀your฀network฀administrator.฀The฀projector฀may฀not฀respond฀if฀its฀buttons฀are฀repeatedly฀pressed฀in฀

rapid฀intervals.฀Should฀this฀happen,฀wait฀a฀moment฀and฀repeat.฀If฀you฀still฀can’t฀get฀any฀response,฀turn฀off฀and฀back฀on฀the฀projec-

tor.

•฀If฀the฀PROJECTOR฀NETWORK฀SETTINGS฀screen฀does฀not฀appear฀in฀the฀web฀browser,฀press฀the฀Ctrl+F5฀keys฀to฀refresh฀your฀web฀

browser฀(or฀clear฀the฀cache).

•฀This฀device฀uses฀“JavaScript”฀and฀“Cookies”฀and฀the฀browser฀should฀be฀set฀to฀accept฀these฀functions.฀The฀setting฀method฀will฀

vary฀depending฀on฀the฀version฀of฀browser.฀Please฀refer฀to฀the฀help฀les฀and฀the฀other฀information฀provided฀in฀your฀software.

Preparation before Use

Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀commercially฀available฀LAN฀cable฀before฀engaging฀in฀browser฀operations.฀(฀page฀

151)

Operation฀with฀a฀browser฀that฀uses฀a฀proxy฀server฀may฀not฀be฀possible฀depending฀on฀the฀type฀of฀proxy฀server฀and฀the฀

setting฀method.฀Although฀the฀type฀of฀proxy฀server฀will฀be฀a฀factor,฀it฀is฀possible฀that฀items฀that฀have฀actually฀been฀set฀

will฀not฀be฀displayed฀depending฀on฀the฀effectiveness฀of฀the฀cache,฀and฀the฀contents฀set฀from฀the฀browser฀may฀not฀be฀

reected฀in฀operation.฀It฀is฀recommended฀that฀a฀proxy฀server฀not฀be฀used฀unless฀it฀is฀unavoidable.

3. Convenient Features

Handling of the Address for Operation via a Browser

Regarding฀the฀actual฀address฀that฀is฀entered฀for฀the฀address฀or฀entered฀to฀the฀URL฀column฀when฀operation฀of฀the฀pro-

jector฀is฀via฀a฀browser,฀the฀host฀name฀can฀be฀used฀as฀it฀is฀when฀the฀host฀name฀corresponding฀to฀the฀IP฀address฀of฀the฀

projector฀has฀been฀registered฀to฀the฀domain฀name฀server฀by฀a฀network฀administrator,฀or฀the฀host฀name฀corresponding฀

to฀the฀IP฀address฀of฀the฀projector฀has฀been฀set฀in฀the฀“HOSTS”฀le฀of฀the฀computer฀being฀used.

Example฀1:฀฀When฀the฀host฀name฀of฀the฀projector฀has฀been฀set฀to฀“pj.nec.co.jp”,฀access฀is฀gained฀to฀the฀network฀

setting฀by฀specifying

฀http://pj.nec.co.jp/index.html

for฀the฀address฀or฀the฀entry฀column฀of฀the฀URL.

Example฀2:฀฀When฀the฀IP฀address฀of฀the฀projector฀is฀“192.168.73.1”,฀access฀is฀gained฀to฀the฀network฀setting฀by฀

specifying

฀http://192.168.73.1/index.html

for฀the฀address฀or฀the฀entry฀column฀of฀the฀URL.

PROJECTOR ADJUSTMENT

POWER:฀This฀controls฀the฀power฀of฀the฀projector.

ON ......................... Power is switched on.

OFF ........................ Power is switched off.

VOLUME:฀This฀controls฀the฀volume฀of฀the฀projector.

▲ ........................... Increases the volume adjustment value.

▼ ........................... Decreases the volume adjustment value.

AV-MUTE:฀This฀controls฀the฀mute฀function฀of฀the฀projector.

PICTURE ON .......... Mutes the video.

PICTURE OFF ......... Cancels the video muting.

SOUND ON ............ Mutes the audio.

SOUND OFF ........... Cancels the audio muting.

ALL ON .................. Mutes each of the video, and audio functions.

ALL OFF ................. Cancels the muting of each of the video, and audio functions.

3. Convenient Features

PICTURE:฀Controls฀the฀video฀adjustment฀of฀the฀projector.

BRIGHTNESS ▲ .... Increases the brightness adjustment value.

BRIGHTNESS ▼ .... Decreases the brightness adjustment value.

CONTRAST ▲ ........ Increases the contrast adjustment value.

CONTRAST ▼ ........ Decreases the contrast adjustment value.

COLOR ▲ .............. Increases the color adjustment value.

COLOR ▼ .............. Decreases the color adjustment value.

HUE ▲ ................... Increases the hue adjustment value.

HUE ▼ ................... Decreases the hue adjustment value.

SHARPNESS ▲ ..... Increases the sharpness adjustment value.

SHARPNESS ▼ ..... Decreases the sharpness adjustment value.

•฀The฀functions฀that฀can฀be฀controlled฀will฀vary฀depending฀on฀the฀signal฀being฀input฀to฀the฀projector.฀(฀page฀

95)

SOURCE฀SELECT:฀This฀switches฀the฀input฀connector฀of฀the฀projector.

COMPUTER ........... Switches to the COMPUTER IN connector.

HDMI1 ................... Switches to the HDMI 1 IN connector.

HDMI2 ................... Switches to the HDMI 2 IN connector.

VIDEO .................... Switches to the VIDEO IN connector.

S-VIDEO ................ Switches to the S-VIDEO IN connector.

VIEWER ................. Switches to the data on the USB memory device.

NETWORK ............. Switches to a LAN signal.

USB DISPLAY ........ Switches to the USB Port (PC).

PROJECTOR฀STATUS:฀This฀displays฀the฀condition฀of฀the฀projector.

LAMP LIFE REMAINING .....Displays the remaining life of the lamp as a percentage.

LAMP HOURS USED ...........Displays how many hours the lamp has been used.

FILTER HOURS USED .........Displays how many hours the ﬁlter has been used.

ERROR STATUS ..................Displays the status of errors occurring within the projector.

LOG฀OFF:฀Logging฀off฀your฀projector฀and฀returning฀to฀the฀authentication฀screen฀(LOGON฀screen).

3. Convenient Features

NETWORK SETTINGS

•฀SETTINGS

WIRED or WIRELESS

SETTINGSet฀for฀wired฀LAN฀or฀for฀wireless฀LAN.

APPLYApply฀your฀settings฀to฀wired฀LAN฀or฀wireless฀LAN.

DHCP฀ONAutomatically฀assign฀IP฀address,฀subnet฀mask,฀and฀gateway฀to฀the฀projector฀from฀your฀

DHCP฀server.

DHCP฀OFFSet฀IP฀address,฀subnet฀mask,฀and฀gateway฀to฀the฀projector฀assigned฀by฀your฀network฀

administrator.

IP฀ADDRESSSet฀your฀IP฀address฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.

SUBNET฀MASKSet฀your฀subnet฀mask฀number฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.

GATEWAYSet฀the฀default฀gateway฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.

WINSSet฀the฀IP฀address฀of฀your฀WINS฀server฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector฀when฀

[DHCP]฀is฀turned฀on,฀this฀option฀is฀not฀available.

AUTO฀DNS฀ONDHCP฀server฀will฀automatically฀assign฀IP฀address฀of฀DNS฀server฀connected฀to฀the฀

projector.

AUTO฀DNS฀OFFSet฀your฀IP฀address฀of฀DNS฀server฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.

Setting฀for฀WIRED฀LAN

PROFILE฀1/PROFILE฀2Two฀settings฀can฀be฀set฀for฀wired฀LAN฀connection.฀Select฀PROFILE฀1฀or฀PROFILE฀2.฀

DISABLETurn฀off฀wired฀LAN฀connection

Setting฀for฀WIRELESS฀LAN฀(the฀optional฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀required)฀

EASY฀CONNECTIONExecute฀a฀wireless฀LAN฀using฀EASY฀CONNECTION.

SIMPLE฀ACCES฀POINTSet฀the฀projector฀for฀simple฀access฀point.

WPSUse฀WPS฀(Wi-Fi฀Protected฀Setup™)฀to฀set฀up฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀for฀the฀projector.

NOTE:฀Use฀the฀projector’s฀menus฀to฀make฀WPS฀connections฀and฀change฀the฀WPS฀

prole฀settings.

CHANNELSelect฀a฀channel.฀Available฀channels฀vary฀depending฀on฀the฀country฀and฀region.฀When฀

you฀select฀[INFRASTRUCTURE],฀make฀sure฀that฀the฀projector฀and฀your฀access฀point฀

are฀on฀the฀same฀channel;฀when฀you฀select฀[AD฀HOC],฀make฀sure฀that฀the฀projector฀and฀

your฀computer฀are฀on฀the฀same฀channel.

3. Convenient Features

PROFILE฀1/PROFILE฀2Two฀settings฀can฀be฀set฀for฀wireless฀LAN฀connection.฀Select฀PROFILE฀1฀or฀PROFILE฀

SSID

Enter฀an฀identier฀(SSID)฀for฀wireless฀LAN.฀Communication฀can฀be฀done฀only฀with฀

equipment฀whose฀SSID฀matches฀SSID฀for฀your฀wireless฀LAN.

SITE฀SURVEYDisplays฀a฀list฀of฀available฀SSIDs฀for฀wireless฀LAN฀on฀site.฀Select฀an฀SSID฀which฀you฀

can access.

NETWORK฀TYPESelect฀communication฀method฀when฀using฀wireless฀LAN.

INFRASTRUCTURE:฀Select฀this฀option฀when฀communicating฀with฀one฀or฀more฀equip-

ment฀connected฀to฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀network฀via฀a฀wireless฀access฀point.

AD฀HOC:฀Select฀this฀option฀when฀using฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀to฀directly฀communicate฀with฀

a฀computer฀in฀peer-to-peer฀mode.฀

SECURITY฀TYPE

Turn฀on฀or฀off฀the฀encryption฀mode฀for฀secure฀transmission.฀When฀turn฀on฀the฀encryp-

tion฀mode,฀set฀WEP฀key฀or฀encrypted฀key.

DISABLEWill฀not฀turn฀on฀the฀encryption฀feature.฀Your฀communications฀may฀

be฀monitored฀by฀someone.

WEP฀64฀bitUses฀64-bit฀datalength฀for฀secure฀transmission.

WEP 128 bit Uses฀128-bit฀datalength฀for฀secure฀transmission.฀This฀option฀will฀

increase฀privacy฀and฀security฀when฀compared฀to฀use฀of฀64-bit฀

datalength฀encryption.

WPA-PSK฀TKIP฀/฀WPA-PSK฀AES/

WPA2-PSK฀TKIP฀/฀WPA2-PSK฀AES/

WPA-EAP฀TKIP฀EAP-TLS/

WPA-EAP฀AES฀EAP-TLS/

WPA-EAP฀TKIP฀PEAP-MSCHAP฀v2/

WPA-EAP฀AES฀PEAP-MSCHAP฀v2/

WPA2-EAP฀TKIP฀EAP-TLS/

WPA2-EAP฀AES฀EAP-TLS/

WPA2-EAP฀TKIP฀PEAP-MSCHAP฀v2/

WPA2-EAP฀AES฀PEAP-MSCHAP฀v2

These฀options฀parovide฀stronger฀security฀

than WEP.

NOTE:

•฀The฀WEP฀settings฀must฀be฀the฀same฀as฀communication฀devices฀such฀as฀PC฀or฀access฀point฀in฀

your฀wireless฀network.

•฀When฀you฀use฀WEP,฀your฀image฀transmission฀speed฀will฀slow฀down.

•฀Other฀encryption฀keys฀than฀WEP฀64bit฀and฀WEP฀128bit฀are฀not฀available฀when฀[AD฀HOC]฀is฀

selected฀from฀[NETWORK฀TYPE].

•฀To฀install฀a฀digital฀certicate,฀use฀the฀projector’s฀menu.฀(฀page฀125)

INDEX

Select฀encryption฀key฀when฀selecting฀[WEP฀64฀bit]฀or฀[WEP฀128฀bit]฀in฀[SECURITY฀

TYPE].

KEY

When฀selecting฀[WEP฀64฀bit]฀or฀[WEP฀128฀bit]฀in฀[SECURITY฀TYPE]:

Enter฀WEP฀key.

SelectCharacters฀(ASCII)Hexadecimal฀digit฀(HEX)

WEP฀64฀bitUp฀to฀5฀charactersUp฀to฀10฀characters

WEP 128 bit Up฀to฀13฀charactersUp฀to฀26฀characters

When฀selecting฀[WPA฀PSK-TKIP],฀[WPA฀PSK-AES],฀[WPA2฀PSK-TKIP]฀or฀[WPA2฀

PSK-AES]:

Enter฀encryption฀key.฀Key฀length฀must฀be฀8฀or฀greater฀and฀63฀or฀less.

USERNAMESet฀a฀user฀name฀for฀WPA-EAP/WPA2-EAP.

PASSWORDSet฀a฀password฀for฀WPA-EAP฀TKIP฀PEAP-MSCHAP฀v2/WPA-EAP฀AES฀PEAP-MSCHAP฀

v2/WPA2-EAP฀TKIP฀PEAP-MSCHAP฀v2/WPA2-EAP฀AES฀PEAP-MSCHAP฀v2.

3. Convenient Features

USE฀DIGITAL฀CERTIFI-

CATE

Select฀this฀if฀you฀use฀a฀digital฀certicate฀for฀WPA-EAP฀TKIP฀PEAP-MSCHAP฀v2/WPA-

EAP฀AES฀PEAP-MSCHAP฀v2/WPA2-EAP฀TKIP฀PEAP-MSCHAP฀v2/WPA2-EAP฀AES฀

PEAP-MSCHAP฀v2.

•฀NAME

PROJECTOR฀NAMEEnter฀a฀name฀for฀your฀projector฀so฀that฀your฀computer฀can฀identify฀the฀projector.฀A฀

projector฀name฀must฀be฀16฀characters฀or฀less.฀

TIP:฀Projector฀name฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

HOST฀NAMEEnter฀the฀hostname฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.฀A฀host฀name฀must฀be฀

15 or less.

DOMAIN฀NAMEEnter฀the฀domain฀name฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.฀A฀domain฀name฀

must฀be฀60฀characters฀or฀less.

•฀ALERT฀MAIL

ALERT฀MAIL฀(English฀

only)

This฀option฀will฀notify฀your฀computer฀of฀lamp฀replace฀time฀or฀error฀messages฀via฀e-mail฀

when฀using฀wireless฀or฀wired฀LAN.฀

Placing฀a฀checkmark฀will฀turn฀on฀the฀Alert฀Mail฀feature.

Clearing฀a฀checkmark฀will฀turn฀off฀the฀Alert฀Mail฀feature.

Sample฀of฀a฀message฀to฀be฀sent฀from฀the฀projector:

The฀lamp฀and฀lters฀are฀at฀the฀end฀of฀its฀usable฀life.฀Please฀replace฀the฀lamp฀and฀

lters.

Projector฀Name:฀NEC฀Projector

Lamp฀Hours฀Used:฀100฀[H]

SENDER’S฀ADDRESSEnter฀sender’s฀address.฀

SMTP฀SERVER฀NAMEEnter฀the฀SMTP฀server฀name฀to฀be฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.

RECIPIENT’S฀ADDRESS฀

1,2,3

Enter฀your฀recipient’s฀address.฀Up฀to฀three฀addresses฀can฀be฀entered.

TEST฀MAIL

Send฀a฀test฀mail฀to฀check฀whether฀your฀settings฀are฀correct฀or฀not

NOTE:

•฀If฀you฀execute฀a฀test,฀you฀may฀not฀receive฀an฀Alert฀mail.฀Should฀this฀happen,฀check฀if฀network฀

settings฀are฀correct.

•฀If฀you฀entered฀an฀incorrect฀address฀in฀a฀test,฀you฀may฀not฀receive฀an฀Alert฀mail.฀Should฀this฀

happen,฀check฀if฀the฀Recipient’s฀Address฀is฀correct.

SAVEClick฀this฀button฀to฀reect฀the฀above฀settings.

3. Convenient Features

•฀NETWORK฀SERVICE

PJLink฀PASSWORDSet฀a฀password฀for฀PJLink*.฀A฀password฀must฀be฀32฀characters฀or฀less.฀Do฀not฀forget฀

your฀password.฀However,฀if฀you฀forget฀your฀password,฀consult฀with฀your฀dealer.

HTTP฀PASSWORDSet฀a฀password฀for฀HTTP฀server.฀A฀password฀must฀be฀10฀characters฀or฀less.

AMX฀BEACONTurn฀on฀or฀off฀for฀detection฀from฀AMX฀Device฀Discovery฀when฀connecting฀to฀the฀network฀

supported฀by฀AMX’s฀NetLinx฀control฀system.

TIP:฀

When฀using฀a฀device฀that฀supports฀AMX฀Device฀Discovery,฀all฀AMX฀NetLinx฀control฀system฀will฀rec-

ognize฀the฀device฀and฀download฀the฀appropriate฀Device฀Discovery฀Module฀from฀an฀AMX฀server.

Placing฀a฀checkmark฀will฀enable฀detecting฀the฀projector฀from฀AMX฀Device฀Discovery.

Clearing฀a฀checkmark฀will฀disable฀detecting฀the฀projector฀from฀AMX฀Device฀Discovery.

*What฀is฀PJLink?

PJLink฀is฀a฀standardization฀of฀protocol฀used฀for฀controlling฀projectors฀of฀different฀manufacturers.฀This฀standard฀proto-

col฀is฀established฀by฀Japan฀Business฀Machine฀and฀Information฀System฀Industries฀Association฀(JBMIA)฀in฀2005.

The฀projector฀supports฀all฀the฀commands฀of฀PJLink฀Class฀1.

Setting฀of฀PJLink฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

CRESTRON฀ROOMVIEW฀compatibility

The฀projector฀supports฀CRESTRON฀ROOMVIEW,฀allowing฀multiple฀devices฀connected฀in฀the฀network฀to฀be฀managed฀

and฀controlled฀from฀a฀computer฀or฀a฀controller.

For฀more฀information,฀visit฀http://www.crestron.com

<Setting฀Procedure>

Access฀to฀the฀HTTP฀server฀function,฀and฀make฀necessary฀settings฀for฀[CRESTRON]฀in฀[NETWORK฀SETTINGS].

•฀ROOMVIEW฀for฀managing฀from฀the฀computer.

DISABLEDisables฀ROOMVIEW.

ENABLEEnables฀ROOMVIEW.

•฀CRESTRON฀CONTROL฀for฀managing฀from฀the฀controller.

DISABLEDisables฀CRESTRON฀CONTROL.

ENABLEEnables฀CRESTRON฀CONTROL.฀

IP฀ADDRESSSet฀your฀IP฀address฀of฀CRESTRON฀SERVER.

IP฀IDSet฀your฀IP฀ID฀of฀CRESTRON฀SERVER.

TIP:฀The฀CRESTRON฀settings฀are฀required฀only฀for฀use฀with฀CRESTRON฀ROOMVIEW.

For฀more฀information,฀visit฀

http://www.crestron.com

•฀INFORMATION

WIRED฀LANDisplay฀a฀list฀of฀settings฀of฀wired฀LAN฀connection.

WIRELESS฀LANDisplay฀a฀list฀of฀settings฀of฀wireless฀LAN฀connection.

UPDATEReect฀settings฀when฀they฀are฀changed.

3. Convenient Features

❿ Projecting Your Computer’s Screen Image from the

Projector via a Network [NETWORK PROJECTOR] (not

supported by PE501X)

By฀selecting฀the฀projector฀connected฀to฀the฀same฀network฀as฀that฀of฀your฀PC,฀the฀PC฀screen฀image฀can฀be฀projected฀

to฀the฀screen฀via฀network.฀There฀is฀no฀need฀of฀connection฀using฀the฀computer฀cable฀(VGA).

Operation Environment

Applicable฀OSWindows฀8฀Pro

Windows฀8฀Enterprise

Windows฀7฀Professional

Windows฀7฀Ultimate

Windows฀7฀Enterprise฀

Windows฀Vista฀Home฀Premium

Windows฀Vista฀Business

Windows฀Vista฀Ultimate

Windows฀Vista฀Enterprise

Hardware฀specicationsThe฀specications฀recommended฀by฀Microsoft฀as฀the฀operation฀environment฀for฀

Windows฀8/Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista฀should฀be฀satised.

Network฀EnvironmentWired฀LAN฀or฀wireless฀LAN฀environment฀that฀supports฀TCP/IP฀is฀required.

Screen฀colorHigh฀Color฀(16฀bits)

True฀Color฀(24฀bits฀and฀32฀bits)

*฀Setting฀with฀256฀colors฀or฀less฀is฀not฀available.

Setting฀the฀Projector฀to฀Network฀Projector฀Input฀Mode

1.฀With฀the฀projector฀turned฀on,฀press฀the฀SOURCE฀button.

The input selection window appears.

Another way to display the input selection window is to press the NETWORK button on the remote control. The

APPLICATION฀MENU฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.฀Go฀to฀step฀3.

3. Convenient Features

2.฀Press฀the฀SELECT฀▼

or ▲฀button฀to฀select฀[NETWORK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀In฀the฀screen,฀the฀[APPLICATION฀MENU]฀menu฀is฀displayed.

3.฀From฀the฀[APPLICATION฀MENU]฀menu,฀select฀[NETWORK฀PROJECTOR].

฀The฀[PROJECTOR฀NAME/DISPLAY฀RESOLUTION/PASSWORD/URL]฀will฀be฀displayed.

3. Convenient Features

Projecting฀the฀Image฀with฀Network฀Projector

1.฀Click฀[Start]฀from฀the฀desktop฀of฀Windows฀7.

2.฀Click฀[All฀Programs].

3.฀Click฀[Accessories].

4.฀Click฀[Connect฀to฀a฀Network฀Projector].

฀When฀the฀[Permission฀Connect฀to฀a฀Network฀Projector]฀window฀appears,click฀[Yes.].

฀The฀“Connect฀to฀a฀Network฀Projector”฀window฀appears.

5.฀Click฀[฀Search฀for฀a฀projector฀(recommended)].

฀In฀the฀“Available฀projectors”฀box,฀“P501฀Series”฀is฀displayed.

6.฀Click฀[P501฀Series].

฀The฀message฀“Enter฀the฀password฀for฀the฀projector฀that฀you฀selected.”฀is฀displayed฀at฀the฀bottom฀of฀the฀window.

3. Convenient Features

7.฀Input฀the฀password฀to฀the฀password฀input฀box฀displayed฀by฀the฀operation฀at฀step฀3฀on฀page฀50.

8.฀Click฀[Connect].

฀The฀network฀projector฀function฀works฀and฀the฀screen฀of฀Windows฀7฀is฀projected฀from฀the฀projector.

•฀If฀the฀resolution฀of฀your฀computer’s฀screen฀is฀different฀from฀the฀projector’s฀screen฀resolution,฀the฀NETWORK฀

PROJECTOR฀function฀may฀not฀work.฀If฀this฀happens,฀change฀the฀resolution฀of฀the฀computer’s฀screen฀to฀lower฀

resolution than the one displayed at Step 3 on page 50.

NOTE:฀When฀the฀network฀projector฀function฀works,฀the฀background฀color฀of฀the฀desktop฀changes฀to฀solid฀color.฀When฀the฀network฀

projector฀function฀is฀stopped,฀the฀original฀background฀color฀is฀restored.

Reference:฀If฀the฀projector฀cannot฀be฀found฀at฀Step฀5,฀click฀[฀฀Enter฀the฀projector฀address].฀Then,฀input฀the฀“Network฀address”฀

(Input฀example:฀http://10.32.97.61/lan)฀and฀“Projectorpassword”฀(Input฀example:฀82291627)฀displayed฀in฀the฀screen฀projected฀

from฀the฀projector.

Exiting฀the฀Network฀Projector฀Operation

1.฀Click฀[Projecting:฀P501฀Series]฀in฀the฀Windows฀Vista฀task฀bar.

2.฀Click฀[Disconnect].

฀The฀Network฀Projector฀function฀is฀stopped.

3.฀Press฀the฀SOURCE฀button฀of฀the฀projector฀to฀select฀an฀input฀terminal฀other฀than฀[NETWORK].

When using the remote control, press a button other than the NETWORK button.

3. Convenient Features

⓫ Using the Projector to Operate Your Computer via a Network

[REMOTE DESKTOP] (not supported by PE501X)

•฀By฀selecting฀the฀PC฀connected฀to฀the฀same฀network฀as฀that฀of฀the฀projector,฀the฀PC฀screen฀image฀can฀be฀projected฀

to฀the฀screen฀via฀network.

฀Then,฀by฀operating฀the฀keyboard,฀you฀can฀operate฀Windows฀8,฀Windows฀7,฀Windows฀Vista฀or฀Windows฀XP฀on฀the฀

PC฀connected฀with฀the฀network.

•฀With฀the฀Remote฀Desktop฀function,฀you฀can฀remotely฀operate฀the฀PC฀placed฀at฀a฀distance฀from฀the฀projector.

Meeting฀room

Ofce

NOTE:

•฀The฀[REMOTE฀DESKTOP]฀function฀will฀work฀on฀the฀following฀Windows฀editions.

฀Windows฀8฀Pro,฀Windows฀8฀Enterprise,฀

฀Windows฀7฀Professional,฀Windows฀7฀Ultimate,฀Windows฀7฀Enterprise,฀

฀Windows฀Vista฀Home฀Premium,฀Windows฀Vista฀Business,฀Windows฀Vista฀Ultimate,฀Windows฀Vista฀Enterprise,฀

฀Windows฀XP฀Professional฀with฀Service฀Pack฀3

฀(Note)

•฀In฀this฀user’s฀manual฀this฀feature฀is฀described฀using฀Windows฀7฀as฀an฀example.

•฀A฀keyboard฀is฀required฀to฀use฀the฀Remote฀Desktop฀function.

•฀The฀Remote฀Desktop฀function฀can฀be฀operated฀with฀a฀keyboard.฀Using฀a฀wireless฀mouse฀with฀a฀wireless฀keyboard฀is฀more฀useful฀

for฀operating.

Use฀a฀commercially฀available฀wireless฀keyboard,฀a฀wireless฀mouse,฀and฀a฀USB฀wireless฀receiver.

Use฀a฀commercially฀available฀USB฀keyboard฀and฀USB฀mouse.

•฀A฀USB฀keyboard฀with฀a฀built-in฀USB฀hub฀cannot฀be฀used฀with฀the฀projector.

•฀A฀wireless฀keyboard฀or฀mouse฀that฀supports฀Bluetooth฀cannot฀be฀used฀with฀the฀projector.

•฀We฀do฀not฀warrant฀that฀the฀USB฀port฀of฀the฀projector฀will฀support฀all฀USB฀devices฀in฀the฀market.

Prepare฀a฀commercially฀available฀wireless฀keyboard฀(US฀layout฀version).

Connect฀the฀USB฀wireless฀receiver฀to฀the฀USB฀port฀(Type฀A)฀of฀the฀projector.฀Make฀all฀necessary฀settings฀for฀your฀

wireless฀keyboard฀and฀mouse.

USB

3. Convenient Features

Setting฀the฀password฀to฀the฀user฀account฀of฀Windows฀7

TIP:฀If฀a฀password฀has฀been฀set฀for฀an฀account,฀the฀steps฀1฀to฀9฀can฀be฀skipped.

1.฀Click฀[Start]฀from฀the฀desktop฀of฀Windows฀7.

2.฀Click฀[Control฀Panel].

3.฀Click฀[Add฀or฀remove฀user฀accounts]฀displayed฀under฀[User฀Accounts].

4.฀When฀the฀[User฀Account฀Control]฀conrmation฀window฀appears,฀click฀[Continue].

5.฀Click฀[Administrator].

6.฀Click฀[Create฀a฀password].

7.฀Input฀the฀password฀to฀the฀[New฀password]฀box.

8.฀Input฀the฀same฀password฀as฀that฀at฀Step฀7฀to฀the฀[Conrm฀new฀password]฀box.

9.฀Click฀[Create฀a฀password].

The Administrator is changed to [Password Protection].

Setting฀the฀Remote฀Access

1.฀Click฀[Start]฀from฀the฀desktop฀of฀Windows฀7.

2.฀Click฀[Control฀Panel].

3.฀Click฀[System฀and฀Security].

4.฀Click฀[Allow฀remote฀access]฀displayed฀under฀[System].

5.฀When฀the฀[User฀Account฀Control]฀conrmation฀window฀appears,฀click฀[Continue].

The [System Properties] window appears.

6.฀Click฀[Allow฀connections฀from฀computers฀running฀any฀version฀of฀Remote฀Desktop฀(less฀secure)]฀in฀the฀

Remote฀Desktop฀box฀and฀click฀[OK].

Checking฀the฀IP฀address฀on฀Windows฀7

1.฀Click฀[Start]฀from฀the฀desktop฀of฀Windows฀7.

2.฀Click฀[Control฀Panel].

3.฀Click฀[View฀network฀status฀and฀tasks]฀displayed฀under฀[Network฀and฀Internet].

3. Convenient Features

4.฀Click฀[View฀status]฀displayed฀in฀blue฀on฀the฀right฀of฀[Local฀Area฀Connection]฀in฀the฀window.

The [Local Area Connection Status] window appears.

5.฀Click฀[Details...].

฀Write฀down฀the฀value฀for฀“IPv4฀IP฀Address”฀(xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx)฀displayed.

6.฀Click฀[Close].

7.฀Click฀[X]฀at฀the฀upper฀right฀of฀the฀window.

฀The฀system฀goes฀back฀to฀the฀desktop.

Starting฀the฀Remote฀Desktop

1.฀With฀the฀projector฀turned฀on,฀press฀the฀SOURCE฀button.

The input selection window appears.

Another way to display the input selection window is to press the NETWORK button on the remote control. The

APPLICATION฀MENU฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.฀Go฀to฀step฀3.

3. Convenient Features

2.฀Press฀the฀SELECT฀▼ or ▲฀button฀to฀select฀[NETWORK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀[APPLICATION฀MENU]฀menu฀will฀be฀displayed.

3.฀From฀the฀[APPLICATION฀MENU]฀menu,฀use฀the฀wireless฀keyboard฀to฀select฀[REMOTE฀DESKTOP฀CONNEC-

TION].

฀The฀[REMOTE฀DESKTOP฀CONNECTION]฀window฀appears.

4.฀Operate฀the฀wireless฀keyboard฀to฀input฀the฀IP฀address฀of฀Windows฀7฀and฀click฀[CONNECTION].

The log-on screen of Windows 7 is displayed in the screen projected by the projector.

5.฀Operate฀the฀wireless฀keyboard฀to฀input฀the฀user’s฀password฀and฀press฀“Enter”.

฀The฀remote฀desktop฀function฀is฀started.

฀Windows฀7฀desktop฀is฀displayed฀in฀the฀screen฀projected฀by฀the฀projector.

Log out the computer.

฀Use฀the฀wireless฀keyboard฀connected฀to฀the฀projector฀to฀operate฀Windows฀7.

NOTE:฀When฀the฀projection฀is฀made฀with฀the฀remote฀desktop฀function,฀the฀background฀color฀of฀the฀desktop฀is฀changed฀to฀solid฀

color.

3. Convenient Features

Exiting฀the฀Remote฀Desktop

1.฀Operate฀the฀wireless฀keyboard฀to฀click฀[Start]฀from฀the฀desktop฀screen฀projected฀by฀the฀projector.

2.฀Click฀[X]฀on฀the฀right฀of฀the฀start฀menu.

฀The฀remote฀desktop฀function฀is฀stopped.

3.฀Press฀the฀SOURCE฀button฀of฀the฀projector฀to฀select฀an฀input฀terminal฀other฀than฀[NETWORK].

When using the remote control, press a button other than the NETWORK button.

TIP:

Setting฀[OPTIONS]฀in฀REMOTE฀DESKTOP

Clicking฀[OPTIONS]฀displays฀the฀[PERFORMANCE]฀screen.

Making฀settings฀to฀[OPTIONS]฀will฀allow฀you฀to฀display฀the฀desktop฀background,฀or฀to฀enable฀the฀window฀animation฀function฀during฀

the฀Remote฀Desktop฀operation.฀However,฀doing฀this฀will฀cause฀the฀display’s฀or฀mouse’s฀response฀to฀slow฀down.฀

If฀the฀display’s฀or฀mouse’s฀response฀is฀slowed฀down,฀try฀one฀or฀more฀of฀the฀following:

DESKTOP฀BACKGROUND:฀Clear฀the฀check฀mark฀to฀display฀the฀desktop฀background฀in฀solid฀color.

MENU฀AND฀WINDOW฀ANIMATION:฀Clear฀the฀check฀mark฀to฀disable฀menu฀and฀window฀animation.

THEMES:฀Clear฀the฀check฀mark฀not฀to฀use฀Themes.

SHOW฀CONTENTS฀OF฀WINDOW฀WHILE฀DRAGGING:฀Clear฀the฀check฀mark฀to฀show฀only฀the฀window฀pane฀while฀

dragging.

3. Convenient Features

⓬ Connecting Your Microphone

Connecting฀a฀commercially฀available฀dynamic฀microphone฀to฀the฀MIC฀input฀jack฀allows฀you฀to฀output฀your฀mic฀sound฀

from฀the฀built-in฀speaker.

Sound฀from฀COMPUTER,฀VIDEO,฀S-VIDEO,฀and฀HDMI฀audio฀inputs฀or฀sound฀of฀VIEWER/NETWORK฀input฀will฀be฀

heard฀from฀the฀speaker฀with฀your฀microphone฀voice.฀

Microphone฀sensitivity฀can฀be฀adjusted.฀From฀the฀menu,฀select฀[SETUP]฀฀[INSTALLATION]฀฀[MIC฀GAIN].฀(฀page฀

107)

NOTE:

•฀The฀MIC฀input฀jack฀does฀not฀support฀plugin฀power฀microphones.

•฀If฀there฀is฀no฀signal฀when฀either฀HDMI฀input฀is฀selected,฀sound฀output฀may฀not฀work.

MIC

4. Using the Viewer (not supported by PE501X)

❶ What you can do with the Viewer

The฀Viewer฀feature฀allows฀you฀to฀view฀slides฀or฀movie฀les฀stored฀on฀a฀USB฀memory฀on฀the฀projector,฀or฀a฀shared฀

folder฀in฀a฀computer฀connected฀to฀the฀network.

The฀Viewer฀has฀the฀following฀features.

•฀When฀a฀commercially฀available฀USB฀memory฀that฀stores฀image฀les฀is฀inserted฀into฀the฀USB฀port฀(Type฀A)฀of฀the฀

projector,฀the฀Viewer฀allows฀you฀to฀view฀the฀image฀les฀on฀the฀USB฀memory.

฀Even฀if฀no฀computer฀is฀available,฀presentations฀can฀be฀conducted฀simply฀with฀the฀projector.฀

•฀Movie฀le฀with฀audio฀can฀be฀played฀back.

•฀A฀Microsoft฀PowerPoint/Excel฀le฀or฀Adobe฀PDF฀le฀can฀be฀simply฀projected฀on฀the฀screen฀without฀connecting฀a฀

computer.

•฀Image฀and฀movie฀les฀stored฀in฀a฀shared฀folder฀in฀a฀computer฀connected฀to฀a฀network฀can฀be฀projected.

฀The฀computer฀with฀“Media฀Sharing”฀of฀Windows฀Media฀Player฀11฀turned฀on฀can฀be฀used฀as฀a฀media฀server.

Supported฀graphic฀formats

FormatFile฀name฀extension

JPEG.jpg,฀.jpe,฀.jpeg฀(CMYK฀is฀not฀supported.)

BMP.bmp฀(bit฀eld฀not฀supported)

PNG.png฀(Interlaced฀PNG฀and฀฀channel฀PNG฀are฀not฀supported.)

GIF.gif฀(Interlaced฀GIF,฀transparation฀GIF,฀and฀animation฀GIF฀are฀not฀supported.)

*฀If฀an฀unsupported฀image฀is฀selected,฀the฀icon฀

฀will฀be฀displayed.

NOTE:฀

Maximum฀number฀of฀pixels฀of฀image฀which฀can฀be฀displayed฀are:

•฀Baseline฀JPEG:฀10000฀×฀10000

•฀Progressive฀JPEG:฀1280฀×฀1280

•฀GIF:฀1280฀×฀1280

•฀Others:฀4000฀×฀4000

•฀Some฀les฀supported฀by฀the฀above฀requirements฀may฀not฀be฀displayed.

Supported฀movie฀les

File฀name฀extensionVideo฀compression/expansion฀methodAudio฀compression/expansion฀method

.mpg,฀.mpeg.MPEG2MPEG฀Audio฀Layer2

MPEG฀Audio฀Layer3

.wmvVC-1/WMV9WMA9฀Standard

.mp4H.264/AVCAAC-LC

Playback฀requirements:

Resolution:฀320฀×฀240฀to฀1280฀×฀720

Video฀frame฀rate:฀up฀to฀30fps

Bitrate:฀up฀to฀15Mbps

Audio฀sampling฀rate:฀up฀to฀48kHz

Channel:฀up฀to฀2ch฀stereo

Audio฀bit฀rate:฀up฀to฀256฀Kbps

Max.฀le฀size:฀up฀to฀2GB

4. Using the Viewer

NOTE:

•฀Movie฀les฀converted฀by฀using฀the฀video/audio฀format฀which฀is฀not฀supported฀by฀this฀projector฀cannot฀be฀played฀back.

฀In฀this฀case,฀there฀will฀be฀no฀icon฀to฀show฀that฀playback฀is฀not฀possible.

•฀Files฀with฀Digital฀Rights฀Management(DRM)฀protection฀cannot฀be฀played฀back.

•฀Some฀of฀the฀movie฀les฀that฀meet฀the฀above฀requirements฀may฀not฀be฀played฀back.฀Movie฀les฀may฀not฀be฀played฀back฀correctly฀

depending฀on฀your฀network฀environment฀or฀the฀bit฀rate฀of฀your฀le.

•฀WMV฀format฀video฀le฀will฀be฀displayed฀in฀an฀aspect฀ratio฀of฀1฀to฀1฀independently฀of฀its฀original฀aspect฀ratio.

•฀Files฀that฀can฀be฀played฀back฀on฀the฀media฀server฀are฀graphics฀and฀movie฀les.฀In฀Windows฀Media฀Player฀11฀(Windows฀XP/

Windows฀Vista)฀mp4฀les฀cannot฀be฀played฀back.

Supported฀PDF฀les

File฀name฀extensionSupported฀le฀format

.pdfAdobe฀Acrobat฀PDF

NOTE:

•฀Fonts฀not฀embedded฀in฀PDF฀may฀not฀be฀displayed

•฀Functions฀added฀to฀PDF฀le฀after฀created฀will฀not฀work฀or฀display.฀Functions฀added฀are฀bookmarks,฀boxes฀in฀form฀tool,฀and฀notes฀

will฀not฀be฀displayed.

฀Auto฀ip฀or฀Auto฀transition฀will฀not฀work.

•฀Some฀PDF฀les฀may฀not฀be฀displayed.

Supported฀PowerPoint฀les

File฀name฀extensionSupported฀le฀format

.ppt,฀.pptxMicrosoft฀PowerPoint฀97฀–฀2007

NOTE:

•฀Playable฀fonts,฀colors,฀font฀ornament,฀placement,฀object฀insertion฀or฀animation฀are฀restricted.

•฀Some฀Microsoft฀PowerPoint฀97฀–฀2007฀les฀may฀not฀be฀displayed.

Supported฀Excel฀les

File฀name฀extensionSupported฀le฀format

.xls,฀.xlsxMicrosoft฀Excel฀97-2007

NOTE:

•฀Playable฀fonts,฀colors,฀font฀ornament,฀graphs,฀or฀graphics฀are฀restricted.

•฀Some฀Microsoft฀Excel฀97฀-฀2007฀les฀may฀not฀be฀displayed.

Supported฀USB฀memory฀devices

-฀Be฀sure฀to฀use฀a฀USB฀memory฀device฀formatted฀with฀the฀FAT,฀exFAT,฀FAT32฀or฀FAT16฀le฀system.

฀The฀projector฀does฀not฀support฀NTFS฀formatted฀USB฀memory.

฀If฀the฀projector฀does฀not฀recognize฀your฀USB฀memory,฀check฀if฀the฀format฀is฀supported.

฀To฀format฀your฀USB฀memory฀in฀your฀computer,฀refer฀to฀the฀document฀or฀help฀le฀that฀comes฀with฀your฀Win-

dows.

-฀We฀do฀not฀warrant฀that฀the฀USB฀port฀of฀the฀projector฀will฀support฀all฀USB฀memories฀in฀the฀market.

4. Using the Viewer

Notices฀on฀shared฀folder฀and฀media฀server

•฀Files฀from฀a฀shared฀folder฀or฀media฀server฀may฀not฀be฀projected฀if฀security฀or฀antivirus฀software฀is฀installed฀on฀your฀

computer.

•฀Open฀the฀following฀rewall฀ports:

-฀Media฀server฀

Port number Protocol

1900UDP

2869TCP

10243 TCP

10280-10284 UDP

-฀Shared฀folder

Port number Protocol

137UDP/TCP

138 UDP/TCP

139UDP/TCP

445 UDP/TCP

•฀Set฀your฀computer฀for฀sharing฀and฀security฀to฀grant฀access฀to฀les฀in฀the฀shared฀folder฀and฀set฀your฀security฀or฀

antivirus฀software฀to฀grant฀access฀to฀les฀in฀the฀shared฀folder.฀Consult฀your฀network฀administrator฀for฀more฀informa-

tion.

•฀Movie฀les฀in฀the฀shared฀folder฀or฀the฀media฀server฀may฀not฀be฀played฀back฀correctly฀depending฀on฀your฀network฀

environment฀or฀the฀bit฀rate฀of฀your฀le.

NOTE:

Do฀not฀disconnect฀between฀the฀projector฀and฀your฀computer฀by฀removing฀the฀LAN฀cable฀or฀turning฀off฀the฀projector฀when฀a฀Pow-

erPoint฀le฀or฀PDF฀le฀is฀displayed฀from฀a฀shared฀folder.

Doing฀so฀will฀make฀Viewer฀inoperable.

NOTE

•฀The฀following฀operations฀by฀using฀the฀buttons฀on฀the฀projector฀are฀not฀possible฀when฀the฀VIEWER฀screen฀such฀as฀the฀slide฀screen฀

and฀the฀thumbnail฀screen฀is฀displayed.

-฀Keystone฀correction฀by฀using฀the฀▲฀or฀▼฀button

-฀Auto฀Adjustment฀by฀using฀the฀AUTO฀ADJ.฀button

-฀Volume฀control฀with฀the฀◀฀or฀▶฀button

•฀Freezing฀picture฀by฀using฀the฀FREEZE,฀ASPECT,฀or฀AUTO฀ADJ.฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀is฀not฀possible฀when฀the฀VIEWER฀

screen฀such฀as฀the฀slide฀screen฀and฀the฀thumbnail฀screen฀is฀displayed.

•฀Executing฀[RESET]฀฀[ALL฀DATA]฀from฀the฀menu฀will฀return฀the฀settings฀for฀the฀Viewer฀toolbar฀to฀the฀factory฀default.

4. Using the Viewer

❷ Preparing presentation materials

1.฀Create฀your฀presentation฀materials฀and฀save฀them฀in฀a฀supported฀le฀format฀to฀your฀computer.

•฀See฀page฀

86 for supported ﬁle formats.

•฀Make฀sure฀that฀PowerPoint฀le฀is฀displayed฀on฀the฀Viewer฀before฀giving฀your฀real฀presentation.

•฀When฀creating฀a฀PDF฀le,฀embed฀your฀fonts฀in฀your฀PDF฀le.฀Embedding฀fonts฀requires฀Adobe฀Acrobat.฀This฀

cannot be done in Adobe Reader.

TIP:

•฀Using฀Print฀Command

Example฀for฀font฀embedding฀using฀Print฀Command.฀See฀the฀help฀of฀Adobe฀Acrobat฀for฀more฀information.

1.฀Select฀“Print”฀from฀the฀“File”฀menu.

2.฀Select฀“Adobe฀PDF”฀from฀“Printer฀name”฀and฀click฀the฀“Properties”฀but

ton.

3.฀Click฀the฀“Edit”฀button฀in฀the฀“Adobe฀PDF฀Settings”฀tab.

4.฀Click฀the฀font฀tab฀in฀the฀Edit฀window฀to฀select฀the฀font฀embed฀window.

5.฀Place฀a฀check฀mark฀for฀“Embed฀all฀fonts”.

฀Click฀“OK”฀to฀return฀to฀the฀Print฀window,฀and฀click฀“OK”฀to฀start฀creating฀a฀

PDF ﬁle.

2.฀Save฀a฀le฀to฀your฀drive.

To save a ﬁle to your USB memory:

Use the Windows Explore to copy the ﬁle to your USB memory.

To place a ﬁle in a shared folder you create in your computer, see page

77.

฀To฀use฀“Media฀Sharing”฀in฀Windows฀Media฀Player฀11,฀see฀page฀81.

4. Using the Viewer

❸ Projecting images stored in a USB memory device

This฀section฀explains฀the฀basic฀operation฀of฀the฀Viewer.

The฀explanation฀provides฀the฀operational฀procedure฀when฀the฀Viewer฀toolbar฀is฀set฀to฀the฀factory฀default.

Preparation:฀Before฀starting฀the฀Viewer,฀store฀images฀to฀the฀USB฀memory฀using฀your฀computer.

Starting the Viewer

1. Turn on the projector. (฀page฀15)

2.฀Insert฀the฀USB฀memory฀into฀the฀USB฀port฀of฀the฀projec-

tor.

NOTE:

•฀Do฀not฀remove฀the฀USB฀memory฀from฀the฀projector฀while฀it’s฀LED฀

ashes.฀Doing฀so฀may฀corrupt฀the฀data.

TIP:

You฀can฀a฀USB฀memory฀insert฀the฀projector฀when฀the฀drive฀list฀screen฀

is฀displayed.

3.฀Press฀the฀SOURCE฀button฀to฀select฀[VIEWER].

A press of the SOURCE button will display the source select

screen.

A few more presses of the SOURCE button will display the

drive list screen.

฀Another฀way฀to฀select฀[VIEWER]฀is฀to฀press฀the฀VIEWER฀

button on the remote control.

TIP:

•฀For฀more฀information฀about฀the฀drive฀list฀screen,฀see฀page฀

69.

•฀To฀display฀graphics฀in฀a฀shared฀folder,฀see฀page฀77;฀to฀display฀still฀

images฀or฀movie฀les฀in฀a฀media฀server,฀see฀page฀81.

USB

4. Using the Viewer

4. Press the ▶฀button฀to฀select฀“USB1”฀and฀press฀the฀

ENTER button.

฀The฀“USB1”฀thumbnail฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.

TIP:

•฀For฀more฀information฀about฀thumbnail฀screen,฀see฀page฀

71.

5. Use the ▲▼◀ or ▶ button to select an icon.

•฀The฀ (arrow) symbol on the right indicates there are

more pages. pressing the PAGE

▽ (page down) button

will show the next page: pressing the PAGE

△ (page up)

will show the previous page.

6. Press the ENTER button.

Operation varies depending on the selected ﬁle.

฀•฀Still฀image

The selected slide will be displayed.

The

◀ or ▶ button can be used to select the next (right)

slide or the previous (left) slide in the thumbnail screen.

•฀Pressing฀the฀ENTER฀button฀will฀display฀the฀control฀bar฀

with which is used to select or rotate an slide.( page

72)

4. Using the Viewer

฀•฀Movie฀le

The movie ﬁle will start playing.

฀After฀nishing฀the฀playback,฀the฀screen฀will฀turn฀to฀black.฀

Press฀the฀EXIT฀button฀to฀return฀to฀the฀thumbnail฀screen.

•฀Pressing฀the฀ENTER฀button฀will฀display฀the฀movie’s฀

control bar with which you can pause or fastforward and

some other operations.

฀•฀Microsoft฀PowerPoint/Excel฀le

[PowerPoint]

The slide on the ﬁrst page will be displayed.

Press

▶ to select the next slide; press ◀ to select the previ-

ous slide.

•฀You฀can฀also฀use฀the฀▼ or ▲ button to select a page. To

return฀to฀the฀thumbnail฀screen,฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button.

[Excel]

The ﬁrst sheet will be displayed.

Pressing the

▲, ▼, ◀, or ▶ button to scroll the sheet up,

down, left and right.

The PAGE

▼ or PAGE ▲ button will move to the next sheet

or the previous sheet.

Pressing the ENTER button will change the display ratio in

the sheet.

฀To฀return฀to฀the฀thumbnail฀screen,฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button.

NOTE:

•฀Files฀with฀slideshow฀or฀animation฀effects฀may฀not฀be฀correctly฀

displayed฀on฀the฀Viewer.

฀See฀“Supported฀PowerPoint฀les”/“Supported฀Excel฀les”฀on฀page฀

60,฀86.

4. Using the Viewer

฀•฀Adobe฀PDF฀le

The ﬁrst page will be displayed.

•฀The฀PDF฀le฀will฀ll฀the฀width฀of฀the฀screen.

Pressing the ▼ or ▲ button will scroll the screen down or

up.

The PAGE

▼ or PAGE ▲ button will move the screen one

page down or up.

฀To฀return฀to฀the฀thumbnail฀screen,฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button.

Pressing the ENTER button will change the display mode

between whole screen and part screen.

•฀When฀a฀passoword฀input฀window฀is฀displayed,฀it฀means฀

that the PDF ﬁle is password-protected.

Pressing the ENTER button will show the software

keyboard.฀Use฀the฀software฀keyboard฀to฀enter฀your฀

password.

Select [OK] and press the ENTER button. The PDF ﬁle

will be displayed.

•฀For฀more฀information฀on฀the฀software฀keyboard,฀see฀page฀

131.

NOTE:

Bookmarks฀and฀notes฀that฀were฀added฀after฀PDF฀conversion฀will฀not฀

be฀displayed.

If฀fonts฀were฀not฀embedded฀at฀the฀time฀of฀PDF฀conversion,฀those฀fonts฀

will฀not฀be฀displayed.

฀

TIP:

It฀takes฀some฀time฀(about฀30฀seconds฀to฀two฀minutes)฀to฀display฀a฀

large฀size฀le฀or฀to฀turn฀pages฀of฀a฀PDF฀le฀that฀has฀many฀pages.

4. Using the Viewer

฀•฀Index฀le฀(extension:.idx)

•฀Index฀les,฀which฀is฀converted฀by฀using฀Viewer฀PPT฀

Converter 3.0, will appear in the Thumbnail screen.

Only folders and JPEG files converted by using

Viewer PPT Converter 3.0 will appear in the Thumbnail

screen.

TIP:

•฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0฀can฀be฀downloaded฀from฀our฀

website.

URL:฀

http://www.nec-display.com/dl/en/index.html

•฀To฀select฀slideshow฀of฀index฀les,฀open฀the฀[PRESENTA-

TION]฀folder฀in฀the฀DRIVE฀LIST฀screen.

However, index ﬁles will not appear. Only folders and

JPEG ﬁles will appear.

•฀Up฀to฀four฀index฀folders฀in฀your฀USB฀and฀shared฀folder฀

are displayed. The four folders will be displayed in reverse

chronological order

•฀When฀you฀insert฀the฀USB฀memory฀device฀storing฀index฀

with the Viewer in operation, the content of the index ﬁles

will be displayed.

NOTE:

•฀The฀play฀mode฀(MANUAL/AUTO)฀for฀slides฀of฀index฀le฀works฀in฀

the฀following฀way:

฀In฀case฀of฀[MANUAL]฀for฀[PLAY฀MODE]

฀When฀you฀select฀[OPTIONS]฀฀[SLIDE฀SETTING]฀฀[PLAY฀MODE]฀

฀[MANUAL],฀index฀les฀will฀be฀set฀for฀manual฀playback฀in฀regard-

less฀of฀whether฀[INTERVAL]฀is฀set.

฀In฀case฀of฀[AUTO]฀selected฀for฀[PLAY฀MODE]

฀When฀you฀select฀[OPTIONS]฀฀[SLIDE฀SETTING]฀฀[PLAY฀MODE]฀

฀[AUTO],฀index฀les฀will฀be฀set฀for฀auto฀playback฀at฀intervals฀

specied฀by฀using฀[INTERVAL].

฀When,฀however,฀[-1]฀is฀selected฀for฀[INTERVAL],฀the฀play฀mode฀will฀

be฀set฀for฀auto฀playback฀according฀to฀the฀setting฀for฀[OPTIONS]฀฀

[SLIDE฀SETTING]฀฀[INTERVAL].

7.฀Remove฀the฀USB฀memory฀from฀the฀projector.

฀Return฀to฀the฀drive฀list฀screen.฀Make฀sure฀that฀the฀LED฀on฀

the USB memory is not ﬂashing before removing the USB

memory.

NOTE:฀If฀you฀remove฀the฀USB฀memory฀from฀the฀projector฀with฀a฀slide฀

displayed,฀the฀projector฀may฀not฀operate฀correctly.฀If฀this฀happens,฀

turn฀off฀the฀projector฀and฀unplug฀the฀power฀cord.฀Wait฀3฀minutes,฀then฀

connect฀the฀power฀cord,฀and฀turn฀on฀the฀projector.

USB

XXXX Motors

4. Using the Viewer

Exiting the Viewer

1.฀Press฀the฀SOURCE฀button฀to฀select฀a฀source฀other฀than฀

[VIEWER].

A press of the SOURCE button will display the source select

screen.

A few more presses of the SOURCE button will display

another source.

•฀To฀exit฀the฀Viewer฀using฀the฀remote฀control,฀select฀a฀

source฀other฀than฀[VIEWER].

4. Using the Viewer

Names and functions of Viewer screen

The฀Viewer฀has฀three฀screens:฀Drive฀list฀screen,฀Thumbnail฀screen,฀and฀Slide฀screen.

•฀Drive฀list฀screen

Displays฀a฀list฀of฀drives฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.

Menu฀operation

•฀Use฀the฀▼

or ▲฀button฀to฀move฀the฀cursor฀up฀or฀down.฀Select฀the฀menu฀item฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀

to฀display฀the฀submenu.

Operation฀for฀Drive฀list฀screen

1. Press the ▶฀button฀to฀move฀the฀cursor฀to฀the฀drive฀list.฀

(Use the ◀ or ▶ button to switch between the menu and the drive list.)

Press the

▼ or ▲ button to select a type of drive; press the ◀ or ▶ button to select the drive connected to the

projector.

2.฀Select฀the฀drive฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀to฀switch฀to฀the฀thumbnail฀screen฀of฀the฀selected฀drive.

Cursor (yellow) Cursor (yellow)

Menu Menu

Scroll bar

[Drive list screen] [Thumbnail screen]

Folder icon

Path information

Drive฀information/File฀information

Menu guide

Operation button guide

Control bar

* The operation for still image differs from that for movie.

[Slide screen]

4. Using the Viewer

Functions

Name Description

REFRESHDisplays฀additional฀media฀servers฀in฀the฀drive฀list฀screen.

OPTIONSOpens฀the฀OPTIONS฀menu.

SLIDE฀SETTINGSets฀up฀slides.฀(฀page฀74)

MOVIE฀SETTINGSets฀up฀movie฀les.฀(฀page฀75)

AUTO฀PLAY฀SETTINGSets฀up฀auto฀play.฀(฀page฀75)

SHAREED฀FOLDERSets฀up฀a฀shared฀folder.฀(฀page฀77)

MEDIA฀SERVERSets฀up฀a฀media฀server.฀(฀page฀81)

RETURNCloses฀the฀OPTIONS฀menu.฀

SYSTEM฀SETTINGSwitches฀to฀the฀system฀setting฀menu.฀See฀wired฀LAN,฀wireless฀LAN,฀WPS,฀

network฀information,฀mouse,฀and฀keyboard฀in฀“9.฀Application฀Menu”.฀(

page฀118)

USBDisplays฀the฀icon฀for฀a฀USB฀memory฀inserted฀into฀the฀USB฀port฀of฀the฀

projector.

SHARED฀FOLDERDisplays฀up฀to฀four฀drives฀of฀a฀computer฀connected฀to฀a฀LAN฀(set฀for฀con-

necting฀a฀shared฀folder).

*฀See฀page฀77฀for฀setting฀up฀for฀connecting฀a฀shared฀foler฀of฀the฀projector.

MEDIA฀SERVERDisplays฀up฀to฀four฀drives฀of฀a฀computer฀connected฀to฀a฀LAN฀(set฀for฀con-

necting฀a฀media฀server).

*฀See฀page฀81฀for฀setting฀up฀for฀connecting฀a฀media฀server฀of฀the฀projector

PRESENTATIONDisplays฀the฀icon฀when฀a฀USB฀memory฀or฀shared฀foler฀stores฀index฀les.

Path฀informationDisplays฀the฀location฀of฀a฀folder฀or฀le.

Drive฀information[Example]

USB1314MB฀FREE/492MB

Displays฀the฀drive.Displays฀free฀space฀and฀capcity฀of฀

a฀drive.฀(USB฀only)

Menu฀guideDisplays฀the฀description฀of฀a฀selected฀menu.

Operation฀button฀guideDisplays฀information฀about฀operation฀buttons.

*฀It฀is฀displayed฀in฀three-digit฀number฀(rounding฀up)

NOTE:

When฀the฀OPTIONS฀menu฀is฀displayed,฀the฀drive฀list฀screen฀or฀thumbnail฀screen฀is฀not฀displayed.฀To฀display฀it,฀select฀the฀[RETURN]฀

icon฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

4. Using the Viewer

•฀Thumbnail฀screen

Displays฀a฀list฀of฀folders,฀thumbnails,฀and฀icons฀in฀the฀drive฀selected฀on฀the฀drive฀list฀screen.

Menu฀operation

•฀Use฀the฀▼

or ▲฀button฀to฀move฀the฀cursor฀up฀or฀down.฀Select฀the฀menu฀item฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀

to฀display฀the฀menu฀or฀setting฀screen.

Operation฀for฀Thumbnail฀screen

1. Press the ▶฀button฀to฀move฀the฀cursor฀to฀the฀thumbnail฀screen฀when฀the฀OPTIONS฀menu฀is฀not฀dis-

played.

2. Press the ▼, ▲, ◀, or ▶฀button฀to฀select฀a฀le฀or฀folder.

3.฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀to฀start฀slideshow฀or฀playback฀of฀the฀selected฀le.฀Selecting฀a฀folder฀will฀display฀

its thumbnail screen.

Functions

Name Description

UPGoes฀to฀one฀upper฀level฀menu.

THUMBNAILSwitches฀two฀displays฀between฀thumbnail฀and฀icon.

SORT฀SETTINGRearranges฀folders฀or฀les.

DRIVE฀LISTReturns฀to฀the฀drive฀list฀screen.

OPTIONSChanges฀to฀the฀OPTIONS฀menu.

SYSTEM฀SET-

TING

Opens฀the฀system฀setting฀menu.

Scroll฀barThumbnail฀screen฀will฀display฀12฀les฀with฀4฀by฀3.฀If฀the฀thumbnail฀screen฀has฀twelve฀or฀

more฀les฀or฀folders,฀the฀scroll฀bar฀will฀be฀displayed฀at฀the฀right฀side.฀Using฀the฀PAGE฀

▼฀or฀PAGE฀▲฀button฀will฀scroll฀the฀whole฀screen฀down฀or฀up.

Path฀informationDisplays฀the฀location฀of฀a฀folder฀or฀le.

Thumbnail฀information[Example]

005.jpg5/200 11/03/2010฀13:25:12฀502KB

Selected฀folder฀

name฀or฀le฀

name

Numbers฀and฀order฀of฀

les฀in฀a฀folder฀(only฀

when฀folder฀selected)

Create/Change฀date:฀

M/D/Y/H/M/B

Displays฀le฀

capacity

Menu฀guideDisplays฀the฀description฀of฀a฀selected฀menu.

Operation฀button฀guideDisplays฀information฀about฀operation฀buttons.

TIP:

•฀If฀an฀unsupported฀image฀is฀selected,฀the฀icon฀[?]฀will฀be฀displayed,

•฀The฀maximum฀displayable฀number฀of฀images฀is฀300฀in฀the฀thumbnail฀screen฀including฀the฀number฀of฀folders.

•฀If฀a฀le฀name฀or฀path฀of฀a฀folder฀is฀longer฀than฀specied,฀it฀will฀be฀displayed฀with฀center฀characters฀or฀path฀skipped.

฀Example:฀“123456789.jpg”฀will฀be฀displayed฀in฀“123..789.jpg”.

4. Using the Viewer

•฀Slide฀screen฀(still฀image/movie)

Plays฀a฀le฀selected฀from฀a฀list฀of฀thumbnails฀or฀icons.

•฀For฀operating฀a฀Microsoft฀PowerPoint฀le฀and฀Adobe฀PDF฀le,฀see฀page฀

65, 66.

Control฀bar฀operation

•฀The฀control฀bar฀will฀be฀displayed฀only฀when฀a฀still฀image฀(or฀index฀le)฀and฀a฀movie฀le฀is฀selected.

•฀The฀control฀bar฀for฀still฀images฀differs฀from฀that฀for฀movie฀les.

1.฀Pressing฀the฀ENTER฀button฀in฀Slide฀screen฀will฀display฀the฀control฀bar฀at฀the฀bottom฀of฀the฀screen.

2. Use the ◀ or ▶฀button฀to฀select฀a฀le฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

•฀The฀selected฀function฀will฀be฀executed.

Functions฀of฀still฀image฀control฀bar

Name Description

PREVGoes฀back฀to฀the฀previous฀image

PLAYPlays฀the฀image.฀This฀button฀also฀is฀used฀to฀stop฀or฀start฀playing฀an฀image.

NEXT Goes฀to฀the฀next฀image.

RIGHTRotates฀the฀image฀90°฀clockwise.

•฀To฀cancel,฀select฀another฀folder.

LEFTRotates฀the฀image฀90°฀counter฀clockwise.

•฀To฀cancel,฀select฀another฀folder.

SIZE

BEST฀FITDisplays฀the฀image฀with฀its฀aspect฀ratio฀in฀the฀projector’s฀displayable฀

maximum฀resolution.

ACTUAL฀

SIZE

Displays฀the฀image฀in฀its฀actual฀size.

CLOSECloses฀the฀control฀bar.

•฀You฀can฀also฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button฀to฀close฀the฀control฀bar.

ENDStops฀playing฀slides฀or฀slideshow,฀and฀closes฀the฀control฀bar฀to฀return฀to฀the฀thumbnail฀

screen.

4. Using the Viewer

Functions฀of฀movie฀control฀bar

Name Description

PREVGoes฀back฀to฀the฀beginning฀of฀a฀movie฀le.

•฀Goes฀back฀to฀the฀beginning฀of฀the฀previous฀movie฀le฀if฀executed฀immediately฀after฀being฀

started฀playing.

FRFast-rewinds฀a฀movie฀le฀for฀about฀7฀seconds.

PLAY/PAUSE

PLAYPlays฀a฀movie฀le.

PAUSEStops฀playing฀a฀movie฀le.

FFFast-forwards฀a฀movie฀le฀for฀about฀7฀seconds.

NEXT Goes฀to฀the฀beginning฀of฀a฀next฀movie฀le.

TIMEDisplays฀an฀elapsed฀time฀for฀playback฀or฀pause.

SIZE

BEST฀FITDisplays฀the฀image฀with฀its฀aspect฀ratio฀in฀the฀projector’s฀displayable฀

maximum฀resolution.

ACTUAL฀

SIZE

Displays฀the฀image฀in฀its฀actual฀size.

CLOSECloses฀the฀control฀bar.

•฀You฀can฀also฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button฀to฀close฀the฀control฀bar.

ENDStops฀playing฀a฀movie,฀and฀closes฀the฀control฀bar฀to฀return฀to฀the฀thumbnail฀screen.

4. Using the Viewer

Viewer option settings

•฀SLIDE฀SETTING

Sets฀still฀images฀or฀slides.

Name OptionsDescription

SCREEN฀SIZEBEST฀FITDisplays฀the฀image฀with฀its฀aspect฀ratio฀in฀the฀projector’s฀display-

able฀maximum฀resolution.

ACTUAL฀SIZEDisplays฀the฀image฀in฀its฀actual฀size.

PLAY฀MODEMANUALSelects฀manual฀play.

AUTOSelects฀auto฀play.

INTERVAL5 - 300 seconds Specifies฀interval฀time฀when฀[AUTO]฀is฀selected฀for฀PLAY฀

MODE.

REPEAT

Check฀markTurns฀on฀or฀off฀the฀repeat฀function.

TIP

•฀To฀play฀one฀or฀more฀slides,฀place฀those฀les฀into฀a฀folder.

4. Using the Viewer

•฀MOVIE฀SETTING

Sets฀the฀functions฀for฀a฀movie฀le.

Name OptionsDescription

SCREEN฀SIZEBEST฀FITDisplays฀the฀image฀with฀its฀aspect฀ratio฀in฀the฀projector’s฀display-

able฀maximum฀resolution.

ACTUAL฀SIZEDisplays฀the฀image฀in฀its฀actual฀size.

REPEATOFFTurns฀on฀or฀off฀the฀repeat฀function.

ONE฀REPEATRepeats฀one฀le฀only.

ALL฀REPEATRepeats฀all฀les฀in฀the฀current฀folder.

TIP

•฀Turning฀on฀[REPEAT]฀will฀display฀black฀screen฀during฀intermission฀between฀movies.

•฀AUTO฀PLAY฀SETTING

Sets฀auto฀play฀for฀slideshow฀when฀a฀USB฀memory฀device฀is฀inserted฀into฀the฀USB฀port฀of฀the฀projector,฀or฀when฀

[VIEWER]฀is฀selected฀for฀[SOURCE].

Name OptionsDescription

AUTO฀PLAYOFF—

PICTURE

Plays฀a฀rst฀found฀still฀image฀in฀a฀drive.

MOVIEPlays฀a฀rst฀found฀movie฀le฀in฀a฀drive.

PowerPointPlays฀a฀rst฀found฀PowerPoint฀le฀in฀a฀drive.

TIP

•฀Auto฀play฀behavior฀is฀different฀between฀when฀a฀USB฀memory฀device฀is฀inserted฀into฀the฀USB฀port฀of฀the฀projector฀and฀when฀

[VIEWER]฀is฀selected฀for฀[SOURCE].

•฀Auto฀play฀starts฀for฀the฀rst฀found฀le฀supporting฀the฀le฀type฀set฀up฀for฀Auto฀Play.฀The฀le฀will฀be฀searched฀in฀the฀drive฀root฀or฀

lower฀level.฀

•฀When฀[VIEWER]฀is฀selected฀for฀[SOURCE],฀the฀last฀selected฀le฀will฀be฀automatically฀played฀if฀it฀is฀found,฀or฀the฀last฀selected฀folder฀

will฀be฀searched฀and฀the฀rst฀found฀le฀will฀be฀automatically฀played.

฀To฀automatically฀play฀a฀movie฀le฀in฀a฀USB฀memory,฀store฀one฀movie฀le฀or฀change฀its฀le฀name฀so฀that฀it฀can฀be฀searched฀rst.

4. Using the Viewer

•฀SORT฀SETTING

Sets฀the฀order฀of฀displaying฀thumbnails฀or฀slides.

Name OptionsDescription

SORT

NAME฀(ABC..)Displays฀the฀les฀alphabetically฀by฀name฀in฀ascending฀order.

NAME฀(ZYX..)Displays฀the฀les฀alphabetically฀by฀name฀in฀descending฀order.

EXT.฀(ABC..)Displays฀the฀les฀alphabetically฀by฀extension฀in฀ascending฀or-

der.

EXT.฀(ZYX..)Displays฀the฀les฀alphabetically฀by฀extension฀in฀descending฀

order.

DATE฀(NEW)Displays฀the฀les฀in฀reverse฀chronological฀order.

DATE฀(OLD)Displays฀the฀les฀in฀chronological฀order.

SIZE฀(BIG)Displays฀the฀les฀in฀descending฀order฀of฀its฀le฀size.

SIZE฀(SMALL)Displays฀the฀les฀in฀ascending฀order฀of฀its฀le฀size.

4. Using the Viewer

❹ Projecting data from shared folder

LAN

Shared folder

Wireless LAN

Projector

Shared folder

Preparation

For฀projector:฀Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀network.

For฀computer:฀Place฀les฀to฀be฀projected฀in฀a฀shared฀folder฀and฀note฀the฀folder’s฀path.฀Memorize฀or฀write฀down฀the฀

path฀for฀later฀use.

•฀For฀sharing฀a฀folder,฀refer฀to฀your฀user฀guide฀or฀help฀le฀accompanied฀with฀your฀Windows฀computer.

•฀Use฀a฀keyboard฀to฀give฀a฀name฀to฀the฀shared฀folder฀in฀alphanumeric฀characters.

•฀To฀connect฀the฀shared฀folder฀beyond฀the฀subnet,฀set฀[WINS฀CONFIGURATION]฀in฀[NETWORK฀SETTINGS]฀from฀

the menu.

•฀Digital฀signature฀(SMB฀signature)฀is฀not฀supported.

Connecting the projector to the shared folder

1. Press the VIEWER button on the remote control.

The drive list window will be displayed.

•฀Another฀way฀to฀start฀the฀VIEWER฀is฀to฀press฀the฀SOURCE฀button฀a฀few฀times฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet.฀( page

17)

4. Using the Viewer

2.฀Displays฀the฀[OPTIONS]฀menu.

Press the ▼ button to select the ฀(OPTIONS)฀icon฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

•฀When฀the฀OPTIONS฀menu฀is฀displayed,฀the฀drive฀list฀will฀not฀be฀displayed.

3.฀Display฀the฀[SHARED฀FOLDER]฀screen.

Press the ▼ button to select the (SHARED FOLDER) icon and press the ENETR button.

4.฀Select฀a฀folder฀number฀and฀place฀to฀enable฀it.

Press the ◀ or ▶ button to a shared folder number and press the ▼ button to select [ENABLE] , and then press

the ENTER button.

5.฀Enter฀the฀path,฀user฀name,฀and฀password฀for฀the฀shared฀folder.

Press the ▼฀button฀to฀select฀the฀[SHARED฀FOLDER]฀eld.฀The฀software฀keyboard฀will฀be฀displayed.

฀For฀using฀the฀software฀keyboard,฀see฀page฀

131.

•฀If฀your฀computer฀is฀not฀password฀protected,฀entering฀a฀password฀is฀not฀required.

•฀Up฀to฀four฀shared฀folders฀can฀be฀added.

•฀The฀maximum฀length฀of฀a฀path฀of฀the฀shared฀folder฀must฀be฀15฀alphanumeric฀characters฀for฀computer฀name฀and฀

23 alphanumeric characters for folder name.

4. Using the Viewer

6.฀Exit฀the฀setting.

Press the ▼ button to select [OK] and press the ENTER button.

This will close the [SHARED FOLDER] screen.

•฀If฀an฀error฀message฀appear,฀your฀settings฀are฀not฀correct.฀Try฀again.

4. Using the Viewer

Disconnecting the shared folder from the projector

•฀Disable฀the฀number฀of฀a฀shared฀folder฀you฀wish฀to฀disconnect

Press the ▼ button to select [ENABLE] and press the ENTER button to clear it.

NOTE:

•฀When฀a฀PowerPoint฀le฀or฀PDF฀le฀is฀displayed,฀do฀not฀disconnect฀your฀LAN฀cable.฀If฀doing฀so,฀the฀Viewer฀will฀not฀work.

TIP:฀

•฀Connecting฀settings฀for฀Shared฀folder฀

฀Settings฀of฀up฀to฀four฀folders฀can฀be฀saved.

฀Restarting฀the฀projector฀will฀display฀setting-saved฀shared฀folders฀in฀grey฀folder฀icon฀on฀the฀drive฀list฀screen.฀

฀Selecting฀the฀grey฀icon฀folder฀will฀skip฀entry฀for฀a฀folder฀path.

•฀Failing฀to฀connect฀with฀a฀shared฀folder฀will฀display฀the฀folder฀icon฀with฀“x”฀mark.฀If฀this฀happen,฀check฀your฀folder฀setting.

4. Using the Viewer

❺ Projecting data from media server

LAN

Media server

Wireless LAN

Media server

Projector

Preparation

For฀projector:฀Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀network.

For฀computer:฀Prepare฀image฀les฀or฀movie฀les฀to฀be฀projected,฀and฀set฀up฀“Media฀Sharing”฀in฀Windows฀Media฀Player฀

11฀or฀Windows฀Media฀Player฀12.

NOTE:฀

•฀Both฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀media฀server฀must฀be฀on฀the฀same฀subnet.฀Connecting฀to฀the฀media฀server฀beyond฀the฀subnet฀is฀not฀

possible.

•฀Types฀of฀images฀and฀movies฀which฀can฀be฀shared฀may฀vary฀depending฀on฀Windows฀version.

Setting up “Media Sharing” in Windows Media Player 11

1.฀Start฀Windows฀Media฀Player฀11.

2.฀Select฀“Media฀Sharing”฀from฀“Library”.

฀The฀“Media฀Sharing”฀dialog฀box฀will฀be฀displayed.

4. Using the Viewer

3.฀Select฀“Share฀my฀media”฀check฀box,฀and฀then฀select฀OK.฀

A list of accessible devices will be displayed.

4.฀Select฀“P501฀Series”฀and฀then฀“Allow”.

฀A฀check฀mark฀will฀be฀added฀to฀the฀“P501฀Series”฀icon.

•฀The฀“P501฀Series”฀is฀a฀projector฀name฀specied฀in฀[NETWORK฀SETTINGS].฀

5.฀Select฀“OK”.

฀This฀will฀make฀pictures฀and฀video฀in฀“Library”฀available฀from฀the฀projector.

4. Using the Viewer

Setting up “Media Sharing” in Windows Media Player 12

1.฀Start฀Windows฀Media฀Player฀12.

2.฀Select฀“Stream”,฀and฀then฀select฀“Automatically฀allow฀devices฀to฀play฀my฀media”.

฀The฀“Allow฀All฀Media฀Devices”฀windows฀will฀be฀displayed.

3.฀Select฀“Automatically฀allow฀all฀computers฀and฀media฀devices”.

฀Graphics฀and฀movie฀les฀in฀“Library”฀can฀be฀used฀from฀the฀projector.

4. Using the Viewer

Connecting the projector to the media server

Press฀the฀VIEWER฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control.

The฀VIEWER฀will฀start.

•฀Another฀way฀to฀start฀the฀VIEWER฀is฀to฀press฀the฀SOURCE฀button฀a฀few฀times฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet.฀(฀page฀

17)

•฀This฀will฀start฀searching฀for฀a฀computer฀with฀“media฀sharing”฀enabled฀in฀the฀network฀and฀add฀it฀to฀the฀“Media฀server”฀

of฀the฀thumbnail฀screen.

฀Another฀way฀to฀do฀this฀is฀to฀point฀the฀cursor฀to฀“Media฀server”฀and฀select฀[REFRESH]฀from฀the฀thumbnail฀menu฀

and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

NOTE:฀

•฀Up฀to฀four฀accessible฀media฀servers฀can฀be฀automatically฀searched฀and฀displayed.฀The฀fth฀device฀or฀later฀cannot฀be฀displayed.

(฀page฀63)

4. Using the Viewer

Disconnecting the projector from the media server

1. Display the OPTIONS menu.

Press the ▼฀button฀to฀select฀the฀[OPTIONS]฀icon฀and฀select฀the฀ENTER฀button.

2.฀Display฀the฀MEDIA฀SERVER฀setting฀screen.

Press the ▼฀button฀to฀select฀the฀MEDIA฀SERVER฀icon฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

3. Disable the connection.

฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀to฀clear฀the฀checkmark฀to฀disable฀the฀connection.

Press the ▼฀button฀to฀select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀to฀close฀the฀MEDIA฀SERVER฀setting฀screen.

4. Using the Viewer

❻ Restrictions on displaying ﬁles

The฀Viewer฀allows฀you฀to฀give฀a฀simplied฀display฀of฀a฀PowerPoint฀le฀or฀PDF฀le.

Due฀to฀simplied฀display,฀however,฀actual฀display฀may฀be฀different฀from฀the฀one฀on฀your฀computer฀application฀pro-

gram.

Some restrictions on PowerPoint ﬁles

•฀Fonts฀will฀be฀automatically฀converted฀to฀the฀fonts฀installed฀in฀the฀projector.฀Fonts฀can฀vary฀in฀size฀or฀width,฀causing฀

layout฀corruption

฀Some฀characters฀or฀fonts฀may฀not฀be฀displayed.

•฀Some฀functions฀included฀in฀font฀are฀not฀supported.

฀Example:฀There฀are฀some฀restrictions฀on฀animation,฀selection,฀or฀hyperlink.

•฀It฀may฀take฀longer฀time฀to฀feed฀pages฀compared฀with฀a฀computer

•฀In฀some฀cases฀Microsoft฀PowerPoint฀97-2007฀format฀les฀may฀not฀be฀displayed.

Some restrictions on Excel ﬁles

•฀Fonts฀will฀be฀automatically฀converted฀to฀the฀fonts฀installed฀in฀the฀projector.฀Fonts฀can฀vary฀in฀size฀or฀width,฀causing฀

layout฀corruption฀

฀Some฀characters฀or฀fonts฀may฀not฀be฀displayed.

•฀Some฀functions฀included฀in฀font฀are฀not฀supported.฀

•฀There฀are฀some฀restrictions฀on฀graphs,฀graphics,฀or฀images.

•฀A฀focus฀cursor฀in฀cell฀A1฀cannot฀be฀moved.

•฀It฀may฀take฀longer฀time฀to฀feed฀pages฀compared฀with฀a฀computer

•฀In฀some฀cases฀Microsoft฀Excel฀97-2007฀format฀les฀may฀not฀be฀displayed.

Some restrictions on PDF ﬁles

•฀Fonts฀not฀embedded฀at฀the฀time฀of฀PDF฀creation฀may฀not฀be฀displayed.

•฀Some฀functions฀included฀in฀font฀are฀not฀supported.

฀Example:฀There฀are฀some฀restrictions฀on฀annotations,฀selection,฀form,฀or฀color฀space.

•฀It฀may฀take฀longer฀time฀to฀feed฀pages฀compared฀with฀a฀computer

•฀In฀some฀cases฀Adobe฀Acrobat฀format฀les฀may฀not฀be฀displayed.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

❶ Using the Menus

NOTE:฀The฀on-screen฀menu฀may฀not฀be฀displayed฀correctly฀while฀interlaced฀motion฀video฀image฀is฀projected.

1.฀Press฀the฀MENU฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀to฀display฀the฀menu.

NOTE:฀The฀commands฀such฀as฀ENTER,฀EXIT,฀▲▼,฀◀▶฀in฀the฀bottom฀show฀available฀buttons฀for฀your฀operation.

2. Press the ◀▶฀buttons฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀to฀display฀the฀submenu.

3.฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀to฀highlight฀the฀top฀item฀or฀the฀rst฀

tab.

4. Use the

▲▼฀buttons฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀to฀select฀the฀item฀you฀want฀to฀adjust฀or฀

set.

You can use the

◀▶฀buttons฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀to฀select฀the฀tab฀you฀want.

5.฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀to฀display฀the฀submenu฀window.

6.฀Adjust฀the฀level฀or฀turn฀the฀selected฀item฀on฀or฀off฀by฀using฀the฀▲▼◀▶

buttons on the remote control or

the projector cabinet.

Changes฀are฀stored฀until฀adjusted฀again.

7.฀Repeat฀steps฀2฀-6฀to฀adjust฀an฀additional฀item,฀or฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projec

tor฀cabinet฀to฀quit฀the฀menu฀display.

NOTE:฀When฀a฀menu฀or฀message฀is฀displayed,฀several฀lines฀of฀information฀may฀be฀lost,฀depending฀on฀the฀signal฀or฀settings.

8. Press the MENU button to close the menu.

฀To฀return฀to฀the฀previous฀menu,฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

❷

Menu Elements

Slide bar

Solid triangle

Tab

Radio button

High Altitude symbol

ECO mode symbol

Wireless symbol

Menu฀windows฀or฀dialog฀boxes฀typically฀have฀the฀following฀elements:

Highlight .............................Indicates the selected menu or item.

Solid triangle ......................Indicates further choices are available. A highlighted triangle indicates the item is active.

Tab ......................................Indicates a group of features in a dialog box. Selecting on any tab brings its page to the front.

Radio button .......................Use this round button to select an option in a dialog box.

Source ................................Indicates the currently selected source.

Off Timer remaining time ....Indicates the remaining countdown time when the [OFF TIMER] is preset.

Slide bar .............................Indicates settings or the direction of adjustment.

ECO mode symbol ..............Indicates ECO MODE is set.

Key Lock symbol ................Indicates the [CONTROL PANEL LOCK] is enabled.

Thermometer symbol .........Indicates the [ECO MODE] is forcibly set to [NORMAL] mode because the internal temperature is

too high.

High Altitude symbol ..........Indicates the [FAN MODE] is set to [HIGH ALTITUDE] mode.

Wireless symbol .................Indicate the wireless LAN connection is enabled. (not supported by PE501X)

Source

Available buttons

Thermometer symbol

Key฀Lock฀symbol

Off Timer remaining

time

Highlight

5. Using On-Screen Menu

❸ List of Menu Items

Some฀menu฀items฀are฀not฀available฀depending฀on฀the฀input฀source.

Menu฀ItemDefaultOptions

SOURCE

COMPUTER*

HDMI1*

HDMI2*

VIDEO*

S-VIDEO*

VIEWER฀(not฀supported฀by฀PE501X)*

NETWORK฀(not฀supported฀by฀PE501X)*

USB฀DISPLAY*

ADJUST

PICTURE

PRESET*1–7

DETAIL฀SETTINGS

GENERAL

REFERENCE*

HIGH-BRIGHT,฀PRESENTATION,฀VIDEO,฀MOVIE,฀GRAPHIC,฀

sRGB,฀DICOM฀SIM.

GAMMA฀

CORRECTION*

DYNAMIC,฀NATURAL,฀BLACK฀DETAIL

SCREEN฀SIZE*

*LARGE,฀MEDIUM,฀SMALL

COLOR฀

TEMPERATURE

*5000,฀6500,฀7800,฀8500,฀9300,฀10500

DYNAMIC฀

CONTRAST

*OFF,฀ON

IMAGE฀MODE*STILL,฀MOVIE

COLOR฀

ENHANCEMENT

*OFF,฀ON

WHITE฀BALANCE

CONTRAST฀R0

CONTRAST฀G0

CONTRAST฀B0

BRIGHTNESS฀R*

BRIGHTNESS฀G*

BRIGHTNESS฀B*

CONTRAST63

BRIGHTNESS63

SHARPNESS7

COLOR31

HUE31

RESET

IMAGE฀

OPTIONS

CLOCK*

PHASE*

HORIZONTAL*

VERTICAL*

OVERSCAN*

AUTO,฀0[%],฀5[%],฀10[%]

ASPECT฀RATIO

P501X/P451X/PE501X:฀AUTO,฀4:3,฀16:9,฀15:9,฀16:10,฀WIDE฀

ZOOM,฀NATIVE

P451W/P401W:฀AUTO,฀4:3,฀16:9,฀15:9,฀16:10,฀LETTERBOX,฀

NATIVE

POSITION฀(Not฀available฀on฀P451W/

P401W)

AUDIOVOLUME11

SETUPGENERAL

KEYSTONE0

KEYSTONE฀HORIZONTAL,฀KEYSTONE฀VERTICAL,฀

PINCUSHION฀LEFT/RIGHT,฀PINCUSHION฀TOP/BOTTOM,฀

CORNERSTONE,฀RESET

WALL฀COLOROFF

OFF,฀WHITEBOARD,฀BLACKBOARD,฀BLACKBOARD฀

(GRAY),฀LIGHT฀YELLOW,฀LIGHT฀GREEN,฀LIGHT฀BLUE,฀

SKY฀BLUE,฀LIGHT฀ROSE,฀PINK

ECO฀MODEAUTO฀ECOOFF,฀AUTO฀ECO,฀NORMAL,฀ECO

CLOSED฀CAPTIONOFF

OFF,฀CAPTION1,฀CAPTION2,฀CAPTION3,฀CAPTION4,฀

TEXT1, TEXT2, TEXT3, TEXT4

OFF฀TIMEROFFOFF,฀0:30,฀1:00,฀2:00,฀4:00,฀8:00,฀12:00,฀16:00

LANGUAGEENGLISH

ENGLISH,฀DEUTSCH,฀FRANÇAIS,฀ITALIANO,฀ESPAÑOL,฀

SVENSKA,฀DANSK,฀PORTUGUÊS,฀ČEŠTINA,฀MAGYAR,฀

POLSKI,฀NEDERLANDS,฀SUOMI,฀NORSK,฀TÜRKÇE,฀

ROMÂNĂ, HRVATSKI, INDONESIA, РУССКИЙ,

БЪЛГАРСКИ, ΕΛΛΗΝΙΚΆ,

, , ไทย, , 简体中

文, 한국어, 日本語, 繁體中文

*฀The฀asterisk฀(*)฀indicates฀that฀the฀default฀setting฀varies฀depending฀on฀the฀signal.

*1฀The฀[GAMMA฀CORRECTION]฀item฀is฀available฀when฀an฀item฀other฀than฀[DICOM฀SIM.]฀is฀selected฀for฀[REFERENCE].

*2฀The฀[SCREEN฀SIZE]฀item฀is฀available฀when฀[DICOM฀SIM.]฀is฀selected฀for฀[REFERENCE].

*3฀The฀default฀setting฀varies฀depending฀on฀the฀setting฀of฀[REFERENCE].

Basic menu items are indicated by shaded

area.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Menu฀ItemDefaultOptions

SETUP

COLOR฀SELECTCOLORCOLOR,฀MONOCHROME

SOURCE฀DISPLAYONOFF,฀ON

ID฀DISPLAYONOFF,฀ON

ECO฀MESSAGEOFFOFF,฀ON

DISPLAY฀TIMEAUTO฀45฀SECMANUAL,฀AUTO฀5฀SEC,฀AUTO฀15฀SEC,฀AUTO฀45฀SEC

BACKGROUNDBLUEBLUE,฀BLACK,฀LOGO

FILTER฀MESSAGEOFFOFF,฀100[H],฀500[H],฀1000[H],฀2000[H]

INSTALLATION

ORIENTATION

DESKTOP฀

FRONT

DESKTOP฀FRONT,฀CEILING฀REAR,฀DESKTOP฀REAR,฀

CEILING฀FRONT

CONTROL฀PANEL฀LOCKOFFOFF,฀ON

SECURITYOFFOFF,฀ON

COMMUNICATION฀SPEED38400bps4800bps,฀9600bps,฀19200bps,฀38400bps

REMOTE฀SENSORFRONT/BACKFRONT/BACK,฀FRONT,฀BACK

CONTROL฀ID

CONTROL฀ID฀

NUMBER

1 1–254

CONTROL฀IDOFFOFF,฀ON

TEST฀PATTERN

MIC฀GAIN2 0, 1, 2, 3

NETWORK฀SETTINGS

(not฀supported฀by฀PE501X)

OPTIONS(1)

AUTO฀ADJUSTNORMALOFF,฀NORMAL,฀FINE

FAN฀MODEAUTOAUTO,฀HIGH,฀HIGH฀ALTITUDE

SIGNAL฀SELECT

COMPUTER

RGB/

COMPONENT

RGB/COMPONENT,฀RGB,฀COMPONENT

VIDEOAUTO

AUTO,฀NTSC3.58,฀NTSC4.43,฀PAL,฀PAL-M,฀PAL-N,฀PAL60,฀

SECAM

S-VIDEOAUTO

AUTO,฀NTSC3.58,฀NTSC4.43,฀PAL,฀PAL-M,฀PAL-N,฀PAL60,฀

SECAM

WXGA฀MODE

P501X/P451X/

PE501X:฀OFF฀

P451W/P401W:฀

OFF,฀ON

DEINTERLACEONOFF,฀ON

HDMI฀

SETTINGS

HDMI1

VIDEO฀LEVELAUTOAUTO,฀NORMAL,฀ENHANCED

HDMI2VIDEO฀LEVELAUTOAUTO,฀NORMAL,฀ENHANCED

AUDIO฀

SELECT

HDMI1HDMI1

HDMI1,฀COMPUTER

HDMI2HDMI2HDMI2,฀COMPUTER

NETWORK฀(not฀supported฀

by฀PE501X)

NETWORKNETWORK,฀COMPUTER

USB฀DISPLAYUSB฀DISPLAYUSB฀DISPLAY,฀COMPUTER

BEEPONOFF,฀ON

TOOLS฀(not฀supported฀by฀PE501X)

OPTIONS(2)

STANDBY฀MODEPOWER-SAVING

NORMAL,฀POWER-SAVING,฀NETWORK฀STANDBY฀(not฀

supported฀by฀PE501X)

DIRECT฀POWER฀ONOFFOFF,฀ON

AUTO฀POWER฀ON(COMP.)OFFOFF,฀ON

AUTO฀POWER฀OFF0:30OFF,฀0:05,฀0:10,฀0:20,฀0:30,฀1:00

DEFAULT฀SOURCE฀SELECTLAST

LAST,฀AUTO,฀COMPUTER,฀HDMI1,฀HDMI2,฀VIDEO,฀

S-VIDEO,฀VIEWER,฀NETWORK,฀USB฀DISPLAY฀(VIEWER฀

and฀NETWORK฀are฀not฀supported฀by฀PE501X)

CARBON฀CONVERT

CURRENCY$, ,฀JP¥,฀RMB¥

CURRENCY฀CONVERT

*฀The฀asterisk฀(*)฀indicates฀that฀the฀default฀setting฀varies฀depending฀on฀the฀signal.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Menu฀ItemDefaultOptions

INFO.

USAGE฀TIME

LAMP฀LIFE฀REMAINING

LAMP฀HOURS฀USED

FILTER฀HOURS฀USED

TOTAL฀CARBON฀SAVINGS

TOTAL฀COST฀SAVINGS

SOURCE(1)

SOURCE฀NAME

SOURCE฀INDEX

HORIZONTAL฀FREQUENCY

VERTICAL฀FREQUENCY

SYNC฀TYPE

SYNC฀POLARITY

SCAN฀TYPE

SOURCE(2)

SIGNAL฀TYPE

VIDEO฀TYPE

BIT฀DEPTH

VIDEO฀LEVEL

WIRED฀LAN

(not฀supported฀

by฀PE501X)

IP฀ADDRESS

SUBNET฀MASK

GATEWAY

MAC฀ADDRESS

WIRELESS฀LAN

(not฀supported฀

by฀PE501X)

IP฀ADDRESS

SUBNET฀MASK

GATEWAY

MAC฀ADDRESS

SSID

NETWORK฀TYPE

WEP/WPA

CHANNEL

SIGNAL฀LEVEL

VERSION(1)

FIRMWARE

DATA

VERSION(2)FIRMWARE2

OTHERS

PROJECTOR฀NAME

MODEL฀NO.

SERIAL฀NUMBER

LAN฀UNIT฀TYPE฀(not฀supported฀by฀

PE501X)

CONTROL฀ID฀(when฀[CONTROL฀ID]฀is฀

set)

RESET

CURRENT฀SIGNAL

ALL฀DATA

CLEAR฀LAMP฀HOURS

CLEAR฀FILTER฀HOURS

*฀The฀asterisk฀(*)฀indicates฀that฀the฀default฀setting฀varies฀depending฀on฀the฀signal.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

❹ Menu Descriptions & Functions [SOURCE]

COMPUTER

Selects฀the฀computer฀connected฀to฀your฀COMPUTER฀input฀connector฀signal.

NOTE:฀When฀the฀component฀input฀signal฀is฀connected฀to฀the฀COMPUTER฀IN฀connector,฀select฀[COMPUTER].

฀

HDMI1 and 2

Selects฀the฀HDMI฀compatible฀equipment฀connected฀to฀your฀HDMI1฀or฀2฀IN฀connector.

VIDEO

Selects฀what฀is฀connected฀to฀your฀VIDEO฀input-VCR,฀DVD฀player฀or฀document฀camera.

S-VIDEO

Selects฀what฀is฀connected฀to฀your฀S-VIDEO฀input-VCR฀or฀DVD฀player.

NOTE:฀A฀frame฀may฀freeze฀for฀a฀brief฀period฀of฀time฀when฀a฀video฀is฀played฀back฀in฀fast-forward฀or฀fast-rewind฀with฀a฀Video฀or฀S-

Video฀source.

VIEWER (not supported by PE501X)

This฀feature฀enables฀you฀to฀make฀presentations฀using฀a฀USB฀memory฀that฀contains฀slides.

(฀page฀

59฀“4.฀Using฀the฀Viewer”)

NETWORK (not supported by PE501X)

Selects฀a฀signal฀from฀the฀LAN฀port฀(RJ-45)฀or฀the฀installed฀USB฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀(optional).

USB DISPLAY

Selects฀the฀computer฀connected฀to฀the฀USB(PC)฀port฀(type฀B)฀by฀using฀a฀commercially฀available฀USB฀cable.฀

(฀page฀

40)

5. Using On-Screen Menu

❺ Menu Descriptions & Functions [ADJUST]

[PICTURE]

[PRESET]

This฀function฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀optimized฀settings฀for฀your฀projected฀image.

You฀can฀adjust฀neutral฀tint฀for฀yellow,฀cyan฀or฀magenta.฀

There฀are฀seven฀factory฀presets฀optimized฀for฀various฀types฀of฀images.฀You฀can฀also฀use฀[DETAIL฀SETTINGS]฀to฀set฀

user฀adjustable฀settings฀to฀customize฀each฀gamma฀or฀color.

Your฀settings฀can฀be฀stored฀in฀[PRESET฀1]฀to฀[PRESET฀7].

HIGH-BRIGHT ........ Recommended for use in a brightly lit room.

PRESENTATION ..... Recommended for making a presentation using a PowerPoint ﬁle.

VIDEO .................... Recommended for typical TV program viewing.

MOVIE ................... Recommended for movies.

GRAPHIC ............... Recommended for graphics.

sRGB ..................... Standard color values

DICOM SIM. .......... Recommended for DICOM simulation format.

NOTE:฀

•฀The฀[DICOM฀SIM.]฀option฀is฀for฀training/reference฀only฀and฀should฀not฀be฀used฀for฀actual฀diagnosis.

•฀DICOM฀stands฀for฀Digital฀Imaging฀and฀Communications฀in฀Medicine.฀It฀is฀a฀standard฀developed฀by฀the฀American฀College฀of฀Radiol-

ogy฀(ACR)฀and฀the฀National฀Electrical฀Manufacturers฀Association฀(NEMA).฀

฀The฀standard฀species฀how฀digital฀image฀data฀can฀be฀moved฀from฀system฀to฀system.฀

[DETAIL SETTINGS]

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[GENERAL]

Storing฀Your฀Customized฀Settings฀[REFERENCE]

This฀function฀allows฀you฀to฀store฀your฀customized฀settings฀in฀[PRESET฀1]฀to฀[PRESET฀7].

First,฀select฀a฀base฀preset฀mode฀from฀[REFERENCE],฀then฀set฀[GAMMA฀CORRECTION]฀and฀[COLOR฀TEMPERA-

TURE].฀

HIGH-BRIGHT ........ Recommended for use in a brightly lit room.

PRESENTATION ..... Recommended for making a presentation using a PowerPoint ﬁle.

VIDEO .................... Recommended for typical TV program viewing.

MOVIE ................... Recommended for movies.

GRAPHIC ............... Recommended for graphics.

sRGB ..................... Standard color values.

DICOM SIM. .......... Recommended for DICOM simulation format.

Selecting฀Gamma฀Correction฀Mode฀[GAMMA฀CORRECTION]

Each฀mode฀is฀recommended฀for:

DYNAMIC .............. Creates a high-contrast picture.

NATURAL ............... Natural reproduction of the picture.

BLACK DETAIL ....... Emphasizes detail in dark areas of the picture.

NOTE:฀This฀function฀is฀not฀available฀when฀[DICOM฀SIM.]฀is฀selected฀for฀[DETAIL฀SETTINGS].

Selecting฀Screen฀Size฀for฀DICOM฀SIM฀[SCREEN฀SIZE]

This฀function฀will฀perform฀gamma฀correction฀appropriate฀for฀the฀screen฀size.

LARGE ................... For screen size of 110"

MEDIUM ................ For screen size of 90"

SMALL ................... For screen size of 70"

NOTE:฀This฀function฀is฀available฀only฀when฀[DICOM฀SIM.]฀is฀selected฀for฀[DETAIL฀SETTINGS].

Adjusting฀Color฀Temperature฀[COLOR฀TEMPERATURE]

This฀option฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀the฀color฀temperature฀of฀your฀choice.

NOTE:฀When฀[PRESENTATION]฀or฀[HIGH-BRIGHT]฀is฀selected฀in฀[REFERENCE],฀this฀function฀is฀not฀available.

Adjusting฀Brightness฀and฀Contrast฀[DYNAMIC฀CONTRAST]

This฀function฀allows฀you฀to฀adjust฀the฀contrast฀ratio฀optically฀using฀the฀built-in฀iris.

To฀increase฀the฀contrast฀ratio,฀select฀[ON].

Selecting฀Still฀Image฀Mode฀or฀Movie฀Mode฀[IMAGE฀MODE]

This฀function฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀the฀still฀image฀mode฀or฀the฀movie฀mode.

STILL ..................... This mode is for a still image.

MOVIE ................... This mode is for a movie.

NOTE:฀This฀function฀is฀available฀only฀when฀[HIGH-BRIGHT]฀is฀selected฀for฀[REFERENCE].

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Enhancing฀the฀Color฀[COLOR฀ENHANCEMENT]

This฀function฀allows฀you฀to฀enhance฀the฀color฀of฀image.

OFF ........................ Does not enhance the color

ON ......................... Enhances the color.

NOTE:฀This฀function฀is฀available฀only฀when฀[PRESENTATION]฀is฀selected฀[REFERENCE].

Adjusting฀White฀Balance฀[WHITE฀BALANCE]

This฀allows฀you฀to฀adjust฀the฀white฀balance.฀Contrast฀for฀each฀color฀(RGB)฀to฀adjust฀the฀white฀level฀of฀the฀screen;฀

Brightness฀for฀each฀color฀(RGB)฀is฀used฀to฀adjust฀the฀black฀level฀of฀the฀screen.

[CONTRAST]

Adjusts฀the฀intensity฀of฀the฀image฀according฀to฀the฀incoming฀signal.

[BRIGHTNESS]

Adjusts฀the฀brightness฀level฀or฀the฀back฀raster฀intensity.

[SHARPNESS]

Controls฀the฀detail฀of฀the฀image.

[COLOR]

Increases฀or฀decreases฀the฀color฀saturation฀level.

[HUE]

Varies฀the฀color฀level฀from฀+/−฀green฀to฀+/−฀blue.฀The฀red฀level฀is฀used฀as฀reference.

Input฀signalCONTRASTBRIGHTNESSSHARPNESSCOLORHUE

COMPUTER/HDMI฀(RGB)YesYesYesNo No

COMPUTER/HDMI฀(COMPONENT)YesYesYesYesYes

VIDEO/S-VIDEOYesYesYesYesYes

VIEWER/NETWORK/USB฀DISPLAYYesYesYesNo No

Yes฀=฀Adjustable,฀No฀=฀Not฀adjustable

[RESET]

The฀settings฀and฀adjustments฀for฀[PICTURE]฀will฀be฀returned฀to฀the฀factory฀settings฀with฀the฀exception฀of฀the฀following;฀

Preset฀numbers฀and฀[REFERENCE]฀within฀the฀[PRESET]฀screen.

The฀settings฀and฀adjustments฀under฀[DETAIL฀SETTINGS]฀within฀the฀[PRESET]฀screen฀that฀are฀not฀currently฀selected฀

will฀not฀be฀reset.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[IMAGE OPTIONS]

Adjusting฀Clock฀and฀Phase฀[CLOCK/PHASE]

This฀allows฀you฀to฀manually฀adjust฀CLOCK฀and฀PHASE.

CLOCK ................... Use this item to ﬁne tune the computer image or to remove any vertical banding that might appear. This

function adjusts the clock frequencies that eliminate the horizontal banding in the image.

This adjustment may be necessary when you connect your computer for the ﬁrst time.

PHASE ................... Use this item to adjust the clock phase or to reduce video noise, dot interference or cross talk. (This is

evident when part of your image appears to be shimmering.)

Use [PHASE] only after the [CLOCK] is complete.

NOTE:฀The฀[CLOCK]฀and฀[PHASE]฀items฀are฀available฀for฀RGB฀signals฀only.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Adjusting฀Horizontal/Vertical฀Position฀[HORIZONTAL/VERTICAL]

Adjusts฀the฀image฀location฀horizontally฀and฀vertically.

NOTE:฀

•฀The฀[HORIZONTAL]฀and฀[VERTICAL]฀items฀are฀not฀available฀for฀VIDEO,฀S-VIDEO,฀HDMI,฀VIEWER,฀NETWORK,฀and฀USB฀DIS-

PLAY.

•฀The฀HORIZONTAL฀and฀VERTICAL฀cannot฀be฀adjusted฀depending฀on฀the฀signal.

-฀An฀image฀can฀be฀distorted฀during฀the฀adjustment฀of฀[CLOCK]฀and฀[PHASE].฀This฀is฀not฀malfunction.

-฀The฀adjustments฀for฀[CLOCK],฀[PHASE],฀[HORIZONTAL],฀and฀[VERTICAL]฀will฀be฀stored฀in฀memory฀for฀the฀

current฀signal.฀The฀next฀time฀you฀project฀the฀signal฀with฀the฀same฀resolution,฀horizontal฀and฀vertical฀frequency,฀

its฀adjustments฀will฀be฀called฀up฀and฀applied.

฀To฀delete฀adjustments฀stored฀in฀memory,฀from฀the฀menu,฀you฀select฀[RESET]฀฀[CURRENT฀SIGNAL]฀or฀[ALL฀

DATA]฀and฀reset฀the฀adjustments.

Selecting฀Overscan฀Percentage฀[OVERSCAN]

Select฀overscan฀percentage฀(AUTO,฀0%,฀5%฀and฀10%)฀for฀signal.

Projected image

Overscaned by 10%

NOTE:฀

•฀The฀[0[%]]฀cannot฀be฀selected฀when฀VIDEO฀and฀S-VIDEO฀signals฀are฀used.

•฀The฀[OVERSCAN]฀item฀is฀not฀available:

฀•฀฀when฀[NATIVE]฀is฀selected฀for฀[ASPECT฀RATIO].

฀•฀฀when฀[VIEWER],฀[NETWORK],฀or฀[USB฀DISPLAY]฀is฀selected฀for฀[SOURCE]

฀•฀฀depending฀on฀the฀signal

•฀If฀the฀projector฀does฀not฀reect฀the฀settings฀for฀your฀HDMI฀equipment฀such฀as฀a฀DVD฀player฀connected฀to฀the฀HDMI฀1฀IN฀or฀HDMI฀

2฀IN฀connector,฀select฀the฀HDMI1฀or฀HDMI2฀input฀source฀again฀on฀the฀projector.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Selecting฀Aspect฀Ratio฀[ASPECT฀RATIO]

The฀term฀“aspect฀ratio”฀refers฀to฀the฀ratio฀of฀width฀to฀height฀of฀a฀projected฀image.

The฀projector฀automatically฀determines฀the฀incoming฀signal฀and฀displays฀it฀in฀its฀appropriate฀aspect฀ratio.

•฀This฀table฀shows฀typical฀resolutions฀and฀aspect฀ratios฀that฀most฀computers฀support.

ResolutionAspect฀Ratio

VGA640฀×฀4804:3

SVGA

800฀×฀6004:3

XGA1024฀×฀7684:3

WXGA1280฀×฀76815:9

WXGA1280฀×฀80016:10

WXGA+1440฀×฀90016:10

SXGA1280฀×฀10245:4

SXGA+

1400฀×฀10504:3

UXGA1600฀×฀12004:3

WUXGA1920฀×฀120016:10

OptionsFunction

AUTO

The฀projector฀will฀automatically฀determine฀the฀incoming฀signal฀and฀display฀it฀in฀its฀aspect฀

ratio.฀(

next฀page)

The฀projector฀may฀erroneously฀determine฀the฀aspect฀ratio฀depending฀on฀its฀signal.฀If฀this฀

occurs,฀select฀the฀appropriate฀aspect฀ratio฀from฀the฀following.

4:3The฀image฀is฀displayed฀in฀4:3฀aspect฀ratio.

16:9The฀image฀is฀displayed฀in฀16:9฀aspect฀ratio.

15:9The฀image฀is฀displayed฀in฀15:9฀aspect฀ratio.

16:10The฀image฀is฀displayed฀in฀16:10฀aspect฀ratio.

WIDE฀ZOOM

(P501X/P451X/PE501X)

The฀image฀is฀stretched฀left฀and฀right.฀

Parts฀of฀the฀displayed฀image฀are฀cropped฀at฀the฀left฀and฀right฀edges฀and฀therefore฀not฀

visible.

LETTERBOX

(P451W/P401W)

The฀image฀of฀a฀letterbox฀signal฀is฀stretched฀equally฀in฀the฀horizontal฀and฀vertical฀direc-

tions฀to฀t฀the฀screen.฀Parts฀of฀the฀displayed฀image฀are฀cropped฀at฀the฀top฀and฀bottom฀

edges฀and฀therefore฀not฀visible.

NATIVEThe฀projector฀displays฀the฀current฀image฀in฀its฀true฀resolution฀when฀the฀incoming฀computer฀

signal฀has฀a฀lower฀resolution฀than฀the฀projector’s฀native฀resolution.

[Example฀1]฀When฀the฀incoming฀

signal฀with฀the฀resolution฀of฀800฀

×฀600฀is฀displayed฀on฀the฀P501X/

P451X/PE501X:

[Example฀2]฀When฀the฀incoming฀

signal฀with฀the฀resolution฀of฀800฀×฀

600฀is฀displayed฀on฀the฀P451W/

P401W:

NOTE:

•฀When฀a฀non-computer฀signal฀is฀displayed,฀the฀[NATIVE]฀is฀not฀available.

•฀When฀a฀signal฀with฀a฀higher฀resolution฀than฀the฀projector’s฀native฀resolution฀is฀displayed,฀[NA-

TIVE]฀is฀not฀available.

฀

NOTE:

•฀The฀ASPECT฀feature฀may฀not฀be฀available฀depending฀on฀the฀signal.

฀

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Sample฀image฀when฀the฀appropriate฀aspect฀ratio฀is฀automatically฀determined

P501X/P451X/PE501X

[Computer฀signal]

Aspect฀ratio฀of฀incoming฀signal4:35:416:915:916:10

Sample฀image฀when฀the฀appro-

priate฀aspect฀ratio฀is฀automati-

cally฀determined

[Video฀signal]

Aspect฀ratio฀of฀incoming฀signal4:3LetterboxSqueeze

Sample฀image฀when฀the฀as-

pect฀ratio฀is฀automatically฀de-

termined

NOTE:฀To฀display฀a฀squeezed฀signal฀prop-

erly,฀select฀[16:9]฀or฀[WIDE฀ZOOM].

P451W/P401W

[Computer฀signal]

Aspect฀ratio฀of฀incoming฀signal4:35:416:915:916:10

Sample฀image฀when฀the฀appro-

priate฀aspect฀ratio฀is฀automati-

cally฀determined

[Video฀signal]

Aspect฀ratio฀of฀incoming฀signal4:3LetterboxSqueeze

Sample฀image฀when฀the฀as-

pect฀ratio฀is฀automatically฀de-

termined

NOTE:฀To฀display฀a฀letterbox฀signal฀prop-

erly,฀select฀[LETTERBOX].

NOTE:฀To฀display฀a฀squeezed฀signal฀prop-

erly,฀select฀[16:9].

TIP:

•฀Image฀position฀can฀be฀adjusted฀vertically฀using฀[POSITION]฀when฀the฀[16:9],฀[15:9],฀or฀[16:10]฀aspect฀ratios฀are฀selected.

•฀The฀term฀“letterbox”฀refers฀to฀a฀more฀landscape-oriented฀image฀when฀compared฀to฀a฀4:3฀image,฀which฀is฀the฀standard฀aspect฀

ratio฀for฀a฀video฀source.

฀The฀letterbox฀signal฀has฀aspect฀ratios฀with฀the฀vista฀size฀“1.85:1”฀or฀cinema฀scope฀size฀“2.35:1”฀for฀movie฀lm.

•฀The฀term฀“squeeze”฀refers฀to฀the฀compressed฀image฀of฀which฀aspect฀ratio฀is฀converted฀from฀16:9฀to฀4:3.

Adjusting฀the฀Vertical฀Position฀of฀Image฀[POSITION]฀(not฀supported฀by฀P451W/P401W)

(only฀when฀[16:9],฀[15:9],฀or฀[16:10]฀is฀selected฀for฀[ASPECT฀RATIO])

When฀[16:9],฀[15:9],฀or฀[16:10]฀is฀selected฀in฀[ASPECT฀RATIO],฀the฀image฀is฀displayed฀with฀black฀borders฀on฀the฀top฀

and bottom.

You฀can฀adjust฀the฀vertical฀position฀from฀the฀top฀to฀the฀bottom฀of฀the฀black฀area.

100

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[AUDIO]

Turning฀Up฀or฀Down฀Sound

Adjusts฀the฀volume฀of฀the฀projector฀speaker฀and฀AUDIO฀OUT฀(Stereo฀Mini฀Jack).

TIP:

•฀When฀no฀menus฀appear,฀the฀◀฀and฀▶฀buttons฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀and฀the฀VOL.฀+/−฀buttons฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀work฀as฀

a฀volume฀control.฀(฀page฀

26)

101

5. Using On-Screen Menu

❻ Menu Descriptions & Functions [SETUP]

[GENERAL]

Correcting฀Keystone฀Distortion฀Manually฀[KEYSTONE]

You฀can฀correct฀horizontal฀or฀vertical฀keystone,฀pincushion,฀or฀cornerstone฀distortion฀manually.

NOTE:

•฀Some฀items฀are฀not฀available฀when฀one฀item฀is฀activated.฀Unavailable฀items฀are฀shown฀in฀grey.

•฀To฀change฀from฀one฀item฀to฀another฀item,฀reset฀the฀rst฀item.

•฀Adjustment฀values฀will฀be฀overwritten.฀They฀will฀not฀be฀deleted฀even฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off.

•฀Using฀[KEYSTONE]฀correction฀can฀cause฀the฀image฀to฀be฀slightly฀blurred฀because฀the฀correction฀is฀made฀electronically.

KEYSTONE HORIZONTAL ......... Corrects horizontal keystone distortion. ( page 24)

KEYSTONE VERTICAL............... Corrects vertical keystone distortion. ( page

24)

PINCUSHION LEFT/RIGHT ........ Corrects pincushion distortion at the left or right side.

PINCUSHION TOP/BOTTOM ..... Corrects pincushion distortion at the top or bottom side.

CORNERSTONE ........................ Fits a projected image within the border of the screen easily by align the four corner of an image

to the ones of the screen. ( page 36)

RESET ....................................... Returns all the above items to the factory preset values.

Correcting฀pincushion฀distortion

NOTE:

•฀The฀[PINCUSHION฀LEFT/RIGHT]฀or฀[PINCUSHION฀TOP/BOTTOM]฀item฀is฀not฀available฀when฀[KEYSTONE฀HORIZONTAL],฀[KEY-

STONE฀VERTICAL]฀or฀[CORNERSTONE]฀is฀activated.

•฀Before฀performing฀correction,฀set฀the฀lens฀shift฀to฀the฀center฀position.

1. Press the ▼ or ▲฀button฀to฀select฀[PINCUSHION฀LEFT/RIGHT]฀or฀[PINCUSHION฀TOP/BOTTOM].

2. Press the ◀ or ▶฀button฀to฀correct฀distortion.

3. Press ENTER button.

102

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Using฀the฀Wall฀Color฀Correction฀[WALL฀COLOR]

This฀function฀allows฀for฀quick฀adaptive฀color฀correction฀in฀applications฀where฀the฀screen฀material฀is฀not฀white.

NOTE:฀Selecting฀[WHITEBOARD]฀reduces฀lamp฀brightness.

Setting฀Eco฀Mode฀[ECO฀MODE]

The฀ECO฀MODE฀increases฀lamp฀life,฀while฀lowering฀power฀consumption฀and฀cutting฀down฀on฀CO

emissions.

Four฀brightness฀modes฀of฀the฀lamp฀can฀be฀selected:฀[OFF],฀[AUTO฀ECO],฀[NORMAL]฀and฀[ECO]฀modes.฀

(฀page฀

30)

103

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Setting฀Closed฀Caption฀[CLOSED฀CAPTION]

This฀option฀sets฀several฀closed฀caption฀modes฀that฀allow฀text฀to฀be฀superimposed฀on฀the฀projected฀image฀of฀Video฀

or฀S-Video.

OFF ........................ This exits the closed caption mode.

CAPTION 1-4 ......... Text is superimposed.

TEXT 1-4 ................ Text is displayed.

NOTE:

•฀The฀closed฀caption฀is฀not฀available฀under฀the฀following฀conditions:

-฀when฀messages฀or฀menus฀are฀displayed.

-฀when฀an฀image฀is฀magnied,฀frozen,฀or฀muted.

•฀Portions฀of฀superimposed฀text฀or฀closed฀caption฀may฀be฀truncated.฀If฀that฀happens,฀try฀to฀place฀the฀superimposed฀text฀or฀

closed฀caption฀within฀the฀screen.

Using฀Off฀Timer฀[OFF฀TIMER]

1.฀Select฀your฀desired฀time฀between฀30฀minutes฀and฀16฀hours:฀OFF,฀0:30,฀1:00,฀2:00,฀4:00,฀8:00,฀12:00,฀16:00.

2. Press the ENTER button on the remote control.

3.฀The฀remaining฀time฀starts฀counting฀down.

4.฀The฀projector฀will฀turn฀off฀after฀the฀countdown฀is฀complete.

NOTE:

•฀To฀cancel฀the฀preset฀time,฀set฀[OFF]฀for฀the฀preset฀time฀or฀turn฀off฀the฀power.

•฀When฀the฀remaining฀time฀reaches฀3฀minutes฀before฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off,฀the฀[THE฀PROJECTOR฀WILL฀TURN฀OFF฀WITHIN฀3฀

MINUTES]฀message฀will฀be฀displayed฀on฀the฀bottom฀of฀the฀screen.

Selecting฀Menu฀Language฀[LANGUAGE]

You฀can฀choose฀one฀of฀29฀languages฀for฀on-screen฀instructions.

NOTE:฀Your฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

[MENU]

Selecting฀Menu฀Color฀[COLOR฀SELECT]

You฀can฀choose฀between฀two฀options฀for฀menu฀color:฀COLOR฀and฀MONOCHROME.

Turning฀On฀/฀Off฀Source฀Display฀[SOURCE฀DISPLAY]

This฀option฀turns฀on฀or฀off฀input฀name฀display฀such฀as฀COMPUTER,฀HDMI1,฀HDMI2,฀VIDEO,฀S-VIDEO,฀VIEWER,฀

NETWORK,฀USB฀DISPLAY,฀to฀be฀displayed฀on฀the฀top฀right฀of฀the฀screen.

When฀no฀input฀signal฀is฀present,฀the฀no-signal฀guidance฀prompting฀you฀to฀check฀for฀an฀available฀input฀will฀be฀displayed฀

at฀the฀center฀of฀the฀screen.฀When฀the฀[VIEWER]฀or฀[NETWORK]฀item฀is฀selected฀for฀[SOURCE],฀the฀no-signal฀guid-

ance฀will฀not฀be฀displayed.

104

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Turning฀ON/OFF฀Control฀ID฀[ID฀DISPLAY]

ID DISPLAY ........... This option turns on or off the ID number which is displayed when the ID SET button on the remote control

is pressed.

Turning฀On฀/฀Off฀Eco฀Message฀[ECO฀MESSAGE]

This฀option฀turns฀on฀or฀off฀the฀following฀messages฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on.฀

The฀Eco฀Message฀prompts฀the฀user฀to฀save฀energy.฀When฀[OFF]฀is฀selected฀for฀[ECO฀MODE],฀you฀will฀get฀a฀message฀

to฀prompt฀you฀to฀select฀[AUTO฀ECO],฀[NORMAL],฀or฀[ECO]฀for฀[ECO฀MODE].

When฀[AUTO฀ECO],฀[NORMAL],฀or฀[ECO]฀is฀selected฀for฀[ECO฀MODE]

To฀close฀the฀message,฀press฀any฀one฀of฀the฀buttons.฀The฀message฀will฀disappear฀if฀no฀button฀operation฀is฀done฀for฀

30 seconds.

When฀[OFF]฀is฀selected฀for฀[ECO฀MODE]

Pressing฀the฀ENTER฀button฀will฀display฀the฀[ECO฀MODE]฀screen.฀(฀page฀30)

To฀close฀the฀message,฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button.

Selecting฀Menu฀Display฀Time฀[DISPLAY฀TIME]

This฀option฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀how฀long฀the฀projector฀waits฀after฀the฀last฀touch฀of฀a฀button฀to฀turn฀off฀the฀menu.฀The฀

preset฀choices฀are฀[MANUAL],฀[AUTO฀5฀SEC],฀[AUTO฀15฀SEC],฀and฀[AUTO฀45฀SEC].฀The฀[AUTO฀45฀SEC]฀is฀the฀fac-

tory฀preset.

Selecting฀a฀Color฀or฀Logo฀for฀Background฀[BACKGROUND]

Use฀this฀feature฀to฀display฀a฀blue/black฀screen฀or฀logo฀when฀no฀signal฀is฀available.฀The฀default฀background฀is฀

[BLUE].

NOTE:฀

•฀If฀the฀[LOGO]฀item฀is฀selected฀for฀[BACKGROUND]฀with฀the฀[NETWORK]฀or฀[USB฀DISPLAY]฀source฀selected,฀the฀[BLUE]฀item฀will฀

be฀selected฀regardless฀of฀its฀selection.

•฀When฀[SOURCE฀DISPLAY]฀is฀turned฀on,฀the฀no-signal฀guidance฀prompting฀you฀to฀check฀for฀an฀available฀input฀will฀be฀displayed฀

at฀the฀center฀of฀the฀screen฀regardless฀of฀its฀selection.

•฀Your฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

Selecting฀Interval฀Time฀for฀Filter฀Message฀[FILTER฀MESSAGE]

This฀option฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀the฀time฀preference฀between฀displaying฀the฀message฀for฀cleaning฀the฀lters.฀Clean฀

the฀lter฀when฀you฀get฀the฀message฀“PLEASE฀CLEAN฀THE฀FILTER.”฀(฀page฀156)

Options฀are฀available:฀

OFF,฀100[H],฀500[H],฀1000[H],฀2000[H]

NOTE:฀Your฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

105

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[INSTALLATION]

Selecting฀Projector฀Orientation฀[ORIENTATION]

This฀reorients฀your฀image฀for฀your฀type฀of฀projection.฀The฀options฀are:฀desktop฀front฀projection,฀ceiling฀rear฀projection,฀

desktop฀rear฀projection,฀and฀ceiling฀front฀projection.

DESKTOP฀FRONTCEILING฀REAR

DESKTOP฀REARCEILING฀FRONT

Disabling฀the฀Cabinet฀Buttons฀[CONTROL฀PANEL฀LOCK]

This฀option฀turns฀on฀or฀off฀the฀CONTROL฀PANEL฀LOCK฀function.

NOTE:

•฀This฀CONTROL฀PANEL฀LOCK฀does฀not฀affect฀the฀remote฀control฀functions.

•฀When฀the฀control฀panel฀is฀locked,฀pressing฀and฀holding฀the฀EXIT฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀for฀about฀10฀seconds฀will฀change฀

the฀setting฀to฀[OFF].

TIP:฀When฀the฀[CONTROL฀PANEL฀LOCK]฀is฀turned฀on,฀a฀key฀lock฀icon฀[฀฀]฀will฀be฀displayed฀at฀the฀bottom฀right฀of฀the฀menu.

Enabling฀Security฀[SECURITY]

This฀feature฀turns฀on฀or฀off฀the฀SECURITY฀function.

Unless฀the฀correct฀keyword฀is฀entered,฀the฀projector฀cannot฀project฀an฀image.฀(฀page฀

33)

NOTE:฀Your฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

106

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Selecting฀Communication฀Speed฀[COMMUNICATION฀SPEED]

This฀feature฀sets฀the฀baud฀rate฀of฀the฀PC฀Control฀port฀(D-Sub฀9P).฀It฀supports฀data฀rates฀from฀4800฀to฀38400฀bps.฀The฀

default฀is฀38400฀bps.฀Select฀the฀appropriate฀baud฀rate฀for฀your฀equipment฀to฀be฀connected฀(depending฀on฀the฀equip-

ment,฀a฀lower฀baud฀rate฀may฀be฀recommended฀for฀long฀cable฀runs).

NOTE:฀Your฀selected฀communication฀speed฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

Turning฀On฀or฀Off฀Remote฀Sensor฀[REMOTE฀SENSOR]

This฀option฀determines฀which฀remote฀sensor฀on฀the฀projector฀is฀enabled฀in฀wireless฀mode.

The฀options฀are:฀FRONT/BACK,฀FRONT,฀and฀BACK.฀

If฀the฀remote฀control฀system฀does฀not฀function฀when฀direct฀sunlight฀or฀strong฀illumination฀strikes฀the฀remote฀control฀

sensor฀of฀the฀projector,฀change฀another฀option.

Setting฀ID฀to฀the฀Projector฀[CONTROL฀ID]

You฀can฀operate฀multiple฀projectors฀separately฀and฀independently฀with฀the฀single฀remote฀control฀that฀has฀the฀CONTROL฀

ID฀function.฀If฀you฀assign฀the฀same฀ID฀to฀all฀the฀projectors,฀you฀can฀conveniently฀operate฀all฀the฀projectors฀together฀

using฀the฀single฀remote฀control.฀To฀do฀so,฀you฀have฀to฀assign฀an฀ID฀number฀to฀each฀projector.

CONTROL ID NUMBER .......Select a number from 1 to 254 you wish to assign to your projector.

CONTROL ID .......................Select [OFF] to turn off the CONTROL ID setting and select [ON] to turn on the CONTROL ID set-

ting.

NOTE:฀

•฀When฀[ON]฀is฀selected฀for฀[CONTROL฀ID],฀the฀projector฀cannot฀be฀operated฀by฀using฀the฀remote฀control฀that฀does฀not฀support฀

the฀CONTROL฀ID฀function.฀(In฀this฀case฀the฀buttons฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀can฀be฀used.)

•฀Your฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

•฀Pressing฀and฀holding฀the฀ENTER฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀for฀10฀seconds฀will฀display฀the฀menu฀for฀canceling฀the฀Control฀

ID.

Assigning฀or฀Changing฀the฀Control฀ID

1. Turn on the projector.

2. Press the ID SET button on the remote control.

฀The฀CONTROL฀ID฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.

฀If฀the฀projector฀can฀be฀operated฀with฀the฀current฀remote฀control฀ID,฀the฀[ACTIVE]฀will฀

be฀displayed.฀If฀the฀projector฀cannot฀be฀operated฀with฀the฀current฀remote฀control฀ID,฀

the฀[INACTIVE]฀will฀be฀displayed.฀To฀operate฀the฀inactive฀projector,฀assign฀the฀control฀

ID฀used฀for฀the฀projector฀by฀using฀the฀following฀procedure฀(Step฀3).

3.฀Press฀one฀of฀numeric฀keypad฀buttons฀while฀pressing฀and฀holding฀the฀ID฀SET฀

button on the remote control.

Example:

฀To฀assign฀“3”,฀press฀the฀“3”฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control.

฀No฀ID฀means฀that฀all฀the฀projectors฀can฀be฀operated฀together฀with฀a฀single฀remote฀

control.฀To฀set฀“No฀ID”,฀enter฀“000”฀or฀press฀the฀CLEAR฀button.

TIP:฀The฀range฀of฀IDs฀is฀from฀1฀to฀254.

107

5. Using On-Screen Menu

4. Release the ID SET button.

฀The฀updated฀CONTROL฀ID฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.

NOTE:฀

•฀The฀IDs฀can฀be฀cleared฀in฀a฀few฀days฀after฀the฀batteries฀are฀run฀down฀or฀removed.

•฀Accidentally฀pressing฀any฀one฀of฀the฀buttons฀of฀the฀remote฀control฀will฀clear฀currently฀specied฀

ID฀with฀batteries฀removed.

฀

Using฀Test฀Pattern฀[TEST฀PATTERN]

Displays฀the฀test฀pattern฀to฀check฀for฀image฀distortion฀at฀the฀time฀of฀the฀projector฀setup.฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀to฀

display฀the฀test฀pattern;฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button฀to฀close฀the฀test฀pattern฀and฀return฀to฀the฀menu.฀Menu฀operation฀and฀

keystone฀correction฀are฀not฀possible฀when฀the฀test฀pattern฀is฀displayed.

Setting฀MIC฀Gain฀[MIC฀GAIN]

This฀feature฀allows฀you฀to฀adjust฀your฀microphone฀sensitivity฀when฀it฀is฀connected฀to฀the฀MIC฀input฀jack฀of฀the฀projec-

tor.฀Microphone฀volume฀can฀be฀adjusted฀with฀the฀VOL.฀(+)฀or฀(−)฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀◀ or ▶ on the

projector฀cabinet.

[NETWORKING฀SETTINGS]฀(not฀supported฀by฀PE501X)

See฀“APPLICATION฀MENU”฀on฀page฀

120.

[OPTIONS(1)]

Setting฀Auto฀Adjust฀[AUTO฀ADJUST]

This฀feature฀sets฀the฀Auto฀Adjust฀mode฀so฀that฀the฀computer฀signal฀can฀be฀automatically฀or฀manually฀adjusted฀for฀

noise฀and฀stability.฀You฀can฀automatically฀make฀adjustment฀in฀two฀ways:฀[NORMAL]฀and฀[FINE].

OFF ........................ The computer signal will not be automatically adjusted. You can manually optimize the computer signal.

NORMAL ................ Default setting. The computer signal will be automatically adjusted. Normally select this option.

FINE ....................... Select this option if ﬁne adjustment is needed. It takes more time to switch to the source than when [NOR-

MAL]is selected.

Selecting฀Fan฀Mode฀[FAN฀MODE]

This฀option฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀three฀modes฀for฀fan฀speed:฀Auto฀mode,฀High฀speed฀mode,฀and฀High฀Altitude฀mode.

AUTO ..................... The built-in fans automatically run at a variable speed according to the internal temperature.

HIGH ...................... The built-in fans run at high speed.

HIGH ALTITUDE ..... The built-in fans run at a proper speed for low air pressure areas. Select this option when using the projector

in low air pressure areas or at an altitude of approximately 5500 feet/1700 meters or higher.

When฀you฀wish฀to฀cool฀down฀the฀temperature฀inside฀the฀projector฀quickly,฀select฀[HIGH].

108

5. Using On-Screen Menu

NOTE:฀

•฀It฀is฀recommended฀that฀you฀select฀High฀speed฀mode฀if฀you฀use฀the฀projector฀non-stop฀for฀consecutive฀days.

•฀Set฀[FAN฀MODE]฀to฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀when฀using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1700฀meters฀or฀higher.

•฀Using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1700฀meters฀or฀higher฀without฀setting฀to฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀can฀cause฀

the฀projector฀to฀overheat฀and฀the฀protector฀could฀shut฀down.฀If฀this฀happens,฀wait฀a฀couple฀minutes฀and฀turn฀on฀the฀projector.

•฀Using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀less฀than฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1700฀meters฀and฀setting฀to฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀can฀cause฀the฀

lamp฀to฀overcool,฀causing฀the฀image฀to฀icker.฀Switch฀[FAN฀MODE]฀to฀[AUTO].

•฀Using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1700฀meters฀or฀higher฀can฀shorten฀the฀life฀of฀optical฀components฀such฀

as฀the฀lamp.

•฀Your฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

TIP:฀

•฀When฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀is฀selected,฀an฀icon฀[฀฀]฀is฀displayed฀at฀the฀bottom฀of฀the฀on-screen฀menu.

Selecting฀Signal฀Format฀[SIGNAL฀SELECT]

[COMPUTER]

Allows฀you฀to฀choose฀[COMPUTER]฀for฀an฀RGB฀source฀such฀as฀a฀computer,฀or฀[COMPONENT]฀for฀a฀component฀

video฀source฀such฀as฀a฀DVD฀player.฀Normally฀select฀[RGB/COMPONENT]฀and฀the฀projector฀automatically฀detects฀a฀

component฀signal.฀However฀there฀may฀be฀some฀component฀signals฀that฀the฀projector฀is฀unable฀to฀detect.฀If฀this฀is฀the฀

case,฀select฀[COMPONENT].

[VIDEO฀&฀S-VIDEO฀System฀Select]

This฀feature฀enables฀you฀to฀select฀composite฀video฀standards฀automatically฀or฀manually.

Normally฀select฀[AUTO]฀and฀the฀projector฀will฀automatically฀detect฀the฀video฀standard.

In฀the฀case฀where฀the฀projector฀has฀difculty฀detecting฀the฀video฀standard,฀select฀the฀appropriate฀video฀standard฀from฀

the menu.

This฀must฀be฀done฀for฀VIDEO฀and฀S-VIDEO฀respectively.฀Note฀that฀if฀you฀have฀manually฀selected฀a฀video฀standard฀

other฀than฀the฀video฀format฀of฀the฀current฀input,฀the฀image฀will฀not฀appear.

Enabling฀or฀Disabling฀WXGA฀Mode฀[WXGA฀MODE]

Selecting฀[ON]฀will฀give฀priority฀to฀WXGA฀(1280฀×฀768)/WUXGA฀(1920฀×฀1200)฀signals฀in฀recognizing฀an฀input฀sig-

nal.

When฀[WXGA฀MODE]฀is฀set฀to฀[ON],฀XGA฀(1024฀×฀768)/UXGA฀(1600฀×฀1200)฀signals฀may฀not฀be฀recognized฀on฀

P501X/P451X/PE501X.฀In฀this฀case,฀select฀[OFF].

NOTE:฀

•฀The฀[OFF]฀is฀selected฀at฀the฀time฀of฀shipment฀of฀P501X/P451X/PE501X.

•฀The฀[ON]฀is฀selected฀at฀the฀time฀of฀shipment฀of฀P451W/P401W.

Enabling฀the฀Deinterlace฀[DEINTERLACE]

Turns฀on฀or฀off฀the฀deinterlace฀function฀for฀a฀telecine฀signal.

OFF ........................ Select this option if there is any jitter or artifacts in video.

ON ......................... Default standard setting.

NOTE:฀This฀feature฀is฀not฀available฀for฀HDTV฀(progressive)฀and฀computer฀signals.

109

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Setting฀HDMI1/2฀[HDMI฀SETTINGS]

Make฀the฀settings฀for฀each฀video฀level฀when฀connecting฀HDMI฀equipment฀such฀as฀a฀DVD฀player.฀

VIDEO LEVEL ......... Select [AUTO] to automatically detect video level. If automatic detection may not work well, select [NOR-

MAL] to disable the [ENHANCED] feature of your HDMI equipment or select [ENHANCED] to improve image

contrast and increase detail in the dark areas.

NOTE:

•฀If฀the฀projector฀does฀not฀reect฀the฀settings฀for฀your฀HDMI฀equipment฀such฀as฀a฀DVD฀player฀connected฀to฀the฀HDMI฀1฀IN฀or฀HDMI฀

2฀IN฀connector,฀select฀the฀HDMI1฀or฀HDMI2฀input฀source฀again฀on฀the฀projector.

Setting฀Audio฀[AUDIO฀SELECT]

Make฀the฀settings฀for฀each฀audio฀level฀when฀connecting฀HDMI฀equipment,฀your฀network,฀and฀USB฀(PC)฀port.฀Select฀

between฀each฀equipment฀and฀computer.

HDMI ..................... Select [HDMI1] or [HDMI2] to switch the HDMI 1 or HDMI 2 IN digital audio signal and select [COMPUTER]

to switch the COMPUTER input audio signal.

NETWORK ............. Select [NETWORK] or [COMPUTER] to switch the source connected to the network. (not supported by

PE501X)

USB DISPLAY ........ Select [USB DISPLAY] or [COMPUTER] to switch the source connected over the USB cable (USB DIS-

PLAY).

Enabling฀Key฀Sound฀and฀Error฀Sound฀[BEEP]

This฀feature฀turns฀on฀or฀off฀the฀button฀sound฀or฀alarm฀when฀an฀error฀occurs฀or฀the฀following฀operations฀are฀per-

formed.

-฀Displaying฀the฀main฀menu฀

-฀Switching฀sources

-฀Resetting฀data฀by฀using฀[RESET]

-฀Pressing฀POWER฀ON฀or฀POWER฀OFF฀button

[TOOLS]฀(not฀supported฀by฀PE501X)

See฀“APPLICATION฀MENU”฀on฀page฀

136.

110

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[OPTIONS(2)]

Selecting฀Power-saving฀in฀[STANDBY฀MODE]

The฀projector฀has฀three฀standby฀modes:฀[NORMAL],฀[POWER-SAVING],฀and฀[NETWORK฀STANDBY].

The฀POWER-SAVING฀mode฀is฀the฀mode฀that฀allows฀you฀to฀put฀the฀projector฀in฀the฀power-saving฀condition฀which฀

consumes฀less฀power฀than฀the฀NORMAL฀mode.

NORMAL ................ Power indicator: Orange light/STATUS indicator: Green light

- MIC sound will not be output from speaker during this mode.

POWER-SAVING .... Power indicator: Red light/STATUS indicator: Off

The following connectors, buttons or functions will not work during this mode.

- MONITOR OUT (COMP.) connector, AUDIO OUT connector, and MIC input jack

- LAN and Mail Alert functions

- Buttons other than POWER button on the cabinet

- Buttons other than POWER ON button on the remote control

- Virtual Remote Tool, USB Display fucntion

NETWORK STANDBY (not supported by PE501X)

.............................. When in the standby mode, the POWER indicator will light orange and the STATUS indicator will not light.

This shows that the projector’s power can be turned on by wired LAN.

When in the standby mode, the following connectors, buttons or functions will not work:

- MONITOR OUT (COMP.) connector, AUDIO OUT connector, and MIC input jack

- Wireless LAN Unit

- [AUTO POWER ON(COMP.)]

- Buttons other than POWER button on the cabinet

- Buttons other than POWER ON button on the remote control

- PC control commands for other than power-on, USB Display function

NOTE:฀

•฀When฀[CONTROL฀PANEL฀LOCK],฀[CONTROL฀ID],฀or฀[AUTO฀POWER฀ON(COMP.)]฀is฀turned฀on,฀the฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀setting฀is฀

not฀available.

•฀Even฀when฀[POWER-SAVING]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE],฀power฀on฀or฀off฀can฀be฀done฀by฀using฀the฀PC฀CONTROL฀port.

•฀The฀power฀consumption฀in฀the฀standby฀mode฀will฀not฀be฀included฀in฀calculating฀CO

฀emission฀reduction.

•฀Your฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

Enabling฀Direct฀Power฀On฀[DIRECT฀POWER฀ON]

Turns฀the฀projector฀on฀automatically฀when฀the฀power฀cord฀is฀inserted฀into฀an฀active฀power฀outlet.฀This฀eliminates฀the฀

need฀to฀always฀use฀the฀POWER฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀projector฀cabinet.

111

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Turning฀On฀the฀Projector฀By฀Applying฀Computer฀Signal฀[AUTO฀POWER฀ON(COMP.)]

When฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀Standby฀mode,฀applying฀a฀computer฀signal฀from฀a฀computer฀connected฀to฀the฀COMPUTER฀

IN฀input฀will฀power฀on฀the฀projector฀and฀simultaneously฀project฀the฀computer’s฀image.

This฀functionality฀eliminates฀the฀need฀to฀always฀use฀the฀POWER฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀

to฀power฀on฀the฀projector.

To฀use฀this฀function,฀rst฀connect฀a฀computer฀to฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀projector฀to฀an฀active฀AC฀input.

NOTE:฀

•฀Disconnecting฀a฀computer฀signal฀from฀the฀computer฀will฀not฀power฀off฀the฀projector.฀We฀recommend฀using฀this฀function฀in฀com-

bination฀of฀the฀AUTO฀POWER฀OFF฀function.

•฀This฀function฀will฀not฀be฀available฀under฀the฀following฀conditions:

-฀when฀a฀component฀signal฀is฀applied฀to฀the฀COMPUTER฀IN฀connector

-฀when฀a฀Sync฀on฀Green฀RGB฀signal฀or฀composite฀sync฀signal฀is฀applied

•฀To฀enable฀the฀AUTO฀POWER฀ON(COMP.)฀after฀turning฀off฀the฀projector,฀wait฀3฀seconds฀and฀input฀a฀computer฀signal.

฀If฀a฀computer฀signal฀is฀still฀present฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off,฀the฀AUTO฀POWER฀ON(COMP.)฀will฀not฀work฀and฀the฀projector฀

remains฀in฀standby฀mode.

Enabling฀Power฀Management฀[AUTO฀POWER฀OFF]

When฀this฀option฀is฀selected฀you฀can฀enable฀the฀projector฀to฀automatically฀turn฀off฀(at฀the฀selected฀time:฀5min.,฀10min.,฀

20min.,฀30min.,฀60min.)฀if฀there฀is฀no฀signal฀received฀by฀any฀input฀or฀if฀no฀operation฀is฀performed.

Selecting฀Default฀Source฀[DEFAULT฀SOURCE฀SELECT]

You฀can฀set฀the฀projector฀to฀default฀to฀any฀one฀of฀its฀inputs฀each฀time฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on.

LAST ...................... Sets the projector to default to the previous or last active input each time the projector is turned on.

AUTO ..................... Searches for an active source in order of COMPUTER  HDMI1  HDMI2  VIDEO  S-VIDEO  VIEWER

 NETWORK  USB DISPLAY  COMPUTER and displays the ﬁrst found source.

COMPUTER ........... Displays the computer signal from the COMPUTER IN connector every time the projector is turned on.

HDMI1 ................... Displays the digital source from the HDMI 1 IN connector every time the projector is turned on.

HDMI2 ................... Displays the digital source from the HDMI 2 IN connector every time the projector is turned on.

VIDEO .................... Displays the Video source from the VIDEO IN connector every time the projector is turned on.

S-VIDEO ................ Displays the Video source from the S-VIDEO IN connector every time the projector is turned on.

VIEWER ................. Displays slides or plays back movie ﬁles from the USB memory device every time the projector is turned

on. (not supported by PE501X)

NETWORK ............. Displays a signal from LAN port (RJ-45) or the USB Wireless LAN Unit. (not supported by PE501X)

USB DISPLAY ........ Displays the computer signal from the USB (PC) port every time the projector is turned on.

112

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Setting฀carbon฀footprint฀factor฀[CARBON฀CONVERT]

Adjusts฀the฀carbon฀footprint฀factor฀in฀the฀carbon฀saving฀calculation.฀The฀initial฀setting฀is฀0.505[kg-CO2/kWh]฀based฀on฀

the฀CO

฀Emissions฀from฀Fuel฀Combustion฀(2008฀Edition)฀published฀by฀OECD.

Selecting฀your฀currency฀[CURRENCY]

Displays฀electricity฀pricing฀(available฀in฀4฀currency฀units).

$ ............................ US Dollar

 ........................... EU Euro

JP¥ ........................ Japanese Yen

RMB¥ .................... Chinese Yuan

Changing฀currency฀setting฀and฀currency฀convert฀setting฀[CURRENCY฀CONVERT]

Changes฀currency฀setting฀and฀currency฀convert฀setting฀for฀CARBON฀METER.

The฀initial฀setting฀are฀as฀follows:

US Dollar ............... 0.11 [$/kWh]

EU Euro ................. 0.19 [/kWh]

Japanese Yen ......... 20 [¥/kWh]

Chinese Yuan

......... 0.48 [¥/kWh]

The฀initial฀settings฀for฀US฀dollar,฀EU฀Euro,฀and฀Japanese฀Yen฀are฀based฀on฀“Energy฀Prices฀and฀Taxes฀(second฀quarter฀

2010”฀published฀by฀OECD.

The฀initial฀setting฀for฀Chinese฀Yuan฀is฀based฀on฀“Chinese฀Data฀File฀(2010)”฀published฀by฀JETRO.

113

5. Using On-Screen Menu

❼ Menu Descriptions & Functions [INFO.]

Displays฀the฀status฀of฀the฀current฀signal฀and฀lamp฀usage.฀This฀item฀has฀eight฀pages.฀The฀information฀included฀is฀as฀

follows:

TIP:฀Pressing฀the฀HELP฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀will฀show฀the฀[INFO.]฀menu฀items.

[USAGE TIME]

[LAMP฀LIFE฀REMAINING]฀(%)*

[LAMP฀HOURS฀USED]฀(H)

[FILTER฀HOURS฀USED]฀(H)

[TOTAL฀CARBON฀SAVINGS]฀(kg-CO2)

[TOTAL฀COST฀SAVINGS]฀($)

*฀The฀progress฀indicator฀shows฀the฀percentage฀of฀remaining฀bulb฀life.

฀The฀value฀informs฀you฀of฀the฀amount฀of฀lamp฀usage.฀When฀the฀remaining฀lamp฀time฀reaches฀0,฀the฀LAMP฀LIFE฀

REMAINING฀bar฀indicator฀changes฀from฀0%฀to฀100฀Hours฀and฀starts฀counting฀down.

฀If฀the฀remaining฀lamp฀time฀reaches฀0฀hours,฀the฀projector฀will฀not฀turn฀on.

•฀The฀message฀to฀the฀effect฀that฀the฀lamp฀or฀the฀lters฀should฀be฀replaced฀will฀be฀displayed฀for฀one฀minute฀when฀

the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on฀and฀when฀the฀POWER฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀or฀the฀remote฀control฀is฀pressed.

฀To฀dismiss฀this฀message,฀press฀any฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀or฀the฀remote฀control.

Lamp฀life(H)

Replacement฀lampModel

ECO MODE

OFF/AUTO฀ECONORMAL ECO

3500 4000 6000

NP23LP

P501X/P451W/PE501X

4000 5000 6000P451X/P401W

•฀

[TOTAL฀CARBON฀SAVINGS]

฀This฀displays฀the฀estimated฀carbon฀saving฀information฀in฀kg.฀The฀carbon฀footprint฀factor฀in฀the฀carbon฀saving฀cal-

culation฀is฀based฀on฀the฀OECD฀(2008฀Edition).฀(฀page฀

31)

114

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[SOURCE(1)]

[SOURCE฀NAME]฀[SOURCE฀INDEX]฀

[HORIZONTAL฀FREQUENCY]฀[VERTICAL฀FREQUENCY]฀

[SYNC฀TYPE]฀[SYNC฀POLARITY]฀

[SCAN฀TYPE]

[SOURCE(2)]

[SIGNAL฀TYPE]฀[VIDEO฀TYPE]฀

[BIT฀DEPTH]฀[VIDEO฀LEVEL]

[WIRED LAN] (not supported by PE501X)

[IP฀ADDRESS]฀[SUBNET฀MASK]฀

[GATEWAY]฀[MAC฀ADDRESS]

115

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[WIRELESS LAN] (not supported by PE501X)

[IP฀ADDRESS]฀[SUBNET฀MASK]฀

[GATEWAY]฀[MAC฀ADDRESS]฀

[SSID]฀[NETWORK฀TYPE]฀

[WEP/WPA]฀[CHANNEL]฀

[SIGNAL฀LEVEL]

[VERSION(1)]

[FIRMWARE]฀Version

[DATA]฀Version

[VERSION(2)] (not supported by PE501X)

[FIRMWARE2]฀Version

116

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[OTHERS]

[PROJECTOR฀NAME]

[MODEL฀NO.]

[SERIAL฀NUMBER]

[LAN฀UNIT฀TYPE]

[CONTROL฀ID]฀(when฀[CONTROL฀ID]฀is฀set)

117

5. Using On-Screen Menu

❽ Menu Descriptions & Functions [RESET]

Returning to Factory Default [RESET]

The฀RESET฀feature฀allows฀you฀to฀change฀adjustments฀and฀settings฀to฀the฀factory฀preset฀for฀a฀(all)฀source฀(s)฀except฀

the฀following:

[CURRENT฀SIGNAL]

Resets฀the฀adjustments฀for฀the฀current฀signal฀to฀the฀factory฀preset฀levels.฀

The฀items฀that฀can฀be฀reset฀are:฀[PRESET],฀[CONTRAST],฀[BRIGHTNESS],฀[COLOR],฀[HUE],฀[SHARPNESS],฀

[ASPECT฀RATIO],฀[HORIZONTAL],฀[VERTICAL],฀[CLOCK],฀[PHASE],฀and฀[OVERSCAN].

[ALL฀DATA]

Reset฀all฀the฀adjustments฀and฀settings฀for฀all฀the฀signals฀to฀the฀factory฀preset.

All items can be reset EXCEPT฀[LANGUAGE],฀[BACKGROUND],฀[FILTER฀MESSAGE],฀[SECURITY],฀[COMMU-

NICATION฀SPEED],฀[CONTROL฀ID],฀[STANDBY฀MODE],฀[FAN฀MODE],฀[CARBON฀CONVERT],฀[CURRENCY],฀

[CURRENCY฀CONVERT],฀[LAMP฀LIFE฀REMAINING],฀[LAMP฀HOURS฀USED],฀[FILTER฀HOURS฀USED],฀[TOTAL฀

CARBON฀SAVINGS],฀[WIRED฀LAN],฀and฀[WIRELESS฀LAN].

To฀reset฀the฀lamp฀usage฀time,฀see฀“Clearing฀Lamp฀Hour฀Meter฀[CLEAR฀LAMP฀HOURS]”฀below.

Clearing฀Lamp฀Hour฀Meter฀[CLEAR฀LAMP฀HOURS]

Resets฀the฀lamp฀clock฀back฀to฀zero.฀Selecting฀this฀option฀displays฀submenu฀for฀a฀conrmation.฀Select฀[YES]฀and฀press฀

the฀ENTER฀button.

NOTE:฀Elapsed฀time฀of฀the฀lamp฀use฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

NOTE:฀The฀projector฀will฀turn฀off฀and฀go฀into฀standby฀mode฀when฀you฀continue฀to฀use฀the฀projector฀for฀another฀100฀hours฀after฀the฀

lamp฀has฀reached฀the฀end฀of฀its฀life.฀In฀this฀condition฀you฀cannot฀clear฀the฀lamp฀hour฀meter฀on฀the฀menu.฀If฀this฀happens,฀press฀the฀

HELP฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀for฀10฀seconds฀to฀reset฀the฀lamp฀clock฀back฀to฀zero.฀Do฀this฀only฀after฀replacing฀the฀lamp.

Clearing฀the฀Filter฀Usage฀Hours฀[CLEAR฀FILTER฀HOURS]

Resets฀the฀lter฀usage฀back฀to฀zero.฀Selecting฀this฀option฀displays฀submenu฀for฀a฀conrmation.฀Select฀[YES]฀and฀press฀

the฀ENTER฀button.

NOTE:฀Elapsed฀time฀of฀the฀lter฀use฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

118

5. Using On-Screen Menu

❾ Application Menu (not supported by PE501X)

When฀[NETWORK]฀is฀selected฀from฀the฀[SOURCE]฀menu,฀the฀application฀menu฀[APPLICATION฀MENU]฀will฀be฀dis-

played.

The฀application฀menu฀allows฀you฀to฀set฀up฀the฀User฀Supportware,฀Network฀Settings฀(NETWORK฀SETTINGS)฀and฀

Tools฀(TOOLS).

The฀User฀Supportware฀is฀contained฀on฀the฀supplied฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM.

In฀[ADMINISTRATOR฀MODE],฀either฀[ADVANCED]฀menu฀or฀[BASIC]฀menu฀can฀be฀selected.฀(฀page฀

136)

The฀[BASIC]฀menu฀contains฀minimum฀essentials฀of฀menus฀and฀commands.฀

IMAGE EXPRESS UTILITY

This฀shows฀information฀for฀projector฀name,฀resolution,฀and฀network฀(wired/wireless)฀which฀are฀required฀to฀use฀Image฀

Express฀Utility.

Use฀this฀information฀to฀set฀up฀for฀your฀computer.

DESKTOP CONTROL UTILITY

This฀allows฀you฀to฀set฀up฀for฀password฀entry/deletion,฀computer฀searching฀and฀IP฀address฀on฀network฀(wired/wireless)฀

which฀are฀required฀to฀use฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility.

119

5. Using On-Screen Menu

NETWORK PROJECTOR

This฀shows฀information฀for฀projector฀name,฀resolution,฀and฀network฀(wired/wireless)฀which฀are฀required฀to฀use฀Network฀

Projector.

Use฀this฀information฀to฀set฀up฀for฀your฀computer.

REMOTE DESKTOP CONNECTION

This฀allows฀you฀to฀set฀up฀for฀computer฀name฀entry฀and฀effects฀for฀Remote฀Desktop.

NOTE:

•฀A฀USB฀keyboard฀is฀required฀to฀set฀up฀the฀Remote฀Desktop฀Connection.

120

5. Using On-Screen Menu

NETWORK SETTINGS

Important:

•฀Consult฀with฀your฀network฀administrator฀about฀these฀settings.

•฀When฀using฀a฀wired฀LAN฀connection,฀connect฀a฀LAN฀cable฀(Ethernet฀cable)฀to฀the฀LAN฀port฀(RJ-45)฀of฀the฀projector.฀(฀page฀

151)฀

TIP:฀The฀network฀settings฀you฀make฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

Hints฀on฀How฀to฀Set฀Up฀LAN฀Connection฀

To฀set฀up฀the฀projector฀for฀a฀LAN฀connection:

Select฀[WIRED฀LAN]฀or฀[WIRELESS฀LAN]฀฀[PROFILES]฀฀[PROFILE฀1]฀or฀[PROFILE฀2].

Two฀settings฀can฀be฀set฀for฀wired฀or฀wireless฀LAN.

Next฀turn฀on฀or฀off฀for฀[DHCP],฀[IP฀ADDRESS],฀[SUBNET฀MASK],฀and฀[GATEWAY]฀and฀select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀

ENTER฀button.฀(฀page฀121)

To฀recall฀LAN฀settings฀stored฀in฀the฀prole฀number:

Select฀[PROFILE฀1]฀or฀[PROFILE฀2]฀for฀wired฀or฀wireless฀LAN,฀and฀then฀select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.฀

(฀page฀121)

To connect a DHCP server:

Turn฀on฀[DHCP]฀for฀wired฀or฀wireless฀LAN.฀Select฀[ON]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.฀To฀specify฀IP฀address฀without฀

using฀the฀DHCP฀server,฀turn฀off฀[DHCP].฀(฀page฀122)

To฀set฀only฀for฀wireless฀LAN฀(NETWORK฀TYPE฀and฀WEP/WPA):

Select฀[PROFILE฀1]฀or฀[PROFILE฀2]฀for฀wireless฀LAN,฀and฀then฀select฀[ADVANCED]฀and฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀

button.฀The฀Advanced฀menu฀will฀be฀displayed.฀(฀page฀123)

To฀select฀an฀SSID:

Select฀[ADVANCED]฀฀[SITE฀SURVEY]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

Select฀an฀SSID฀and฀press฀the฀>฀button฀to฀select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

If฀you฀do฀not฀use฀[SITE฀SURVEY],฀type฀the฀SSID฀and฀select฀[INFRASTRUCTURE]฀or฀[AD฀HOC].฀(฀page฀123)

To฀receive฀lamp฀replacement฀time฀or฀error฀messages฀via฀e-mail:

Select฀[ALERT฀MAIL],฀and฀set฀[SENDER'S฀ADDRESS],฀[SMTP฀SERVER฀NAME],฀and฀[RECIPIENT'S฀ADDRESS].฀

Last,฀select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.฀(฀page฀134)

To฀execute฀[EASY฀CONNECTION]฀using฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0:

The฀[EASY฀CONNECTION]฀is฀a฀mode฀that฀can฀abbreviate฀the฀troublesome฀LAN฀settings฀when฀using฀the฀Image฀

Express฀Utility฀and฀connecting฀the฀PC฀and฀projector฀via฀a฀wireless฀LAN.

The฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀and฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0฀are฀contained฀on฀the฀supplied฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-

ROM.฀

To฀use฀[EASY฀CONNECTION],฀select฀[WIRELESS฀LAN]฀฀[PROFILES]฀฀[EASY฀CONNECTION].฀

NOTE:฀The฀[EASY฀CONNECTION]฀function฀is฀available฀on฀Windows฀7,฀Windows฀Vista฀or฀Windows฀XP฀SP3.฀

121

5. Using On-Screen Menu

WIRED฀LAN฀or฀WIRELESS฀LAN฀(ADVANCED฀menu฀only)

PROFILES•฀Up฀to฀two฀settings฀for฀the฀LAN฀port฀or฀USB฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀

can฀be฀stored฀in฀memory฀of฀the฀projector.฀Total฀of฀four฀settings฀

can be stored.

฀Five฀settings฀can฀be฀stored:฀two฀for฀the฀built-in฀LAN฀port,฀two฀

for฀wireless฀LAN฀and฀one฀for฀WPS.

•฀Select฀[PROFILE฀1]฀or฀[PROFILE฀2]฀and฀then฀do฀settings฀for฀

[DHCP]฀and฀the฀other฀options.฀

฀After฀doing฀this,฀select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.฀This฀

will฀store฀your฀settings฀in฀memory.

•฀To฀recall฀the฀settings฀from฀memory:

฀After฀selecting฀[PROFILE฀1]฀or฀[PROFILE฀2]฀from฀the฀[PRO-

FILES]฀list.

฀Select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.฀

•฀To฀execute฀[EASY฀CONNECTION]฀using฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀

Lite฀or฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0,฀select฀[WIRELESS฀LAN]฀

[PROFILES]฀฀[EASY฀CONNECTION].฀

•฀To฀stop฀emitting฀radio฀waves฀from฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit,฀

select฀[DISABLE]฀from฀the฀[PROFILES]฀list.

•฀Selecting฀[SIMPLE฀ACCESS฀POINT]฀will฀allow฀the฀projector฀to฀

create฀an฀infrastructure฀network.

฀The฀IP฀address฀of฀the฀projector฀will฀be฀set฀automatically.

฀Select฀“Obtain฀an฀IP฀Address฀Automatically”฀to฀set฀the฀IP฀ad-

dress฀of฀a฀connected฀computer.

฀It฀takes฀a฀few฀seconds฀for฀a฀change฀of฀your฀computer’s฀IP฀ad-

dress฀to฀come฀into฀effect฀in฀Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista฀while฀it฀

takes฀one฀or฀two฀minutes฀in฀Window฀XP.

฀When฀you฀connect฀with฀your฀computer฀to฀save฀your฀prole฀

and฀select฀“Automatically฀connect฀when฀within฀range”฀from฀the฀

Properties฀tab฀of฀Wireless฀Network฀in฀Windows฀for฀your฀selected฀

prole,฀your฀wireless฀LAN฀will฀be฀accessed฀under฀the฀following฀

conditions:

•฀at฀the฀time฀of฀turning฀on฀the฀computer฀or฀the฀projector

•฀when฀the฀notebook฀type฀is฀within฀the฀range฀of฀the฀projector’s฀

wireless฀LAN฀can฀be฀achieved.

฀Data฀transmission฀between฀wireless฀LAN฀and฀wired฀LAN฀is฀not฀

possible.

฀When฀the฀[SIMPLE฀ACCESS฀POINT]฀mode฀is฀used฀to฀send฀

images,฀it฀is฀recommended฀to฀connect฀to฀only฀one฀computer.

—

122

5. Using On-Screen Menu

•฀When฀selecting฀[WPS],฀the฀network฀will฀be฀connected฀by฀using฀

settings฀stored฀automatically฀with฀the฀WPS฀function.

฀Selecting฀[WPS]฀will฀allow฀the฀projector฀to฀access฀the฀network฀

by฀using฀the฀settings฀the฀WPS฀function฀automatically฀stored.

DHCPPlace฀a฀check฀mark฀to฀automatically฀assign฀an฀IP฀address฀to฀the฀

projector฀from฀your฀DHCP฀server.

Clear฀this฀check฀box฀to฀register฀the฀IP฀address฀or฀subnet฀mask฀

number฀obtained฀from฀your฀network฀administrator.

—

IP฀ADDRESSSet฀your฀IP฀address฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector฀

when฀[DHCP]฀is฀turned฀off.

Up฀to฀12฀numeric฀

characters

SUBNET฀MASKSet฀your฀subnet฀mask฀number฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀

projector฀when฀[DHCP]฀is฀turned฀off.

Up฀to฀12฀numeric฀

characters

GATEWAY

Set฀the฀default฀gateway฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector฀

when฀[DHCP]฀is฀turned฀off.฀

Up฀to฀12฀numeric฀

characters

WNS฀CONFIGURA-

TION

Set฀the฀IP฀address฀of฀your฀WINS฀server฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀

to฀the฀projector฀when฀[DHCP]฀is฀turned฀off.฀

Up฀to฀12฀numeric฀

characters

AUTO฀DNSPlace฀a฀check฀mark฀to฀automatically฀assign฀the฀IP฀address฀of฀your฀

DNS฀server฀connected฀to฀the฀projector฀from฀your฀DHCP฀server.

Clear฀this฀check฀box฀to฀set฀the฀IP฀address฀of฀your฀DNS฀server฀

connected฀to฀the฀projector.

—

DNS฀CONFIGURA-

TION

Set฀the฀IP฀address฀of฀your฀DNS฀server฀on฀the฀network฀connected฀

to฀the฀projector฀when฀[AUTO฀DNS]฀is฀cleared.

Up฀to฀12฀numeric฀

characters

ADVANCED*

This฀menu฀allows฀you฀to฀set฀various฀items฀for฀your฀wireless฀LAN฀

connection฀(network฀type,฀security).

—

RECONNECT

Retry฀to฀connect฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀network.฀Try฀this฀if฀you฀have฀

changed฀[PROFILES].฀

—

*฀The฀[ADVANCED]฀setting฀screen฀is฀available฀for฀[WIRELESS฀LAN]฀only.

NOTE:

•฀If฀you฀select฀[EASY฀CONNECTION]฀from฀[PROFILES],฀you฀cannot฀make฀settings฀to฀DHCP฀and฀its฀following฀items฀except฀[CHAN-

NEL]฀in฀[ADVANCED].

ADVANCED฀Setting฀(required฀for฀wireless฀LAN฀only)฀(ADVANCED฀menu฀only)

123

5. Using On-Screen Menu

SITE฀SURVEYDisplays฀a฀list฀of฀available฀SSIDs฀for฀wireless฀LAN฀on฀site.฀Select฀

an฀SSID฀which฀you฀can฀access.

To฀select฀an฀SSID,฀highlight฀[SSID]฀and฀use฀the฀SELECT฀ to

select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.฀

....................... Wireless access point

....................... Ad Hoc PC

....................... WEP or WPA enabled

—

SECURITY

This฀will฀turn฀on฀or฀off฀the฀encryption฀mode฀for฀secure฀transmis-

sion.

To฀use฀encryption,฀specify฀a฀WEP฀key฀or฀encryption฀key.฀Select฀

your฀security฀type฀appropriate฀for฀your฀computer฀and฀the฀wire-

less฀LAN฀unit.

DISABLE ................ Will not turn on the encryption feature. Your com-

munications may be monitored by someone.

WEP(64bit) ............ Uses 64-bit datalength for secure transmis-

sion.

WEP(128bit) .......... Uses 128-bit datalength for secure transmission.

This option will increase privacy and security

when compared to use of 64-bit datalength en-

cryption.

WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK/WPA-EAP/WPA2-EAP

.............................. These options provide stronger security than

WEP.

NOTE:

•฀The฀security฀type,฀WEP฀key,฀and฀encryption฀key฀settings฀must฀be฀the฀

same฀as฀communication฀devices฀such฀as฀PC฀or฀access฀point฀in฀your฀

wireless฀network.

•฀When฀you฀use฀[SECURITY],฀your฀image฀transmission฀speed฀will฀slow฀

down.

•฀[WPA-PSK],฀[WPA-EAP],฀[WPA2-PSK]฀and฀[WPA2-EAP]฀are฀not฀avail-

able฀when฀[AD฀HOC]฀is฀selected฀from฀[NETWORK฀TYPE].

฀

—

SSID

Enter฀an฀identier฀(SSID)฀for฀wireless฀LAN.฀Communication฀can฀

be฀done฀only฀with฀equipment฀whose฀SSID฀matches฀SSID฀for฀your฀

wireless฀LAN.฀

Up฀to฀32฀alphanumeric฀

characters฀(case฀

sensitive).

NETWORK฀TYPESelect฀communication฀method฀when฀using฀wireless฀LAN.

INFRASTRUCTURE ...Select this option when communicating with

one or more equipment connected to the wire-

less or wired LAN network via a wireless access

point.

AD HOC ....................Select this option when using the wireless LAN

to directly communicate with a computer in

peer-to-peer mode.

—

CHANNEL

Select฀a฀channel.฀Available฀channels฀vary฀depending฀on฀the฀

country฀and฀region.฀When฀you฀select฀[INFRASTRUCTURE],฀make฀

sure฀that฀the฀projector฀and฀your฀access฀point฀are฀on฀the฀same฀

channel;฀when฀you฀select฀[AD฀HOC],฀make฀sure฀that฀the฀projector฀

and฀your฀computer฀are฀on฀the฀same฀channel.

—

124

5. Using On-Screen Menu

When฀[WEP(64bit)]฀or฀[WEP(128bit)]฀is฀selected฀for฀[SECURITY฀TYPE]

KEY฀SELECTSelects฀one฀WEP฀key฀from฀the฀four฀keys฀below.

KEY1,฀KEY2,฀KEY3,฀

KEY4

Enter฀a฀WEP฀key.

•฀Maximum฀number฀of฀characters

OptionAlphanumeric฀(ASCII)Hexadecimal฀(HEX)

WEP฀64bit5 10

WEP 128bit 13 26

When฀[WPA-PSK],฀[WPA-EAP],฀[WPA2-PSK],฀or฀[WPA2-EAP]฀is฀selected฀for฀[SECURITY฀TYPE]

ENCRYPTION฀TYPESelect฀[TKIP]฀or฀[AES].

KEYEnter฀encryption฀key.฀Key฀length฀must฀be฀8฀or฀greater฀and฀63฀or฀less.

125

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[AUTHENTICATION]฀(required฀for฀wireless฀only)

Setting฀is฀required฀for฀using฀WPA-EAP฀or฀WPA2-EAP.฀

Preparation฀before฀setting

Select฀a฀wireless฀LAN฀compliant฀WPA-EAP฀or฀WPA2-EAP฀authentication฀and฀install฀a฀digital฀certicate฀on฀the฀projec-

tor.

1.฀Set฀[DATE฀AND฀TIME]฀on฀the฀projector.฀(฀page฀

140)

2.฀Use฀a฀computer฀to฀save฀digital฀certicates฀(les)฀for฀WPA-EAP฀or฀WPA2-EAP฀setting฀to฀your฀USB฀memory฀

device.

After completing saving the ﬁle, remove the USB memory device from the computer.

Important:

•฀Save฀a฀digital฀certicate฀(le)฀to฀the฀root฀folder฀of฀the฀USB฀memory.

•฀The฀le฀formats฀of฀digital฀certicate฀that฀are฀supported฀by฀the฀projector฀are฀DER฀and฀PKCS#12฀only.

•฀The฀projector฀cannot฀handle฀any฀digital฀certicate฀whose฀le฀size฀exceeds฀8฀KB.

•฀CRL฀(Certicate฀Relocation฀List)฀is฀not฀supported.

•฀Client฀certicate฀chain฀is฀not฀supported.

3.฀Plug฀the฀USB฀memory฀device฀into฀the฀USB฀port฀of฀the฀projector.

USB

Setting฀Procedures

1.฀Select฀[NETWORK฀SETTINGS]฀฀[WIRELESSS฀LAN].

2.฀Set฀items฀such฀as฀PROFILES,฀DHCP,฀IP฀ADDRESS,฀SUBNET฀MASK฀and฀others฀as฀required.

•฀Select฀[PROFILE฀1]฀or฀[PROFILE฀2]฀for฀[PROFILES].฀If฀[EASY฀CONNECTION]฀is฀selected,฀WPA-PSK,฀WPA2-

PSK, WPA-EAP, or WPA2-EAP is not available.

3.฀Select฀[ADVANCED]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The [ADVANCED] setting screen will be displayed.

126

5. Using On-Screen Menu

4.฀Select฀[SITE฀SURVEY]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀“SSID”฀list฀will฀be฀displayed.

5.฀Select฀a฀connecting฀SSID,฀and฀then฀select฀[OK].

Finally press the ENTER button.

•฀Select฀the฀SSID฀for฀which฀WPA-PSK฀or฀WPA2-PSK฀is฀set.

•฀Select฀[INFRASTRUCTURE฀(

)] for [NETWORK TYPE]. WPA-PSK, WPA2-PSK, WPA-EAP, or WPA2-EAP is

not available when [AD HOC ( )] is selected.

6.฀Select฀the฀[SECURITY]฀tab.

฀The฀[SECURITY]฀page฀will฀be฀displayed.

7.฀Select฀the฀[SECURITY฀TYPE]฀eld฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The pull-down list will be displayed.

8.฀Select฀[WPA-EAP]฀or฀[WPA2-EAP]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

9.฀Select฀the฀[TKIP/AES]฀eld฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The pull-down list will be displayed.

.฀Select฀[TKIP]฀or฀[AES]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀Select฀[TKIP]฀or฀[AES]฀according฀to฀the฀setting฀for฀your฀access฀point.

127

5. Using On-Screen Menu

.฀Select฀the฀[AUTHENTICATION]฀tab.

฀The฀[AUTHENTICATION]฀page฀will฀be฀displayed.

Select either [EAP-TLS] or [PEAP-MSCHAPv2] for [EAP TYPE]. The setting items vary depending on the EAP

type.

See the table below.

EAP฀TypeSetting฀ItemNote

EAP-TLS

User฀Name1 character or more and 32 characters or

less

Client฀CerticatePKCS#12฀format฀le

CA฀Certicate

(Certicate฀authority’s฀certicate)

DER฀format฀le

PEAP-MSCHAPv2User฀Name1 character or more and 32 characters or

less

Password1 character or more and 32 characters or

less

CA฀Certicate

(Certicate฀authority’s฀certicate)

DER฀format฀le

①฀Selecting฀[EAP-TLS]฀for฀[EAP฀TYPE]:

The following section explains the operation for selecting [EAP-TLS].

For selecting [PEAP-MSCHAPv2], go on to Step 12 on page

129.

12.

฀Select฀the฀[USER฀NAME]฀eld฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀character฀entry฀screen฀(software฀keyboard)฀will฀be฀displayed.฀Set฀a฀user฀name.

•฀A฀user฀name฀must฀be฀1฀character฀or฀more฀and฀32฀characters฀or฀less.

•฀See฀page฀

131฀for฀using฀the฀software฀keyboard฀to฀enter฀characters.

128

5. Using On-Screen Menu

13.

฀Select฀[CLIENT฀CERTIFICATE]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

A฀list฀of฀les฀([FILES]฀screen)฀will฀be฀displayed.

•฀For฀operating฀the฀[FILES]฀screen,฀see฀“4.฀Using฀the฀Viewer”฀in฀the฀“User’s฀Manual”฀(PDF).

•฀To฀return฀to฀the฀[AUTHENTICATION]฀page,฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button.

NOTE:

Installing฀a฀digital฀certicate

You฀can฀install฀each฀digital฀certicate฀(client฀certicate฀and฀CA฀certicate)฀for฀[PROFILE฀1฀(or฀2)]฀on฀a฀le-by-le฀basis.

•฀Install฀a฀root฀CA฀certicate฀for฀a฀CA฀certicate.

•฀If฀you฀install฀a฀digital฀certicate฀over฀your฀existing฀digital฀certicate,฀the฀existing฀digital฀certicate฀will฀be฀overwritten฀with฀the฀new฀

digital฀certicate.

•฀Once฀a฀digital฀certicate฀has฀been฀installed,฀its฀information฀cannot฀be฀deleted฀even฀if฀you฀stop฀setting฀WPA-EAP฀or฀WPA2-EAP.

14.

฀On฀the฀[FILES]฀screen,฀select฀a฀digital฀certicate฀(PKCS#12฀format฀le)฀saved฀in฀your฀USB฀memory฀device฀

and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The password screen will be displayed.

15.

฀Select฀[PASSWORD]฀eld฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀character฀entry฀screen฀(software฀keyboard)฀will฀be฀displayed.฀Set฀the฀password฀of฀the฀private฀key.฀A฀password฀

must be 1 character or more and 32 characters or less.

The selected digital certiﬁcate ﬁle will be installed on the projector.

•฀When฀the฀root฀CA฀certicate฀is฀not฀included฀in฀the฀le฀that฀was฀selected฀in฀Step฀14,฀proceed฀to฀Step฀16.฀When฀

the root certiﬁcation authority certiﬁcate is included, proceed to Step 18.

16.฀Select฀[CA฀CERTIFICATE]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The drive list screen will be displayed.

129

5. Using On-Screen Menu

17.

฀On฀the฀[FILES]฀screen,฀select฀a฀digital฀certicate฀(DER฀format฀le)฀saved฀in฀your฀USB฀memory฀device฀and฀

press the ENTER button.

•฀Select฀your฀root฀CA฀certicate฀here.฀

The selected digital certiﬁcate will be installed on the projector.

18.

฀After฀completing฀required฀settings,฀select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀[WIRELESS]฀page฀will฀be฀returned.

19.

฀Select฀[RECONNECT]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

20.

฀Select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

This฀will฀complete฀setting฀[EAP-TLS]฀for฀[EAP฀TYPE]฀in฀[WPA-EAP]฀or฀[WPA2-EAP].

TIP:

Clearing฀the฀digital฀certicate฀that฀is฀installed฀on฀the฀projector

To฀clear฀the฀digital฀certicate฀installed฀on฀the฀projector,฀follow฀the฀steps฀below.

By฀doing฀the฀following฀procedure,฀all฀the฀digital฀certicates฀for฀the฀currently฀displayed฀prole฀will฀be฀cleared.

1.฀Select฀[CLEAR฀CERTIFICATES]฀in฀the฀bottom฀left฀of฀the฀[AD

VANCED]฀setting฀screen฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

A message for conﬁrmation will be displayed.

2.฀Select฀[YES]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The digital certiﬁcates will be cleared.

TIP:

•฀The฀PKCS#12฀format฀digital฀certicate฀including฀a฀CA฀certicate฀will฀be฀installed฀as฀a฀root฀CA฀certicate.

②฀Selecting฀[PEAP-MSCHAPv2]฀for฀[EAP฀TYPE]:

12.

฀From฀the฀[AUTHENTICATION]฀page,฀select฀[EAP฀TYPE]฀eld฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The pull-down list will be displayed.

13.

฀Select฀[PEAP-MSCHAPv2]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

14.

฀Select฀[USER฀NAME]฀eld฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀character฀entry฀screen฀(software฀keyboard)฀will฀be฀displayed.฀Set฀a฀user฀name.

•฀A฀user฀name฀must฀be฀32฀characters฀or฀less.

( page 131)

130

5. Using On-Screen Menu

15.

฀After฀completing฀setting฀a฀user฀name,฀select฀the฀[PASSWORD]฀eld฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀character฀entry฀screen฀(software฀keyboard)฀will฀be฀displayed.฀Set฀a฀password.

•฀A฀password฀must฀be฀32฀characters฀or฀less.

16.

฀After฀completing฀setting฀the฀password,฀select฀[CA฀CERTIFICATE]฀eld฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The drive list screen will be displayed.

•฀For฀operating฀the฀[FILES]฀screen,฀see฀“4.฀Using฀the฀Viewer”฀in฀the฀“User’s฀Manual”฀(PDF).

•฀To฀return฀to฀the฀[AUTHENTICATION]฀page,฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button.

NOTE:

Installing฀a฀digital฀certicate

You฀can฀install฀each฀digital฀certicate฀(client฀certicate฀and฀CA฀certicate)฀for฀[PROFILE฀1฀(or฀2)]฀on฀a฀le-by-le฀

basis.

•฀Install฀a฀root฀CA฀certicate฀for฀a฀CA฀certicate.

•฀If฀you฀install฀a฀digital฀certicate฀over฀your฀existing฀digital฀certicate,฀the฀existing฀digital฀certicate฀will฀be฀overwritten฀with฀the฀new฀

digital฀certicate.

•฀Once฀a฀digital฀certicate฀has฀been฀installed,฀its฀information฀cannot฀be฀deleted฀even฀if฀you฀stop฀setting฀WPA-EAP฀or฀WPA2-EAP.

17.

฀On฀the฀[FILES]฀screen,฀select฀a฀digital฀certicate฀(DER฀format฀le)฀saved฀in฀your฀USB฀memory฀device฀and฀

press the ENTER button.

•฀Select฀your฀root฀CA฀certicate฀here.฀

The selected digital certiﬁcate will be installed on the projector.

131

5. Using On-Screen Menu

18.

฀After฀completing฀required฀settings,฀select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀[WIRELESS]฀page฀will฀be฀returned.

19.

฀Select฀[RECONNECT]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

20.

฀Select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

This฀will฀complete฀setting฀[PEAP-MSCHAPv2]฀for฀[EAP฀TYPE]฀in฀[WPA-EAP]฀or฀[WPA2-EAP].

TIP:

Clearing฀the฀digital฀certicate฀that฀is฀installed฀on฀the฀projector

To฀clear฀the฀digital฀certicate฀installed฀on฀the฀projector,฀follow฀the฀steps฀below.

By฀doing฀the฀following฀procedure,฀all฀the฀digital฀certicates฀for฀the฀currently฀displayed฀prole฀will฀be฀cleared.

1.฀Select฀[CLEAR฀CERTIFICATES]฀in฀the฀bottom฀left฀of฀the฀[AD

VANCED]฀setting฀screen฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

A message for conﬁrmation will be displayed.

2.฀Select฀[YES]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The digital certiﬁcates will be cleared.

TIP:

Entering฀WEP฀keys฀(Switching฀between฀Alphanumeric฀characters฀and฀hexadecimal)

To฀enter฀from฀[KEY1]฀to฀[KEY4],฀do฀the฀following:

1.฀Select฀one฀of฀[KEY฀1],฀[KEY฀2],฀[KEY฀3]฀and฀[KEY฀4]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.฀

฀The฀character฀entry฀screen฀(software฀keyboard)฀will฀be฀displayed.

2. Use the ▼, ▲, ◀, or ▶฀button฀to฀select฀a฀character฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

•฀To฀enter฀a฀WEP฀key฀or฀passphrase,฀use฀alphanumeric฀characters฀(ASCII)฀or฀hexadecimal฀(HEX).฀To฀enter฀a฀PSK฀

key,฀use฀alphanumeric฀characters฀(ASCII).

•฀Press฀the฀[HEX]฀button฀to฀change฀to฀[ASCII]฀to฀set฀the฀key฀in฀ASCII฀digit.฀You฀can฀toggle฀this฀button฀between฀

[ASCII]฀and฀[HEX].

•฀Enter฀0x(numeral฀and฀alphabet฀respectively)฀right฀in฀front฀of฀your฀key฀code.

•฀Hexadecimal฀uses฀0฀to฀9฀and฀A฀to฀F.

3.฀After฀entering฀your฀WEP฀key฀or฀passphrase,฀use฀the฀▼

, ▲, ◀, or ▶฀button฀to฀select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀

button.

฀The฀character฀entry฀screen฀(software฀keyboard)฀will฀be฀closed.

132

5. Using On-Screen Menu

WPS

When฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀access฀point฀connected฀to฀the฀projector฀supports฀WPS฀(Wi-Fi฀Protected฀Setup™),฀you฀can฀

use฀PIN฀method฀or฀push฀button฀method฀to฀set฀up฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀for฀the฀projector.

PIN฀TYPESet฀a฀4-digit฀or฀8฀digit-PIN฀code฀of฀WPS฀for฀your฀access฀point฀to฀complete฀setting฀for฀the฀

SSID฀security.

PUSH฀BUTTON฀TYPEPress฀the฀dedicated฀button฀of฀the฀access฀point฀and฀the฀projector’s฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀to฀

complete฀setting฀for฀the฀SSID฀security.

NETWORK฀INFORMATION

The฀following฀information฀will฀be฀displayed฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀connected฀to฀a฀network฀(wired฀LAN฀or฀wireless฀

LAN).

PROJECTOR฀NAME

HOST฀NAME

DOMAIN

NETWORK฀INFOR-

MATION฀(WIRED฀

LAN/WIRELESS฀LAN)

CONNECTION฀STATUS,฀IP฀ADDRESS,฀SUBNET฀MASK,฀GATEWAY,฀WINS,฀DNS,฀MAC฀

ADDRESS,฀SSID,฀NETWORK฀TYPE,฀WEP/WPA,฀CHANNEL,฀SIGNAL฀LEVEL,฀AU-

THENTICATION,฀AUTHENTICATION฀PERIOD

DISPLAY฀THE฀INFOR-

MATION฀IN฀APPLICA-

TION฀MENU

Turn฀on฀or฀off฀the฀display฀of฀the฀network฀information.

฀The฀meanings฀of฀these฀status฀statements฀are฀described฀below.

StatementAuthentication status

Authenticated

Authentication฀is฀done฀correctly.

FailureAuthentication฀failed.

Authenticating…Authentication฀is฀in฀process.

ExpiredThe฀digital฀certicate฀is฀expired.฀Or฀[DATE,฀TIME฀PRESET]฀is฀not฀set฀correctly.

Time Error The฀[DATE,฀TIME฀PRESET]฀has฀been฀cleared.฀Set฀the฀correct฀date฀and฀time.

133

5. Using On-Screen Menu

PROJECTOR฀NAME฀(ADVANCED฀menu฀only)

PROJECTOR฀NAMESet฀a฀unique฀projector฀name.฀Up฀to฀16฀alphanu-

meric characters and

symbols

DOMAIN฀(ADVANCED฀menu฀only)

Set฀a฀host฀name฀and฀domain฀name฀of฀the฀projector.

HOST฀NAMESet฀a฀host฀name฀of฀the฀projector.Up฀to฀15฀alphanumeric฀

characters

DOMAIN฀NAMESet฀a฀domain฀name฀of฀the฀projector.Up฀to฀60฀alphanumeric฀

characters

134

5. Using On-Screen Menu

ALERT฀MAIL฀(ADVANCED฀menu฀only)

ALERT฀MAILThis฀option฀will฀notify฀your฀computer฀of฀lamp฀replace฀time฀or฀error฀

messages฀via฀e-mail฀when฀using฀wireless฀or฀wired฀LAN.฀

Placing a checkmark will turn on the Alert Mail feature.

Clearing a checkmark will turn off the Alert Mail feature.

Sample฀of฀a฀message฀to฀be฀sent฀from฀the฀projector:

The฀lamp฀and฀lters฀are฀at฀the฀end฀of฀its฀usable฀life.฀Please฀

replace฀the฀lamp฀and฀lters.

Projector฀Name:฀NEC฀Projector

Lamp฀Hours฀Used:฀100฀[H]฀

—

HOST฀NAMEType฀in฀a฀host฀name.Up฀to฀15฀alphanumeric฀

characters

DOMAIN฀NAMEType฀in฀a฀domain฀name฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projec-

tor.

Up฀to฀60฀alphanumeric฀

characters

SENDER'S฀AD-

DRESS

Specify฀the฀sender’s฀address.฀Up฀to฀60฀alphanu-

meric characters and

symbols

SMTP฀SERVER฀

NAME

Type฀in฀the฀SMTP฀server฀name฀to฀be฀connected฀to฀the฀projec-

tor.

Up฀to฀60฀alphanumeric฀

characters

RECIPIENT'S฀AD-

DRESS฀1,฀2,฀3

Type฀in฀your฀recipient’s฀address.฀Up฀to฀60฀alphanu-

meric characters and

symbols

TEST฀MAIL

Send฀a฀test฀mail฀to฀check฀if฀your฀settings฀are฀correct.

NOTE:

•฀If฀you฀entered฀an฀incorrect฀address฀in฀a฀test,฀you฀may฀not฀receive฀an฀

Alert฀mail.฀Should฀this฀happen,฀check฀if฀the฀Recipient’s฀Address฀is฀

correctly฀set.

•฀Unless฀any฀one฀of฀the฀[SENDER'S฀ADDRESS],฀[SMTP฀SERVER'S฀

NAME]฀or฀[RECIPIENT'S฀ADDRESS฀1-3]฀is฀selected,฀[TEST฀MAIL]฀is฀

not฀available.

•฀Be฀sure฀to฀highlight฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀before฀executing฀

[TEST฀MAIL].

฀

—

135

5. Using On-Screen Menu

NETWORK฀SERVICE฀(ADVANCED฀menu฀only)

HTTP฀SERVERSet฀a฀password฀for฀your฀HTTP฀server.Up฀to฀10฀alphanumeric฀

characters

PJLink

This฀option฀allows฀you฀to฀set฀a฀password฀when฀you฀use฀the฀

PJLink฀feature.

NOTE:฀

•฀Do฀not฀forget฀your฀password.฀However,฀if฀you฀forget฀your฀password,฀

consult฀with฀your฀dealer.฀

•฀What฀is฀PJLink?

฀PJLink฀is฀a฀standardization฀of฀protocol฀used฀for฀controlling฀projectors฀

of฀different฀manufacturers.฀This฀standard฀protocol฀is฀established฀by฀

Japan฀Business฀Machine฀and฀Information฀System฀Industries฀Associa-

tion฀(JBMIA)฀in฀2005.

฀The฀projector฀supports฀all฀the฀commands฀of฀PJLink฀Class฀1.

•฀Setting฀of฀PJLink฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀

the฀menu.

฀

Up฀to฀32฀alphanumeric฀

characters

AMX

Turn฀on฀or฀off฀for฀detection฀from฀AMX฀Device฀Discovery฀when฀

connecting฀to฀the฀network฀supported฀by฀AMX’s฀NetLinx฀control฀

system.

TIP:฀

When฀using฀a฀device฀that฀supports฀AMX฀Device฀Discovery,฀all฀AMX฀NetLinx฀

control฀system฀will฀recognize฀the฀device฀and฀download฀the฀appropriate฀

Device฀Discovery฀Module฀from฀an฀AMX฀server.

Placing a checkmark will enable detecting the projector from AMX Device

Discovery.

Clearing a checkmark will disable detecting the projector from AMX

Device Discovery.

—

136

5. Using On-Screen Menu

TOOLS

ADMINISTRATOR MODE

This฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀MENU฀MODE,฀save฀settings,฀and฀set฀a฀password฀for฀the฀administrator฀mode.

MENU฀MODESelect฀either฀[BASIC]฀or฀[ADVANCED]฀menu.

(฀page฀89)

—

NOT฀SAVE฀SETTING฀

VALUES

Placing a check mark will not save your projector settings.

Clear this check box to save your projector settings.

—

NEW฀PASSWORD/

CONFIRM฀PASS-

WORD

Assign฀a฀password฀for฀the฀administrator฀mode.Up฀to฀10฀alphanumeric฀

characters

TIP:

To฀return฀to฀the฀ADVANCED฀menu฀from฀the฀BASIC฀menu,฀do฀the฀following:

1.฀Use฀the฀SOURCE฀button฀on฀the฀cabinet฀or฀press฀the฀NETWORK฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀to฀select฀

[NETWORK]฀to฀display฀the฀APPLICATION฀MENU.

2.฀Select฀[TOOLS]฀฀[ADMINISTRATOR฀MODE]฀฀[MENU฀MODE]฀฀[ADVANCED฀MODE].

฀

137

5. Using On-Screen Menu

PROGRAM TIMER

This฀option฀turns฀on/off฀the฀projector฀and฀changes฀video฀signals,฀and฀selects฀ECO฀mode฀automatically฀at฀a฀specied฀

time.

NOTE:

•฀Before฀using฀[PROGRAM฀TIMER],฀make฀sure฀that฀the฀[DATE฀AND฀TIME]฀feature฀is฀set.฀(฀page฀140)

•฀Make฀sure฀that฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀the฀stand฀by฀condition฀with฀the฀POWER฀cord฀connected.

•฀The฀projector฀has฀a฀built-in฀clock.฀The฀clock฀will฀keep฀working฀for฀about฀two฀weeks฀after฀the฀main฀power฀is฀turned฀off.฀If฀the฀main฀

power฀is฀not฀supplied฀to฀the฀projector฀for฀two฀weeks฀or฀more,฀the฀built-in฀clock฀stops฀working.

•฀The฀[POWER-SAVING]฀or฀[NETWORK฀STANDBY]฀of฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀will฀be฀invalidated฀when฀[PROGRAM฀TIMER]฀is฀en-

abled.

Setting฀a฀new฀program฀timer

1.฀On฀the฀PROGRAM฀TIMER฀screen,฀use฀the฀SELECT฀▲ or ▼฀button฀to฀select฀[SETTINGS]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀

button.

฀The฀[PROGRAM฀LIST]฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.

2.฀Select฀a฀blank฀program฀number฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀[EDIT]฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.

3.฀Make฀settings฀for฀each฀item฀as฀required.

ACTIVE .................. Place a check mark to enable the program.

DAY ........................ Select days of the week for the program timer. To execute the program from Monday to Friday, select [MON-

138

5. Using On-Screen Menu

FRI].To execute the program in everyday basis, select [EVERYDAY].

TIME ...................... Set the time to execute the program. Enter time in 24-hour format.

FUNCTION ............. Select a function to be executed. Selecting [POWER] will allow you to turn on or off the projector by setting

[ADVANCED SETTINGS]. Selecting [SOURCE] will allow you to select a video source by setting [ADVANCED

SETTINGS]. Selecting [ECO MODE] will allow you to select [ECO MODE] by setting [ADVANCED SET-

TINGS].

ADVANCED SETTINGS

.............................. Select power on/off, a type of video source, or ECO MODE for the selected item in [FUNCTION].

REPEAT .................. Place a check mark to repeat the program continuing basis. To use the program this week only, clear the

check mark.

4.฀Select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

This will complete the settings.

฀You฀will฀be฀returned฀to฀the฀[PROGRAM฀LIST]฀screen.

5.฀Select฀[BACK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀You฀will฀be฀returned฀to฀the฀[PROGRAM฀TIMER]฀screen.

6.฀Select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

You will be returned to the [TOOLS] screen.

NOTE:

•฀Up฀to฀30฀different฀timer฀settings฀can฀be฀programmed.

•฀Once฀the฀program฀not฀marked฀with฀a฀check฀in฀[REPEAT]฀has฀been฀executed,฀the฀check฀mark฀in฀the฀[ACTIVE]฀check฀box฀will฀be฀

cleared฀automatically฀and฀the฀program฀will฀be฀disabled.

•฀When฀the฀on-time฀and฀the฀off-time฀set฀for฀the฀same฀time,฀the฀off-time฀setting฀will฀take฀preference.

•฀Two฀different฀sources฀are฀set฀for฀the฀same฀time,฀the฀larger฀program฀number฀will฀take฀preference.฀

•฀The฀on-time฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀executed฀while฀the฀cooling฀fans฀are฀running฀or฀an฀error฀is฀occurring.

•฀If฀the฀off-time฀setting฀is฀expired฀under฀the฀condition฀in฀which฀the฀power฀off฀is฀not฀possible,฀the฀off-timer฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀executed฀

until฀the฀power฀off฀becomes฀possible.

•฀Programs฀not฀marked฀with฀a฀check฀mark฀in฀[ACTIVE]฀of฀the฀[EDIT]฀screen฀will฀not฀be฀executed฀even฀if฀the฀Program฀Timer฀is฀

enabled.

•฀When฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on฀by฀using฀the฀program฀timer฀and฀if฀you฀want฀to฀turn฀off฀the฀projector,฀set฀the฀off-time฀or฀do฀it฀

manually฀so฀as฀not฀to฀leave฀the฀projector฀on฀for฀a฀long฀period฀of฀time.

139

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Activating฀the฀program฀timer

1.฀Select฀[ENABLE]฀on฀the฀[PROGRAM฀TIMER]฀screen฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The [ENABLE] will be activated.

2.฀Select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀[PROGRAM฀TIMER]฀screen฀will฀be฀changed฀to฀the฀[TOOL]฀screen.

NOTE:

•฀Clearing฀[ENABLE]฀will฀disable฀the฀Program฀Timer฀even฀when฀a฀program฀is฀marked฀with฀a฀check฀mark฀on฀[PROGRAM฀LIST]฀

screen.฀

•฀When฀[ENABLE]฀is฀selected,฀the฀[PROGRAM฀LIST]฀cannot฀be฀edited.฀To฀edit฀the฀programs,฀select฀[ENABLE]฀to฀turn฀off฀the฀Program฀

Timer.

Changing฀the฀programmed฀settings

1.฀On฀the฀[PROGRAM฀LIST]฀screen,฀select฀a฀program฀you฀want฀to฀edit฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

2.฀Change฀the฀settings฀on฀the฀[EDIT]฀screen.

3.฀Select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The programmed settings will be changed.

฀You฀will฀be฀returned฀to฀the฀[PROGRAM฀LIST]฀screen.

Changing฀the฀order฀of฀programs

1.฀On฀the฀[PROGRAM฀LIST]฀screen,฀select฀a฀program฀whose฀order฀you฀want฀to฀change฀and฀press฀the฀SELECT฀

▶

button.

2.฀Press฀the฀SELECT฀▼ button to select ▲ or ▼.

3.฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀a฀few฀times฀to฀select฀a฀row฀to฀which฀you฀wish฀to฀move฀the฀program.

The order of the programs will be changed.

Deleting฀the฀programs

1.฀On฀the฀[PROGRAM฀LIST]฀screen,฀select฀a฀program฀number฀you฀want฀to฀delete฀and฀press฀the฀SELECT฀▶

button.

2.฀Press฀the฀SELECT฀▼฀button฀to฀select฀[DELETE].

3. Press the ENTER button.

The conﬁrmation screen will be displayed.

4.฀Select฀[YES]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The program will be deleted.

This will complete deleting the program.

140

5. Using On-Screen Menu

DATE AND TIME

You฀can฀set฀the฀current฀time,฀month,฀date,฀and฀year.

NOTE:฀The฀projector฀has฀a฀built-in฀clock.฀The฀clock฀will฀keep฀working฀for฀about฀2฀weeks฀after฀the฀main฀power฀is฀turned฀off.฀If฀the฀

main฀power฀is฀off฀for฀2฀weeks฀or฀more,฀the฀built-in฀clock฀will฀cease.฀If฀the฀built-in฀clock฀ceases,฀set฀the฀date฀and฀time฀again.฀The฀

built-in฀clock฀will฀not฀cease฀while฀in฀the฀standby฀mode.

TIME ZONE SETTINGS .............. Select your time zone.

DATE AND TIME SETTINGS ...... Set your current date (MM/DD/YYYY) and time (HH:MM).

INTERNET TIME SERVER ......... If you place a check mark, the projector’s built-in clock will be synchronized with an Internet

time server in every 24 hours and at the time of projector’s startup.

UPDATE .................................... Synchronizes the projector’s built-in clock immediately. The UPDATE button is not available

unless the INTERNET TIME SERVER check box is turned on.

SUMMER TIME SETTINGS ....... If you place a check mark, the clock for daylight saving will be enabled.

MOUSE

This฀option฀lets฀you฀to฀change฀your฀USB฀mouse฀settings.฀The฀mouse฀settings฀feature฀is฀available฀for฀USB฀mouse฀only.฀

Choose฀the฀settings฀you฀want:

MOUSE BUTTON ...................... [RIGHT HAND] or [LEFT HAND]

MOUSE SENSITIVITY ............... [FAST], [MEDIUM] or [SLOW]

141

6. Installation and Connections

This฀section฀describes฀how฀to฀set฀up฀your฀projector฀and฀how฀to฀connect฀video฀and฀audio฀sources.

Your฀projector฀is฀simple฀to฀set฀up฀and฀use.฀But฀before฀you฀get฀started,฀you฀must฀rst:

①฀Set฀up฀a฀screen฀and฀the฀projector.

②฀Connect฀your฀computer฀or฀video฀equip-

ment฀to฀the฀projector.

฀(฀page฀145, 147, 148, 149, 150, 151,

152)

③

฀Connect฀the฀supplied฀power฀cord.

(฀page฀

14)

NOTE:฀Ensure฀that฀the฀power฀cord฀and฀any฀other฀

cables฀are฀disconnected฀before฀moving฀the฀pro-

jector.฀When฀moving฀the฀projector฀or฀when฀it฀is฀

not฀in฀use,฀cover฀the฀lens฀with฀the฀sliding฀lens฀

cover.

❶ Setting Up the Screen and the Projector

Selecting a Location

[P501X/P451X/PE501X]

The฀further฀your฀projector฀is฀from฀the฀screen฀or฀wall,฀the฀larger฀the฀image.฀The฀minimum฀size฀the฀image฀can฀be฀is฀

approximately฀25"฀(0.64฀m)฀measured฀diagonally฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀roughly฀35฀inches฀(0.9฀m)฀from฀the฀wall฀or฀

screen.฀The฀largest฀the฀image฀can฀be฀is฀300"฀(7.6฀m)฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀about฀435฀inches฀(11.0฀m)฀from฀the฀wall฀

or screen.

300"

240"

Distance

(Unit: m/inch)

Lens center

Screen Size

Screen Size (Unit: cm/inch)

200"

180"

150"

120"

100"

80"

11.0/435

8.8/348

6.6/260

5.5/216

4.4/173

3.6/144

2.9/115

2.2/86

1.4/57

40"

7.3/289

60"

30"

25"

1.1/

0.9/

609.6(W)�457.2(H) / 240(W)�180(H)

487.7(W)�365.8(H) / 192(W)�144(H)

406.4(W)�304.8(H) / 160(W)�120(H)

304.8(W)�228.6(H) / 120(W)�90(H)

365.8(W)�274.3(H) / 144(W)�108(H)

243.8(W)�182.9(H) / 96(W)�72(H)

203.2(W)�152.4(H) / 80(W)�60(H)

162.6(W)�121.9(H) / 64(W)�48(H)

121.9(W)�91.4(H) / 48(W)�36(H)

81.3(W)�61.0(H) / 32(W)�24(H)

61.0(W)�45.7(H) / 24(W)�18(H)

50.8(W)�38.1(H) / 20(W)�15(H)

TIP:

•฀The฀distances฀are฀indicated฀by฀intermediate฀values฀between฀tele฀and฀wide.฀Use฀as฀a฀rule฀of฀thumb.

•฀For฀more฀details฀on฀throw฀distance,฀see฀page฀143.

To the wall outlet.

142

6. Installation and Connections

[P451W/P401W]

The฀further฀your฀projector฀is฀from฀the฀screen฀or฀wall,฀the฀larger฀the฀image.฀The฀minimum฀size฀the฀image฀can฀be฀is฀

approximately฀25"฀(0.64฀m)฀measured฀diagonally฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀roughly฀37฀inches฀(0.9฀m)฀from฀the฀wall฀or฀

screen.฀The฀largest฀the฀image฀can฀be฀is฀300"฀(7.6฀m)฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀about฀459฀inches฀(11.7฀m)฀from฀the฀wall฀

or screen.

300"

240"

Distance

(Unit: m/inch)

Lens center

Screen Size

Screen Size (Unit: cm/inch)

200"

180"

150"

120"

100"

80"

11.7/459

9.3/367

7.0/275

5.8/229

4.6/183

3.9/152

3.1/121

2.3/90

1.5/60

40"

7.8/306

60"

30"

25"

1.1/

0.9/

646.2(W)�403.9(H) / 254(W)�159(H)

516.9(W)�323.1(H) / 204(W)�127(H)

430.8(W)�269.2(H) / 170(W)�106(H)

323.1(W)�201.9(H) / 127(W)�79(H)

387.7(W)�242.3(H) / 153(W)�95(H)

258.5(W)�161.5(H) / 102(W)�64(H)

215.4(W)�134.6(H) / 85(W)�53(H)

172.3(W)�107.7(H) / 68(W)�42(H)

129.2(W)�80.8(H) / 51(W)�32(H)

86.2(W)�53.8(H) / 34(W)�21(H)

64.6(W)�40.4(H) / 25(W)�16(H)

53.8(W)�33.7(H) / 21(W)�13(H)

TIP:

•฀The฀distances฀are฀indicated฀by฀intermediate฀values฀between฀tele฀and฀wide.฀Use฀as฀a฀rule฀of฀thumb.

•฀For฀more฀details฀on฀throw฀distance,฀see฀page฀143.

143

6. Installation and Connections



Throw Distance and Screen Size

The฀following฀shows฀the฀proper฀relative฀positions฀of฀the฀projector฀and฀screen.฀Refer฀to฀the฀table฀to฀determine฀the฀

position฀of฀installation.

Distance Chart

B฀=฀Vertical฀distance฀between฀lens฀center฀and฀

screen center

C฀=฀Throw฀distance

D฀=฀Vertical฀distance฀between฀lens฀center฀and฀

screen฀bottom฀(top฀of฀screen฀for฀ceiling฀ap-

plication)

฀=฀Throw฀angle

NOTE:฀The฀values฀in฀the฀tables฀are฀design฀values฀and฀

may฀vary.

[P501X/P451X/PE501X]

Screen Size



Diagonal Width Height wide tele wide tele

inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm - inch mm inch mm degree - degree

25 635 20 508 15 381 0–8 0–191 25 643 - 43 1102 -8–0 -191–0

0.0–16.5 - 0.0–9.8

30 762 24 610 18 457 0–9 0–229 31 782 - 52 1333 -9–0 -229–0 0.0–16.3 - 0.0–9.7

40 1016 32 813 24 610 0–12 0–305 42 1060 - 71 1794 -12–0 -305–0 0.0–16.0 - 0.0–9.6

60 1524 48 1219 36 914 0–18 0–457 64 1616 - 107 2717 -18–0 -457–0 0.0–15.8 - 0.0–9.6

72 1829 58 1463 43 1097 0–22 0–549 77 1950 - 129 3271 -22–0 -549–0 0.0–15.7 - 0.0–9.5

80 2032 64 1626 48 1219 0–24 0–610 86 2172 - 143 3641 -24–0 -610–0 0.0–15.7 - 0.0–9.5

84 2134 67 1707 50 1280 0–25 0–640 90 2284 - 151 3825 -25–0 -640–0 0.0–15.7 - 0.0–9.5

90 2286 72 1829 54 1372 0–27 0–686 96 2450 - 161 4102 -27–0 -686–0 0.0–15.6 - 0.0–9.5

100 2540 80 2032 60 1524 0–30 0–762 107 2728 - 180 4564 -30–0 -762–0 0.0–15.6 - 0.0–9.5

120 3048 96 2438 72 1829 0–36 0–914 129 3285 - 216 5487 -36–0 -914–0 0.0–15.6 - 0.0–9.5

150 3810 120 3048 90 2286 0–45 0–1143 162 4119 - 271 6872 -45–0 -1143–0 0.0–15.5 - 0.0–9.4

180 4572 144 3658 108 2743 0–54 0–1372 195 4953 - 325 8256 -54–0 -1372–0 0.0–15.5 - 0.0–9.4

200 5080 160 4064 120 3048 0–60 0–1524 217 5509 - 361 9180 -60–0 -1524–0 0.0–15.5 - 0.0–9.4

210 5334 168 4267 126 3200 0–63 0–1600 228 5787 - 380 9641 -63–0 -1600–0 0.0–15.5 - 0.0–9.4

240 6096 192 4877 144 3658 0–72 0–1829 261 6621 - 434 11026 -72–0 -1829–0 0.0–15.4 - 0.0–9.4

270 6858 216 5486 162 4115 0–81 0–2057 294 7456 - 489 12411 -81–0 -2057–0 0.0–15.4 - 0.0–9.4

300 7620 240 6096 180 4572 0–90 0–2286 326 8290 - 543 13795 -90–0 -2286–0 0.0–15.4 - 0.0–9.4

[P451W/P401W]

Screen Size



Diagonal Width Height wide tele wide tele

inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm - inch mm inch mm degree - degree

25 635 21 538 13 337 0–8 0–202 27 682 - 46 1167 -7–1 -168–34

0.0–16.5 - 0.0–9.8

30 762 25 646 16 404 0–10 0–242 33 829 - 56 1411 -8–2 -202–40 0.0–16.3 - 0.0–9.7

40 1016 34 862 21 538 0–13 0–323 44 1123 - 75 1898 -11–2 -269–54 0.0–16.1 - 0.0–9.7

60 1524 51 1292 32 808 0–19 0–485 67 1710 - 113 2873 -16–3 -404–81 0.0–15.8 - 0.0–9.6

72 1829 61 1551 38 969 0–23 0–582 81 2063 - 136 3458 -19–4 -485–97 0.0–15.7 - 0.0–9.5

80 2032 68 1723 42 1077 0–25 0–646 90 2298 - 151 3848 -21–4 -538–108 0.0–15.7 - 0.0–9.5

84 2134 71 1809 45 1131 0–27 0–678 95 2415 - 159 4043 -22–4 -565–113 0.0–15.7 - 0.0–9.5

90 2286 76 1939 48 1212 0–29 0–727 102 2591 - 171 4336 -24–5 -606–121 0.0–15.7 - 0.0–9.5

100 2540 85 2154 53 1346 0–32 0–808 114 2885 - 190 4823 -26–5 -673–135 0.0–15.6 - 0.0–9.5

120 3048 102 2585 64 1615 0–38 0–969 137 3472 - 228 5799 -32–6 -808–162 0.0–15.6 - 0.0–9.5

150 3810 127 3231 79 2019 0–48 0–1212 171 4354 - 286 7261 -40–8 -1010–202 0.0–15.6 - 0.0–9.5

180 4572 153 3877 95 2423 0–57 0–1454 206 5235 - 343 8724 -48–10 -1212–242 0.0–15.5 - 0.0–9.5

200 5080 170 4308 106 2692 0–64 0–1615 229 5822 - 382 9699 -53–11 -1346–269 0.0–15.5 - 0.0–9.5

210 5334 178 4523 111 2827 0–67 0–1696 241 6116 - 401 10187 -56–11 -1414–283 0.0–15.5 - 0.0–9.5

240 6096 204 5169 127 3231 0–76 0–1939 275 6997 - 459 11649 -64–13 -1615–323 0.0–15.5 - 0.0–9.4

270 6858 229 5816 143 3635 0–86 0–2181 310 7878 - 516 13112 -72–14 -1817–363 0.0–15.5 - 0.0–9.4

300 7620 254 6462 159 4039 0–95 0–2423 345 8759 - 574 14575 -79–16 -2019–404 0.0–15.5 - 0.0–9.4

Screen฀center

Lens฀center

Screen฀bottom

144

6. Installation and Connections

WARNING

*฀Installing฀your฀projector฀on฀the฀ceiling฀must฀be฀done฀

by฀a฀qualied฀technician.฀Contact฀your฀NEC฀dealer฀for฀

more฀information.

*฀Do฀not฀attempt฀to฀install฀the฀projector฀yourself.

•฀Only฀use฀your฀projector฀on฀a฀solid,฀level฀surface.฀If฀the฀

projector฀falls฀to฀the฀ground,฀you฀can฀be฀injured฀and฀

the฀projector฀severely฀damaged.

•฀Do฀not฀use฀the฀projector฀where฀temperatures฀vary฀

greatly.฀The฀projector฀must฀be฀used฀at฀temperatures฀

between฀41°F฀(5°C)฀and฀104°F฀(40°C)฀(Eco฀mode฀

selected฀automatically฀at฀95°F฀to฀104°F/35°C฀to฀

40°C).

•฀Do฀not฀expose฀the฀projector฀to฀moisture,฀dust,฀or฀

smoke.฀This฀will฀harm฀the฀screen฀image.

•฀Ensure฀that฀you฀have฀adequate฀ventilation฀around฀

your฀projector฀so฀heat฀can฀dissipate.฀Do฀not฀cover฀the฀

vents฀on฀the฀side฀or฀the฀front฀of฀the฀projector.

Reecting฀the฀Image

Using฀a฀mirror฀to฀reect฀your฀projector’s฀image฀enables฀

you฀to฀enjoy฀a฀much฀larger฀image฀when฀a฀smaller฀space฀

is฀required.฀Contact฀your฀NEC฀dealer฀if฀you฀need฀a฀mirror฀

system.฀If฀you’re฀using฀a฀mirror฀system฀and฀your฀image฀

is฀inverted,฀use฀the฀MENU฀and฀▲▼◀▶฀buttons฀on฀your฀

projector฀cabinet฀or฀your฀remote฀control฀to฀correct฀the฀

orientation.฀(฀page฀

105)

145

6. Installation and Connections

Computer cable (VGA) (supplied)

To mini D-Sub 15-pin connector on the

projector.฀It฀is฀recommended฀that฀you฀

use a commercially available distribu-

tion ampliﬁer if connecting a signal

cable longer than the cable supplied.

NOTE:฀For฀Mac,฀use฀a฀commercially฀avail-

able฀pin฀adapter฀(not฀supplied)฀to฀connect฀

to฀your฀Mac’s฀video฀port.

A commercially available USB cable

(compatible with USB 2.0 speciﬁcations)

Stereo mini-plug audio

cable (not supplied)

❷ Making Connections

NOTE:฀When฀using฀with฀a฀notebook฀PC,฀be฀sure฀to฀connect฀the฀projector฀and฀notebook฀PC฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀standby฀mode฀

and฀before฀turning฀on฀the฀power฀to฀the฀notebook฀PC.

In฀most฀cases฀the฀output฀signal฀from฀the฀notebook฀PC฀is฀not฀turned฀on฀unless฀connected฀to฀the฀projector฀before฀being฀powered฀up.

*฀If฀the฀screen฀goes฀blank฀while฀using฀your฀remote฀control,฀it฀may฀be฀the฀result฀of฀the฀computer’s฀screen-saver฀or฀power฀manage-

ment฀software.

Enabling the computer’s external display

Displaying฀an฀image฀on฀the฀notebook฀PC’s฀screen฀does฀not฀necessarily฀mean฀it฀outputs฀a฀signal฀to฀the฀projector.

When฀using฀a฀PC฀compatible฀laptop,฀a฀combination฀of฀function฀keys฀will฀enable/disable฀the฀external฀display.

Usually,฀the฀combination฀of฀the฀“Fn”฀key฀along฀with฀one฀of฀the฀12฀function฀keys฀gets฀the฀external฀display฀to฀come฀on฀

or฀off.฀For฀example,฀NEC฀laptops฀use฀Fn฀+฀F3,฀while฀Dell฀laptops฀use฀Fn฀+฀F8฀key฀combinations฀to฀toggle฀through฀

external฀display฀selections.

Connecting Your Computer

NOTE:฀Signals฀supported฀by฀Plug฀&฀Play฀(DDC2B)

INPUT

COMPUTER IN HDMI 1 IN HDMI 2 IN

analog digital digital

Yes Yes Yes

HDMI฀cable฀(not฀supplied)

Use฀High฀Speed฀HDMI

Cable.

146

6. Installation and Connections

•฀Select฀the฀source฀name฀for฀its฀appropriate฀input฀connector฀after฀turning฀on฀the฀projector.

Input฀connector

SOURCE฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀

cabinet

Button฀on฀the฀remote฀control

COMPUTER฀IN

฀COMPUTER(COMPUTER฀1)

HDMI฀1฀IN

฀HDMI1HDMI

HDMI฀2฀IN

฀HDMI2HDMI

USB฀(PC)

฀USB฀DISPLAY(USB฀DISPLAY)

NOTE:฀The฀projector฀is฀not฀compatible฀with฀video฀decoded฀outputs฀of฀the฀NEC฀ISS-6020฀switcher.

NOTE:฀An฀image฀may฀not฀be฀displayed฀correctly฀when฀a฀Video฀or฀S-Video฀source฀is฀played฀back฀via฀a฀commercially฀available฀scan฀

converter.฀

This฀is฀because฀the฀projector฀will฀process฀a฀video฀signal฀as฀a฀computer฀signal฀at฀the฀default฀setting.฀In฀that฀case,฀do฀the฀following.

*฀When฀an฀image฀is฀displayed฀with฀the฀lower฀and฀upper฀black฀portion฀of฀the฀screen฀or฀a฀dark฀image฀is฀not฀displayed฀correctly:

฀Project฀an฀image฀to฀ll฀the฀screen฀and฀then฀press฀the฀AUTO฀ADJ.฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projector฀cabinet.

NOTE:฀When฀Viewing฀a฀DVI฀Digital฀Signal

•฀Use฀a฀DVI-to-HDMI฀cable฀compliant฀with฀DDWG฀(Digital฀Display฀Working฀Group)฀DVI฀(Digital฀Visual฀Interface)฀revision฀1.0฀stan-

dard.฀The฀cable฀should฀be฀within฀197"/5฀m฀long.

•฀Turn฀off฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀PC฀before฀connecting฀the฀DVI-to-HDMI฀cable.

•฀To฀project฀a฀DVI฀digital฀signal:฀Connect฀the฀cables,฀turn฀the฀projector฀on,฀then฀select฀the฀HDMI฀input.฀Finally,฀turn฀on฀your฀PC.

฀Failure฀to฀do฀so฀may฀not฀activate฀the฀digital฀output฀of฀the฀graphics฀card฀resulting฀in฀no฀picture฀being฀displayed.฀Should฀this฀happen,฀

restart฀your฀PC.

•฀Some฀graphics฀cards฀have฀both฀analog฀RGB฀(15-pin฀D-Sub)฀and฀DVI฀(or฀DFP)฀outputs.฀Use฀of฀the฀15-pin฀D-Sub฀connector฀may฀

result฀in฀no฀picture฀being฀displayed฀from฀the฀digital฀output฀of฀the฀graphics฀card.

•฀Do฀not฀disconnect฀the฀DVI-to-HDMI฀cable฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀running.฀If฀the฀signal฀cable฀has฀been฀disconnected฀and฀then฀

reconnected,฀an฀image฀may฀not฀be฀correctly฀displayed.฀Should฀this฀happen,฀restart฀your฀PC.

฀

NOTE:฀When฀[VIEWER],฀[NETWORK],฀or฀[USB฀DISPLAY]฀is฀selected฀for฀[SOURCE],฀sound฀from฀the฀COMPUTER฀AUDIO฀IN฀mini฀jack฀

will฀be฀output฀through฀the฀speaker.฀The฀[VIEWER]฀and฀[NETWORK]฀are฀not฀supported฀by฀PE501X.

฀

NOTE:฀HDMI฀input฀signal

Disconnecting฀and฀connecting฀the฀HDMI฀cable฀may฀result฀in฀no฀picture฀being฀displayed฀from฀the฀HDMI฀equipment฀while฀the฀projec-

tor฀is฀running.฀

Should฀this฀happen,฀select฀the฀HDMI฀input฀again.฀

<Two฀ways฀to฀select฀the฀HDMI฀input>฀

•฀Press฀the฀HDMI฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control.฀

•฀Press฀the฀MENU฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet,฀then฀select฀[HDMI]฀from฀[SOURCE].฀

147

6. Installation and Connections

Connecting an External Monitor

You฀can฀connect฀a฀separate,฀external฀monitor฀to฀your฀projector฀to฀simultaneously฀view฀on฀a฀monitor฀the฀computer฀

analog฀image฀you’re฀projecting.

NOTE:

•฀Daisy฀chain฀connection฀is฀not฀possible.

•฀When฀audio฀equipment฀is฀connected,฀the฀projector฀speaker฀is฀disabled.

Computer

cable (VGA)

(supplied)

Stereo mini-plug audio cable

(not supplied)

Computer cable (VGA)

(not supplied)

148

6. Installation and Connections

Connecting Your DVD Player or Other AV Equipment

Connecting฀Video/S-Video฀Input

•฀Select฀the฀source฀name฀for฀its฀appropriate฀input฀connector฀after฀turning฀on฀the฀projector.

Input฀connector

SOURCE฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀

cabinet

Button฀on฀the฀remote฀control

VIDEO฀IN

฀VIDEO

(VIDEO)

S-VIDEO฀IN

฀S-VIDEO

(S-VIDEO)

NOTE:฀The฀AUDIO฀IN฀L฀and฀R฀jacks฀(RCA)฀are฀shared฀between฀the฀Video฀and฀S-Video฀inputs.

NOTE:฀Refer฀to฀your฀VCR฀owner’s฀manual฀for฀more฀information฀about฀your฀equipment’s฀video฀output฀requirements.

NOTE:฀An฀image฀may฀not฀be฀displayed฀correctly฀when฀a฀Video฀or฀S-Video฀source฀is฀played฀back฀in฀fast-forward฀or฀fast-rewind฀via฀

a฀scan฀converter.

Audio cable (not supplied)

S-Video cable (not supplied)

Video cable (not supplied)

Audio equipment

Audio cable (not supplied)

149

6. Installation and Connections

Connecting Component Input

฀A฀component฀signal฀will฀be฀automatically฀displayed.฀If฀not,฀from฀the฀menu,฀select฀[SETUP]฀฀[OPTIONS(1)]฀

[SIGNAL฀SELECT]฀฀[COMPUTER],฀and฀then฀place฀a฀check฀mark฀in฀the฀Component฀radio฀button.

•฀Select฀the฀source฀name฀for฀its฀appropriate฀input฀connector฀after฀turning฀on฀the฀projector.

Input฀connector

SOURCE฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀

cabinet

Button฀on฀the฀remote฀control

COMPUTER฀IN

฀COMPUTER(COMPUTER฀1)

NOTE:฀Refer฀to฀your฀DVD฀player’s฀owner’s฀manual฀for฀more฀information฀about฀your฀DVD฀player’s฀video฀output฀requirements.

Audio cable (not supplied)

15-pin - to - RCA (female)

× 3 cable adapter (ADP-

CV1E)

Stereo mini plug - to - RCA audio

cable (not supplied)

Component video RCA × 3

cable (not supplied)

DVD player

Audio Equipment

150

6. Installation and Connections

Connecting HDMI Input

You฀can฀connect฀the฀HDMI฀output฀of฀your฀DVD฀player,฀hard฀disk฀player,฀Blu-ray฀player,฀or฀notebook฀type฀PC฀to฀the฀

HDMI฀IN฀connector฀of฀your฀projector.

NOTE:฀The฀HDMI฀1฀IN/HDMI฀2฀IN฀connector฀supports฀Plug฀&฀Play฀(DDC2B).

Audio cable (not supplied)

HDMI฀cable฀(not฀supplied)

Use฀High฀Speed฀HDMI

Cable.

Input฀connector

SOURCE฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀

cabinet

Button฀on฀the฀remote฀control

HDMI฀1฀IN

฀HDMI1HDMI

HDMI฀2฀IN

฀HDMI2HDMI

TIP:฀For฀users฀of฀audio฀video฀equipment฀with฀an฀HDMI฀connector:

Select฀“Enhanced”฀rather฀than฀“Normal”฀if฀HDMI฀output฀is฀switchable฀between฀“Enhanced”฀and฀“Normal”.

This฀will฀provide฀improved฀image฀contrast฀and฀more฀detailed฀dark฀areas.

For฀more฀information฀on฀settings,฀refer฀to฀the฀instruction฀manual฀of฀the฀audio฀video฀equipment฀to฀be฀connected.

•฀When฀connecting฀the฀HDMI฀1฀IN฀(or฀HDMI฀2฀IN)฀connector฀of฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀DVD฀player,฀the฀projector’s฀video฀

level฀can฀be฀made฀settings฀in฀accordance฀with฀the฀DVD฀player’s฀video฀level.฀In฀the฀menu฀select฀[HDMI฀SETTINGS]฀

฀[HDMI1]฀(or฀[HDMI2])฀฀[VIDEO฀LEVEL]฀and฀make฀necessary฀settings.

•฀If฀the฀HDMI฀input฀sound฀cannot฀be฀heard,฀in฀the฀menu฀select฀[AUDIO฀SELECT]฀฀[HDMI1]฀(or฀[HDMI2]).฀

151

6. Installation and Connections

Connecting to a Wired LAN (not supported by PE501X)

The฀projector฀comes฀standard฀with฀a฀LAN฀port฀(RJ-45)฀which฀provides฀a฀LAN฀connection฀using฀a฀LAN฀cable.฀

To฀use฀a฀LAN฀connection,฀you฀are฀required฀to฀set฀the฀LAN฀on฀the฀projector฀menu.฀Select฀[SETUP]฀฀[WIRED฀LAN].฀

(฀page฀

120).

Example฀of฀LAN฀connection

Example฀of฀wired฀LAN฀connection

LAN

Server

Hub

LAN cable (not supplied)

NOTE:฀Use฀a฀Category฀5฀or฀higher฀LAN฀

cable.

152

6. Installation and Connections

Connecting to a Wireless LAN (Optional: NP02LM series) (not supported by PE501X)

The฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀also฀provides฀a฀wireless฀LAN฀connection.฀To฀use฀a฀wireless฀LAN฀connection,฀you฀are฀

required฀to฀assign฀an฀IP฀address฀to฀the฀projector.

Important:

•฀If฀you฀use฀the฀projector฀with฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀in฀the฀area฀where฀the฀use฀of฀wireless฀LAN฀equipment฀is฀

prohibited,฀remove฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀from฀the฀projector.

•฀Buy฀the฀appropriate฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀for฀your฀country฀or฀area.

NOTE:฀

•฀The฀green฀LED฀on฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀ashes฀to฀show฀that฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀is฀working.

•฀Your฀computer’s฀wireless฀LAN฀adapter฀(or฀unit)฀must฀be฀complied฀with฀Wi-Fi฀(IEEE802.11b/g/n)฀standard.

Flow฀of฀Setting฀Wireless฀LAN

Step 1:฀Attach฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀to฀the฀projector.

Step 2:฀Connect฀the฀computer฀to฀the฀projector฀via฀wired฀LAN.฀(฀page฀151)

฀Use฀the฀computer’s฀browser฀to฀display฀the฀projector’s฀HTTP฀server.฀(฀page฀42)

Step 3:

฀Use฀an฀HTTP฀server฀to฀set฀the฀wireless฀LAN.฀(฀page฀45)

฀Access฀the฀HTTP฀server฀function฀to฀set฀[NETWORK฀SETTINGS]฀฀[SETTINGS]฀฀[WIRELESS]฀

[EASY฀CONNECTION],฀[SIMPLE฀ACCESS฀POINT],฀[PROFILE1]฀or฀[PROFILE2].

NOTE:฀

•฀To฀use฀the฀HTTP฀server฀function,฀the฀projector฀must฀be฀connected฀to฀a฀network.

฀First฀use฀the฀wired฀LAN฀to฀connect฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀network฀and฀then฀use฀the฀HTTP฀server฀to฀set฀the฀wireless฀LAN.

•฀After฀setting฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀by฀using฀the฀HTTP฀server,฀set฀[NETWORK฀SETTINGS]฀฀[SETTINGS]฀฀[WIRED]฀฀[DISABLE]

When฀switching฀to฀set฀on฀the฀projector฀after฀connecting฀to฀the฀wireless฀LAN:

Use฀the฀menu฀to฀set฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀connection฀for฀the฀projector.฀

(฀page฀

120)

Select฀[DISABLE],฀[EASY฀CONNECTION],฀[SIMPLE฀ACCESS฀POINT],฀[PROFILE1]฀or฀[PROFILE2]฀you฀set฀from฀the฀

HTTP฀server.

Attaching฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit

NOTE:

•฀The฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀must฀be฀inserted฀into฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀port฀in฀the฀correct฀direction.฀It฀cannot฀be฀inserted฀

in฀the฀reverse฀direction.฀If฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀is฀inserted฀in฀the฀reverse฀direction฀with฀excessive฀force฀applied,฀the฀USB฀

port฀may฀break.

•฀Before฀touching฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit,฀touch฀a฀metallic฀object฀(such฀as฀a฀door฀knob฀or฀aluminum฀window฀frame)฀to฀discharge฀

the฀static฀electricity฀from฀your฀body.

•฀Always฀insert฀or฀remove฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀unit฀when฀the฀main฀power฀is฀turned฀off.฀Failure฀to฀do฀so฀may฀cause฀projector฀

malfunction฀or฀damage฀to฀the฀USB฀wireless฀LAN฀unit.฀If฀the฀projector฀will฀not฀work฀correctly,฀turn฀off฀the฀projector,฀disconnect฀

the฀power฀cord,฀and฀then฀connect฀it฀again.

•฀Do฀not฀insert฀other฀USB฀devices฀into฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀unit฀port.฀Do฀not฀insert฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀unit฀into฀the฀USB฀(PC)฀

port฀(Type฀B).

•฀Although฀the฀PE501X฀does฀not฀support฀wireless฀LAN,฀a฀wireless฀mark฀(฀฀)฀is฀shown฀on฀the฀cabinet.

153

6. Installation and Connections

Prepare฀a฀Phillips฀screw฀driver฀beforehand.

1.฀Press฀the฀POWER฀button฀to฀turn฀off฀the฀projector฀and฀set฀it฀

into฀standby฀condition,฀and฀disconnect฀the฀power฀cord.

2.฀Remove฀the฀USB฀(LAN)฀port฀cover.

Loosen the screw securing the port cover.

฀•฀The฀screw฀is฀not฀removable.฀

3.฀Slowly฀insert฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀into฀the฀USB฀(LAN)฀

port.

Remove the cap from the USB Wireless LAN Unit, and then insert

it with the surface (side of indicator) facing outward. Keep the cap

for later use.

NOTE:฀Do฀not฀force฀to฀insert฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit.

4.฀Put฀the฀USB฀(LAN)฀port฀cover฀back฀into฀place.

฀Insert฀the฀catch฀of฀the฀USB฀(LAN)฀port฀cover฀into฀the฀groove฀of฀the฀

projector cabinet, and then tighten the screw to secure the port

cover.

To฀remove฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit,฀disconnect฀the฀power฀cord฀

and฀use฀the฀above฀procedure.

NOTE:฀

•฀The฀green฀LED฀on฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀ashes฀to฀show฀that฀Wireless฀

LAN฀Unit฀is฀working.฀If฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀is฀incorrectly฀attached,฀

the฀blue฀LED฀will฀not฀ash.

•฀Do฀not฀press฀the฀button฀on฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit.฀The฀button฀will฀not฀

work฀with฀this฀model.

154

6. Installation and Connections

Example฀of฀wireless฀LAN฀connection

(Network฀Type฀฀Infrastructure)

PC with wireless

LAN card inserted

PC with built-in wireless

LAN function

Wired LAN

Wireless access point

USB Wireless LAN Unit

To฀enable฀direct฀communication฀(i.e.,฀peer-to-peer)฀between฀personal฀computers฀and฀projectors,฀you฀need฀to฀

select฀the฀Ad฀Hoc฀mode.

Use฀the฀HTTP฀server฀function฀to฀make฀the฀settings.฀(฀page฀42)

PC with wireless

LAN card inserted

PC with built-in wireless

LAN function

Use฀the฀HTTP฀server฀function฀to฀make฀the฀settings.฀(฀page฀42)

Example฀of฀wireless฀LAN฀connection฀(Network฀Type฀฀Ad฀Hoc)

USB Wireless LAN Unit

155

6. Installation and Connections

Attaching the Optional Cable Cover (NP03CV)

An฀optional฀cable฀cover฀(NP03CV)฀is฀available฀for฀hiding฀cables.

The฀NP03CV฀cable฀cover฀is฀designed฀for฀use฀with฀the฀P฀series฀projectors.

CAUTION:

•฀Be฀sure฀to฀tighten฀the฀screws฀after฀attaching฀the฀cable฀cover.฀Failure฀to฀do฀so฀may฀cause฀the฀cable฀cover฀to฀come฀

off฀and฀fall,฀resulting฀in฀injury฀or฀damage฀to฀the฀cable฀cover.

•฀Do฀not฀put฀bundled฀cables฀in฀the฀cable฀cover.฀Failure฀to฀do฀so฀may฀damage฀the฀power฀cord,฀resulting฀a฀re.

Attaching฀the฀cable฀cover

Attach฀the฀cable฀cover฀after฀installing฀the฀projector฀on฀the฀ceiling฀and฀connecting฀cables.

Tool฀needed฀for฀attaching:

•฀Phillips฀screwdriver฀(plus-head)

1.฀Align฀two฀tabs฀on฀the฀outside฀of฀the฀cable฀cover฀with฀grooves฀of฀the฀projector฀and฀push฀the฀top฀end.

•฀At฀the฀same฀time฀two฀tabs฀on฀the฀inside฀of฀the฀cable฀cover฀will฀be฀engaged฀in฀the฀responding฀grooves฀of฀the฀

projector.

NOTE:

•฀Be฀careful฀not฀to฀get฀cables฀caught฀in฀between฀the฀cable฀cover฀and฀the฀projector.

2.฀Tighten฀the฀cable฀cover฀screws.

•฀Be฀sure฀to฀tighten฀the฀screws.

Tabs

Removing฀the฀cable฀cover

1.฀Loosen฀the฀cable฀cover฀screws฀until฀the฀Phillips฀screwdriver฀goes฀into฀a฀freewheeling฀condition.

2.฀Remove฀the฀cable฀cover.฀

Push up the cable cover slightly and rotate it to release.

156

1.฀Push฀up฀the฀buttons฀on฀the฀left฀and฀right฀to฀release฀the฀

lter฀unit฀and฀pull฀it฀out.

2.฀Remove฀the฀lter฀unit฀by฀pulling฀out฀the฀tab.

3.฀Remove฀the฀four฀lters.

(1) Turn the ﬁlter unit over and pull out the two soft accordion

ﬁlters (large and small).

Filter cover

Filter unit

7. Maintenance

This฀section฀describes฀the฀simple฀maintenance฀procedures฀you฀should฀follow฀to฀clean฀the฀lters,฀the฀lens,฀the฀cabinet,฀

and฀to฀replace฀the฀lamp฀and฀the฀lters.

❶ Cleaning the Filters

The฀air-lter฀sponge฀keeps฀dust฀and฀dirt฀from฀getting฀inside฀the฀projector฀and฀should฀be฀frequently฀cleaned.฀If฀the฀lter฀

is฀dirty฀or฀clogged,฀your฀projector฀may฀overheat.

NOTE:฀The฀message฀for฀lter฀cleaning฀will฀be฀displayed฀for฀one฀minute฀after฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on฀or฀off.฀When฀the฀message฀is฀

displayed,฀clean฀the฀lters.฀The฀time฀to฀clean฀the฀lters฀is฀set฀to฀[OFF]฀at฀time฀of฀shipment.

To฀cancel฀the฀message,฀press฀any฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀or฀the฀remote฀control.

The฀two-layer฀lter฀on฀the฀projector฀improves฀cooling฀and฀dust-proof฀capabilities฀compared฀with฀the฀conventional฀

models.

The฀outsides฀(intake฀side)฀of฀the฀rst฀and฀second฀layer฀lters฀remove฀dust.

To฀clean฀the฀lter,฀detach฀the฀lter฀unit฀and฀the฀lter฀cover.

CAUTION

•฀Before฀cleaning฀the฀lters,฀turn฀off฀the฀projector,฀disconnect฀the฀power฀cord฀and฀then฀allow฀the฀cabinet฀to฀cool.฀

Failure฀to฀do฀so฀can฀result฀in฀electric฀shock฀or฀burn฀injuries.

157

7. Maintenance

(2) Push the left end of each ﬁlter and remove the hard two

honeycomb ﬁlters (large and small).

฀•฀฀The฀large฀lter฀cannot฀be฀removed฀by฀pushing฀on฀its฀right฀

end.

4.฀Use฀a฀vacuum฀cleaner฀to฀vacuum฀all฀the฀dust฀inside.

Get rid of dust in the accordion ﬁlter

NOTE:฀

•฀Whenever฀you฀vacuum฀the฀lter,฀use฀the฀soft฀brush฀attachment฀to฀

vacuum.฀This฀is฀to฀avoid฀damage฀to฀the฀lter.

•฀Do฀not฀wash฀the฀lter฀with฀water.฀Doing฀so฀can฀result฀in฀lter฀clog-

ging.

5.฀Remove฀dust฀from฀the฀lter฀unit฀and฀the฀lter฀cover.

Clean both outside and inside.

6.฀Attach฀the฀four฀lters฀to฀the฀lter฀unit.

(1)฀Insert฀the฀left฀end฀of฀each฀hard฀honeycomb฀lter฀(large฀and฀

small) ﬁrst and then the right end of each hard honeycomb

ﬁlter to the ﬁlter unit.

฀•฀฀The฀large฀lter฀cannot฀be฀tted฀if฀its฀right฀end฀is฀inserted.

(2) Turn the ﬁlter unit over.

฀•฀฀Attach฀the฀two฀soft฀accordion฀lters฀(large฀and฀small).฀Each฀

accordion ﬁlter has a slit on it. Align the slit with each pro-

trusion of the ﬁlter unit.

Slit

158

7. Maintenance

7.฀Put฀the฀lter฀unit฀back฀to฀the฀projector฀cabinet.

฀Make฀sure฀that฀the฀lter฀unit฀is฀placed฀in฀the฀correct฀orienta-

tion.

8.฀Put฀the฀lter฀cover฀back฀to฀the฀projector฀cabinet.

฀Insert฀two฀catches฀of฀the฀top฀side฀of฀the฀lter฀cover฀into฀the฀

groove of the cabinet, and push the buttons on the left and right

to close the ﬁlter cover.

•฀Push฀the฀lter฀cover฀until฀it฀clicks฀into฀place.

9.฀Clear฀the฀lter฀usage฀hours.

Plug the power cord into the wall outlet, and then turn on the

projector.

From the menu, select [RESET]

฀[CLEAR฀FILTER฀HOURS].฀

( page 117)

The interval time to clean the ﬁlters is set to [OFF] at time of

shipment. When using the projector as it is, you do not clear

the ﬁlter usage

159

7. Maintenance

❷ Cleaning the Lens

•฀Turn฀off฀the฀projector฀before฀cleaning.

•฀The฀projector฀has฀a฀plastic฀lens.฀Use฀a฀commercially฀available฀plastic฀lens฀cleaner.

•฀Do฀not฀scratch฀or฀mar฀the฀lens฀surface฀as฀a฀plastic฀lens฀is฀easily฀scratched.

•฀Never฀use฀alcohol฀or฀glass฀lens฀cleaner฀as฀doing฀so฀will฀cause฀damage฀to฀the฀plastic฀lens฀surface.

❸ Cleaning the Cabinet

Turn฀off฀the฀projector,฀and฀unplug฀the฀projector฀before฀cleaning.

•฀Use฀a฀dry฀soft฀cloth฀to฀wipe฀dust฀off฀the฀cabinet.

฀If฀heavily฀soiled,฀use฀a฀mild฀detergent.฀

•฀Never฀use฀strong฀detergents฀or฀solvents฀such฀as฀alcohol฀or฀thinner.฀

•฀When฀cleaning฀the฀ventilation฀slits฀or฀the฀speaker฀using฀a฀vacuum฀cleaner,฀do฀not฀force฀the฀brush฀of฀the฀vacuum฀

cleaner฀into฀the฀slits฀of฀the฀cabinet.

Vacuum the dust off the ventilation slits.

•฀Clogged฀ventilation฀slits฀may฀cause฀a฀rise฀in฀the฀internal฀temperature฀of฀the฀projector,฀resulting฀in฀malfunction.

•฀Do฀not฀scratch฀or฀hit฀the฀cabinet฀with฀your฀ngers฀or฀any฀hard฀objects

•฀Contact฀your฀dealer฀for฀cleaning฀the฀inside฀of฀the฀projector.

NOTE:฀Do฀not฀apply฀volatile฀agent฀such฀as฀insecticide฀on฀the฀cabinet,฀the฀lens,฀or฀the฀screen.฀Do฀not฀leave฀a฀rubber฀or฀vinyl฀product฀

in฀prolonged฀contact฀with฀it.฀Otherwise฀the฀surface฀nish฀will฀be฀deteriorated฀or฀the฀coating฀may฀be฀stripped฀off.฀

160

7. Maintenance

❹ Replacing the Lamp and the Filters

When฀the฀lamp฀reaches฀the฀end฀of฀its฀life,฀the฀LAMP฀indicator฀in฀the฀cabinet฀will฀blink฀red฀and฀the฀message฀“THE฀

LAMP฀HAS฀REACHED฀THE฀END฀OF฀ITS฀USABLE฀LIFE.฀PLEASE฀REPLACE฀THE฀LAMP฀AND฀FILTER.”฀will฀appear฀

(*).฀Even฀though฀the฀lamp฀may฀still฀be฀working,฀replace฀the฀lamp฀to฀maintain฀the฀optimal฀projector฀performance.฀After฀

replacing฀the฀lamp,฀be฀sure฀to฀clear฀the฀lamp฀hour฀meter.฀(฀page฀

117)

CAUTION

•฀DO฀NOT฀TOUCH฀THE฀LAMP฀immediately฀after฀it฀has฀been฀used.฀It฀will฀be฀extremely฀hot.฀Turn฀the฀projector฀

off฀and฀then฀disconnect฀the฀power฀cord.฀Allow฀at฀least฀one฀hour฀for฀the฀lamp฀to฀cool฀before฀handling.

•฀Use฀the฀specied฀lamp฀for฀safety฀and฀performance.

฀To฀order฀the฀replacement฀lamp,฀specify฀your฀lamp฀type.

฀Replacement฀lamp:

฀NP23LP

฀The฀replacement฀lamp฀comes฀with฀lters.฀

•฀DO฀NOT฀REMOVE฀ANY฀SCREWS฀except฀one฀lamp฀cover฀screw฀and฀two฀lamp฀housing฀screws.฀You฀could฀receive฀

an฀electric฀shock.

•฀Do฀not฀break฀the฀glass฀on฀the฀lamp฀housing.

฀Keep฀nger฀prints฀off฀the฀glass฀surface฀on฀the฀lamp฀housing.฀Leaving฀nger฀prints฀on฀the฀glass฀surface฀might฀cause฀

an฀unwanted฀shadow฀and฀poor฀picture฀quality.

•฀The฀projector฀will฀turn฀off฀and฀go฀into฀standby฀mode฀when฀you฀continue฀to฀use฀the฀projector฀for฀another฀100฀hours฀

after฀the฀lamp฀has฀reached฀the฀end฀of฀its฀life.฀If฀this฀happens,฀be฀sure฀to฀replace฀the฀lamp.฀If฀you฀continue฀to฀use฀

the฀lamp฀after฀the฀lamp฀reaches฀the฀end฀of฀its฀life,฀the฀lamp฀bulb฀may฀shatter,฀and฀pieces฀of฀glass฀may฀be฀scattered฀

in฀the฀lamp฀case.฀Do฀not฀touch฀them฀as฀the฀pieces฀of฀glass฀may฀cause฀injury.฀If฀this฀happens,฀contact฀your฀NEC฀

dealer฀for฀lamp฀replacement.

*NOTE:฀This฀message฀will฀be฀displayed฀under฀the฀following฀conditions:

•฀for฀one฀minute฀after฀the฀projector฀has฀been฀powered฀on

•฀when฀the฀

฀(POWER)฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀or฀the฀POWER฀OFF฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀is฀pressed

To฀turn฀off฀the฀message,฀press฀any฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀or฀the฀remote฀control.

Optional฀lamp฀and฀tools฀needed฀for฀replacement:

•฀Phillips฀screwdriver฀(plus-head)

•฀Replacement฀lamp

Flow of Replacing the Lamp and the Filters

Step 1. Replace the lamp

Step 2. Replace the ﬁlters (

฀page฀163)

Step 3.

฀Clear฀the฀lamp฀usage฀hours฀and฀the฀lter฀usage฀hours฀(฀page฀117)

161

7. Maintenance

2.฀Remove฀the฀lamp฀housing.

(1)฀Loosen฀the฀two฀screws฀securing฀the฀lamp฀housing฀until฀the฀phillips฀screwdriver฀goes฀into฀a฀freewheeling฀condi-

tion.

฀•฀The฀two฀screws฀are฀not฀removable.

฀•฀฀There฀is฀an฀interlock฀on฀this฀case฀to฀prevent฀the฀risk฀of฀electrical฀shock.฀Do฀not฀attempt฀to฀circumvent฀this฀

interlock.

(2)฀Remove฀the฀lamp฀housing฀by฀holding฀it.

CAUTION:

Make฀sure฀that฀the฀lamp฀housing฀is฀cool฀enough฀to฀before฀removing฀it.

Interlock

To฀replace฀the฀lamp:฀

1.฀Remove฀the฀lamp฀cover.

(1)฀Loosen฀the฀lamp฀cover฀screw

฀•฀The฀lamp฀cover฀screw฀is฀not฀removable.

(2)฀Push฀and฀slide฀the฀lamp฀cover฀off.

162

7. Maintenance

This฀completes฀the฀lamp฀replacement.

Go฀on฀to฀the฀lter฀replacement.

NOTE:฀When฀you฀continue฀to฀use฀the฀projector฀for฀another฀100฀hours฀after฀the฀lamp฀has฀reached฀the฀end฀of฀its฀life,฀the฀projector฀

cannot฀turn฀on฀and฀the฀menu฀is฀not฀displayed.

If฀this฀happens,฀press฀the฀HELP฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀for฀10฀seconds฀to฀reset฀the฀lamp฀clock฀back฀to฀zero.

When฀the฀lamp฀time฀clock฀is฀reset฀to฀zero,฀the฀LAMP฀indicator฀goes฀out.

฀

4.฀Reattach฀the฀lamp฀cover.

(1)฀Slide฀the฀lamp฀cover฀back฀until฀it฀snaps฀into฀place.

(2)฀Tighten฀the฀screw฀to฀secure฀the฀lamp฀cover.

฀•฀Be฀sure฀to฀tighten฀the฀screw.

3.฀Install฀a฀new฀lamp฀housing.

(1)฀Insert฀a฀new฀lamp฀housing฀until฀the฀lamp฀housing฀is฀plugged฀into฀the฀socket.฀

(2)฀Push฀the฀top฀center฀of฀the฀lamp฀housing฀to฀secure฀it.

(3)฀Secure฀it฀in฀place฀with฀the฀two฀screws.

฀•฀Be฀sure฀to฀tighten฀the฀screws.

163

7. Maintenance

To฀replace฀the฀lters:

Four฀lters฀are฀packaged฀with฀the฀replacement฀lamp.

Honeycomb฀lter฀(coarse฀mesh):฀Large฀and฀small฀sizes฀(attached฀to฀the฀outside฀of฀the฀lter฀unit)

Accordion฀lter฀(ne฀mesh):฀Large฀and฀small฀sizes฀(attached฀to฀the฀inside฀of฀the฀lter฀unit)

NOTE:฀

•฀Replace฀all฀four฀lters฀at฀the฀same฀time.

•฀Before฀replacing฀the฀lters,฀wipe฀off฀dust฀and฀dirt฀from฀the฀projector฀cabinet.฀

•฀The฀projector฀is฀precision฀equipment.฀Keep฀out฀dust฀and฀dirt฀during฀lter฀replacement.

•฀Do฀not฀wash฀the฀lters฀with฀soap฀and฀water.฀Soap฀and฀water฀will฀damage฀the฀lter฀membrane.฀

•฀Put฀lters฀into฀place.฀Incorrect฀attachment฀of฀a฀lter฀may฀cause฀dust฀and฀dirt฀to฀get฀into฀the฀inside฀of฀the฀projector.฀

Before฀replacing฀the฀lters,฀replace฀the฀lamp.฀(฀page฀

160)

1.฀Push฀up฀the฀buttons฀on฀the฀left฀and฀right฀to฀release฀the฀lter฀unit฀and฀pull฀it฀out.

Filter cover

2.฀Remove฀the฀lter฀unit฀by฀pulling฀out฀the฀tab.

Filter unit

3.฀Remove฀the฀four฀lters.

(1) Turn the ﬁlter unit over and pull out the two soft accordion ﬁlters (large and small).

164

7. Maintenance

(2) Push the left end of each ﬁlter and remove the hard two honeycomb ﬁlters (large and small).

฀•฀The฀large฀lter฀cannot฀be฀removed฀by฀pushing฀on฀its฀right฀end.

4.฀Remove฀dust฀from฀the฀lter฀unit฀and฀the฀lter฀cover.

Clean both outside and inside.

5.฀Attach฀four฀new฀lters฀to฀the฀lter฀unit.

(1)฀Insert฀the฀left฀end฀of฀each฀hard฀honeycomb฀lter฀(large฀and฀small)฀rst฀and฀then฀the฀right฀end฀of฀each฀hard฀

honeycomb ﬁlter to the ﬁlter unit.

฀•฀฀The฀large฀lter฀cannot฀be฀tted฀if฀its฀right฀end฀is฀inserted.

(2) Turn the ﬁlter unit over.

฀•฀฀Attach฀the฀two฀soft฀accordion฀lters฀(large฀and฀small).฀Each฀accordion฀lter฀has฀a฀slit฀on฀it.฀Align฀the฀slit฀with฀

each protrusion of the ﬁlter unit.

6.฀Put฀the฀lter฀unit฀back฀to฀the฀projector฀cabinet.

฀Make฀sure฀that฀the฀lter฀unit฀is฀placed฀in฀the฀correct฀orientation.

7.฀Put฀the฀lter฀cover฀back฀to฀the฀projector฀cabinet.

฀Insert฀two฀catches฀of฀the฀top฀side฀of฀the฀lter฀cover฀into฀the฀groove฀of฀the฀cabinet,฀and฀push฀the฀buttons฀on฀the฀left฀

and right to close the ﬁlter cover.

฀Push฀the฀lter฀cover฀until฀it฀clicks฀into฀place.

This฀completes฀the฀lter฀replacement.

Go฀on฀to฀the฀clearing฀lamp฀and฀lter฀hour฀meters.

To฀clear฀the฀lamp฀usage฀hours฀and฀the฀lter฀usage฀hours:

1.฀Place฀the฀projector฀where฀you฀use฀it.

2.฀Plug฀the฀power฀cord฀into฀the฀wall฀outlet,฀and฀then฀turn฀on฀the฀projector.

3.฀Clear฀the฀lamp฀usage฀hours฀and฀the฀lter฀usage฀hours.

1. From the menu, select [RESET]  [CLEAR LAMP HOURS] and reset the lamp usage hours.

2.฀Select฀[CLEAR฀FILTER฀HOURS].and฀reset฀the฀lter฀usage฀hours.฀( page 117)

165

8. User Supportware

❶ Installing Software Program

Installation for Windows software

The฀software฀programs฀except฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀for฀Mac฀OS฀and฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀5฀support฀Windows฀

8,฀Windows฀7,฀Windows฀Vista,฀and฀Windows฀XP.

NOTE:

•฀To฀install฀or฀uninstall฀each฀software฀program,฀the฀Windows฀user฀account฀must฀have฀“Administrator”฀privilege฀(Windows฀8,฀Win-

dows฀7,฀Windows฀Vista)฀or฀“Computer฀Administrator”฀privilege฀(Windows฀XP).

•฀Exit฀all฀running฀programs฀before฀installation.฀If฀another฀program฀is฀running,฀the฀installation฀may฀not฀be฀completed.

•฀To฀run฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀or฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4฀on฀Windows฀8,฀Windows฀XP฀Home฀Edition,฀and฀Windows฀XP฀Professional,฀

“Microsoft฀.NET฀Framework฀Version฀2.0”฀is฀required.฀The฀Microsoft฀.NET฀Framework฀Version฀2.0,฀3.0฀or฀3.5฀is฀available฀from฀

Microsoft’s฀web฀page.฀Download฀and฀install฀it฀on฀your฀computer.

•฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀will฀be฀installed฀to฀the฀system฀drive฀of฀your฀computer.

฀If฀the฀message฀“There฀is฀not฀enough฀free฀space฀on฀destination”฀is฀displayed,฀free฀up฀enough฀space฀(about฀100฀MB)฀to฀install฀the฀

program.

1฀Insert฀the฀accompanying฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM฀into฀your฀CD-ROM฀drive.

The menu window will be displayed.

TIP:

If฀the฀menu฀window฀will฀not฀be฀displayed,฀try฀the฀following฀procedure.

For฀Windows฀7

1.฀Click฀“start”฀on฀Windows.

2.฀Click฀“All฀Programs”฀฀“Accessories”฀฀“Run”.

3.฀Type฀your฀CD-ROM฀drive฀name฀(example:฀“Q:\”)฀and฀“LAUNCHER.EXE”฀in฀“Name”.฀(example:฀Q:\

LAUNCHER.EXE)

4.฀Click฀“OK”.

the menu window will be displayed.

166

8. User Supportware

2฀Click฀a฀software฀program฀you฀wish฀to฀install฀on฀the฀menu฀window.

The installation will start.

•฀Follow฀the฀instructions฀on฀the฀installer฀screens฀to฀complete฀the฀installation.

TIP:

Uninstalling฀a฀Software฀Program

Preparation:

Exit฀the฀software฀program฀before฀uninstalling.฀To฀uninstall฀the฀software฀program,฀the฀Windows฀user฀account฀must฀

have฀“Administrator”฀privilege฀(Windows฀8,฀Windows฀7,฀and฀Windows฀Vista)฀or฀“Computer฀Administrator”฀privilege฀

(Windows฀XP).

•฀For฀Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista

1฀Click฀“Start”฀and฀then฀“Control฀Panel”.

The Control Panel window will be displayed.

2฀Click฀“Uninstall฀a฀program”฀under฀“Programs”

฀The฀“Programs฀and฀Features”฀window฀will฀be฀displayed.

3฀Select฀the฀software฀program฀and฀click฀it.

4฀Click฀“Uninstall/Change”฀or฀“Uninstall”.

฀•฀When฀the฀“User฀Account฀Control”฀windows฀is฀displayed,฀click฀“Continue”.

Follow the instructions on the screens to complete the uninstallation.

•฀For฀Windows฀XP

1฀Click฀“Start”฀and฀then฀“Control฀Panel”.

The Control Panel window will be displayed.

2฀Double-click฀“Add฀/฀Remove฀Programs”.

฀The฀Add฀/฀Remove฀Programs฀window฀will฀be฀displayed.

3฀Click฀the฀software฀program฀from฀the฀list฀and฀then฀click฀“Remove”.

Follow the instructions on the screens to complete the uninstallation.

167

8. User Supportware

Using on Mac OS

Step 1: Install Image Express Utility Lite for Mac OS or PC Control Utility Pro 5 on the

computer.

1.฀Insert฀the฀accompanying฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM฀in฀your฀Mac฀CD-ROM฀drive.฀

฀The฀CD-ROM฀icon฀will฀be฀displayed฀on฀the฀desktop.

2.฀Double-click฀the฀CD-ROM฀icon.฀

The CD-ROM window will be displayed.

3.฀Double-click฀the฀“Mac฀OS฀X”฀folder.

4.฀Double-click฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite.dmg”฀or฀“PC฀Control฀Utility.mpkg”.฀

The installer will start.

5.฀Click฀“Next”.฀

฀“END฀USER฀LICENSE฀AGREEMENT”฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.

6.฀Read฀“END฀USER฀LICENSE฀AGREEMENT”฀and฀click฀“Next”.฀

The conﬁrmation window will be displayed

7.฀Click฀“I฀accept฀the฀terms฀in฀the฀license฀agreement”.฀

Follow the instructions on the installer screens to complete the installation.

TIP:

•฀Uninstalling฀a฀software฀program

1.฀Put฀the฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite”฀or฀“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀5”฀folder฀to฀the฀Trash฀icon.

2.฀Put฀the฀conguration฀le฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀or฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀5฀to฀the฀Trash฀icon.

•฀The฀conguration฀le฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀is฀located฀in฀“/Users/<your฀user฀name>/Library/Preferences/

jp.necds.Image-Express-Utility-Lite.plist”.

•฀The฀conguration฀le฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀5฀is฀located฀in฀“/Users/<your฀user฀name>/Application฀Data/NEC฀

Projector฀User฀Supportware/PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀5”.

168

8. User Supportware

❷ Using the Computer Cable (VGA) to Operate the Projector

(Virtual Remote Tool)

Using฀the฀utility฀software฀“Virtual฀Remote฀Tool”,฀Virtual฀Remote฀screen฀(or฀toolbar)฀can฀be฀displayed฀on฀your฀computer฀

screen.

This฀will฀help฀you฀perform฀operations฀such฀as฀projector’s฀power฀on฀or฀off฀and฀signal฀selection฀via฀the฀computer฀cable฀

(VGA),฀serial฀cable,฀or฀LAN฀connection.฀Only฀via฀serial฀or฀LAN฀connection฀it฀is฀also฀used฀to฀send฀an฀image฀to฀the฀

projector฀and฀register฀it฀as฀the฀logo฀data฀of฀the฀projector.฀After฀registering฀it,฀you฀can฀lock฀the฀logo฀to฀prevent฀it฀from฀

changing.

Control฀Functions

Power฀On/Off,฀signal฀selection,฀picture฀freeze,฀picture฀mute,฀audio฀mute,฀Logo฀transfer฀to฀the฀projector,฀and฀remote฀

control฀operation฀on฀your฀PC.

Virtual฀Remote฀screen

Remote฀Control฀WindowToolbar

This฀section฀provides฀an฀outline฀of฀preparation฀for฀use฀of฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool.

For฀information฀on฀how฀to฀use฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool,฀see฀Help฀of฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool.฀(฀page฀

172)

TIP:

•฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀can฀be฀used฀with฀a฀LAN฀and฀a฀serial฀connection.

•฀For฀update฀information฀on฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool,฀visit฀our฀website:฀

฀http://www.nec-display.com/dl/en/index.html

NOTE:

•฀When฀[COMPUTER]฀is฀selected฀from฀your฀source฀selection,฀the฀Virtual฀Remote฀screen฀or฀the฀toolbar฀will฀be฀displayed฀as฀well฀as฀

your฀computer฀screen.

•฀Use฀the฀supplied฀computer฀cable฀(VGA)฀to฀connect฀the฀COMPUTER฀IN฀connector฀directly฀with฀the฀monitor฀output฀connector฀of฀

the฀computer฀to฀use฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool.

฀Using฀a฀switcher฀or฀other฀cables฀than฀the฀supplied฀computer฀cable฀(VGA)฀may฀cause฀failure฀in฀signal฀communication.

฀VGA฀cable฀connector:

฀Pin฀Nos.฀12฀and฀15฀are฀required฀for฀DDC/CI.

•฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀may฀not฀work฀depending฀on฀your฀computer’s฀specications฀and฀version฀of฀graphic฀adapters฀or฀drivers.

•฀Logo฀data฀(graphics)฀that฀can฀be฀sent฀to฀the฀projector฀with฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀has฀the฀following฀restrictions:

฀(Only฀via฀serial฀or฀LAN฀connection)

-฀File฀size:฀Less฀than฀1฀MB฀

-฀Image฀size฀(resolution):฀

฀P501X/P451X/PE501X:฀Horizontal฀1024฀dots฀×฀vertical฀768฀dots฀or฀less

฀P451W/P401W:฀Horizontal฀1280฀dots฀×฀vertical฀800฀dots฀or฀less

-฀Number฀of฀colors:฀256฀colors฀or฀less

TIP:

•฀The฀projector’s฀COMPUTER฀IN฀connector฀supports฀DDC/CI฀(Display฀Data฀Channel฀Command฀Interface).฀DDC/CI฀is฀a฀standard฀

interface฀for฀bidirectional฀communication฀between฀display/projector฀and฀computer.

169

8. User Supportware

Step 1: Install Virtual Remote Tool on the computer

NOTE:

•฀To฀install฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool,฀the฀Windows฀user฀account฀must฀have฀“Administrator”฀privilege฀(Windows฀8,฀Windows฀7,฀Windows฀

Vista฀and฀Windows฀XP).฀

•฀Exit฀all฀running฀programs฀before฀installing฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool.฀If฀another฀program฀is฀running,฀the฀installation฀may฀not฀be฀com-

pleted.฀

1฀Insert฀the฀accompanying฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM฀into฀your฀CD-ROM฀drive.

The menu window will be displayed.

TIP:

If฀the฀menu฀window฀will฀not฀be฀displayed,฀try฀the฀following฀procedure.

For฀Windows฀7

1.฀Click฀“start”฀on฀Windows.

2.฀Click฀“All฀Programs”฀฀“Accessories”฀฀“Run”.

3.฀Type฀your฀CD-ROM฀drive฀name฀(example:฀“Q:\”)฀and฀“LAUNCHER.EXE”฀in฀“Name”.฀(example:฀Q:\

LAUNCHER.EXE)

4.฀Click฀“OK”.

the menu window will be displayed.

2฀Click฀a฀software฀program฀you฀wish฀to฀install฀on฀the฀menu฀window.

The installation will start.

•฀Follow฀the฀instructions฀on฀the฀installer฀screens฀to฀complete฀the฀installation.

170

8. User Supportware

TIP:

Uninstalling฀Software฀Program

Preparation:

Exit฀the฀software฀program฀before฀uninstalling.฀To฀uninstall฀the฀software฀program,฀the฀Windows฀user฀account฀must฀have฀

“Administrator”฀privilege฀(Windows฀8,฀Windows฀7฀and฀Windows฀Vista)฀or฀“Computer฀Administrator”฀privilege฀(Windows฀

XP).

•฀For฀Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista

1฀Click฀“Start”฀and฀then฀“Control฀Panel”.

The Control Panel window will be displayed.

2฀Click฀“Uninstall฀a฀program”฀under฀“Programs”

฀The฀“Programs฀and฀Features”฀window฀will฀be฀displayed.

3฀Select฀the฀software฀program฀and฀click฀it.

4฀Click฀“Uninstall/Change”฀or฀“Uninstall”.

฀•฀When฀the฀“User฀Account฀Control”฀windows฀is฀displayed,฀click฀“Continue”.

Follow the instructions on the screens to complete the uninstallation.

•฀For฀Windows฀XP

1฀Click฀“Start”฀and฀then฀“Control฀Panel”.

The Control Panel window will be displayed.

2฀Double-click฀“Add฀/฀Remove฀Programs”.

฀The฀Add฀/฀Remove฀Programs฀window฀will฀be฀displayed.

3฀Click฀the฀software฀program฀from฀the฀list฀and฀then฀click฀“Remove”.

Follow the instructions on the screens to complete the uninstallation.

Connect the projector to the computer

1฀Use฀the฀supplied฀computer฀cable฀(VGA)฀to฀connect฀the฀COMPUTER฀IN฀connector฀of฀the฀projector฀directly฀

with฀the฀monitor฀output฀connector฀of฀the฀computer.

2฀Connect฀the฀supplied฀power฀cord฀to฀the฀AC฀IN฀of฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀wall฀outlet.

The projector is in the standby condition.

AC฀Input

Supplied computer cable (VGA)

 To wall outlet

Power cord (supplied)

TIP:

•฀When฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀starts฀for฀the฀rst฀time,฀“Easy฀Setup”฀window฀will฀be฀displayed฀to฀navigate฀your฀connections.

171

8. User Supportware

Start Virtual Remote Tool

Start฀using฀the฀shortcut฀icon

•฀Double-click฀the฀shortcut฀icon฀

฀on฀the฀Windows฀Desktop.

Start฀from฀the฀Start฀menu

•฀Click฀[Start]฀฀[All฀Programs]฀or฀[Programs]฀฀[NEC฀Projector฀User฀Supportware]฀฀[Virtual฀Remote฀Tool]฀

฀[Virtual฀Remote฀Tool].

฀When฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀starts฀for฀the฀rst฀time,฀“Easy฀Setup”฀window฀will฀be฀displayed.

Follow the instructions on the screens

฀When฀“Easy฀Setup”฀is฀completed,฀the฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.

NOTE:

•฀When฀[POWER-SAVING]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀from฀the฀menu,฀the฀projector฀cannot฀be฀turned฀on฀via฀the฀computer฀

cable฀(VGA)฀or฀network฀(wired฀LAN/wireless฀LAN)฀connection.

•฀When฀[NETWORK฀STANDBY]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀from฀the฀menu,฀the฀projector฀cannot฀be฀turned฀on฀via฀wireless฀

LAN฀connection.

TIP:

•฀The฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀screen฀(or฀Toolbar)฀can฀be฀displayed฀without฀displaying฀“Easy฀Setup”฀window.

฀To฀do฀so,฀click฀to฀place฀a฀check฀mark฀for฀“฀฀Do฀not฀use฀Easy฀Setup฀next฀time”฀on฀the฀screen฀at฀Step฀6฀in฀“Easy฀Setup”.

172

8. User Supportware

Exiting฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool

1฀Click฀the฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀icon฀

฀on฀the฀Taskbar.

The pop-up menu will be displayed.

2฀Click฀“Exit”.

The Virtual Remote Tool will be closed.

Viewing฀the฀help฀le฀of฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool

•฀Displaying฀the฀help฀le฀using฀the฀taskbar

1฀Click฀the฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀icon฀

฀on฀the฀taskbar฀when฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀is฀running.

The pop-up menu will be displayed.

2.฀Click฀“Help”.

The Help screen will be displayed.

•฀Displaying฀the฀help฀le฀using฀the฀Start฀Menu.

1.฀Click฀“Start”.฀“All฀programs”฀or฀“Programs”.฀“NEC฀Projector฀User฀Supportware”.฀“Virtual฀Remote฀Tool”.฀and฀

then฀“Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀Help”฀in฀this฀order.

The Help screen will be displayed.

173

8. User Supportware

❸ Projecting Your Computer’s Screen Image or Video from

the Projector over a LAN (Image Express Utility Lite) (not

supported by PE501X)

Using฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀contained฀on฀the฀supplied฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM฀allows฀you฀to฀send฀the฀computer’s฀

screen฀image฀to฀the฀projector฀over฀a฀USB฀cable฀or฀a฀wired฀or฀wireless฀LAN.

Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀is฀a฀program฀compatible฀with฀Windows.

Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀for฀Mac฀OS฀is฀a฀program฀compatible฀with฀Mac฀OS.฀(฀page฀

179)

This฀section฀will฀show฀you฀an฀outline฀about฀how฀to฀connect฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀LAN฀and฀to฀use฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀

Lite.฀For฀the฀operation฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite,฀see฀the฀help฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite.

Step฀1:฀install฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀on฀the฀computer.฀

Step฀2:฀Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀LAN.

Step฀3:฀Start฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite.

TIP:

•฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀(for฀Windows)฀can฀be฀started฀from฀most฀commercially฀available฀removable฀media฀such฀as฀USB฀memory฀

devices฀or฀SD฀cards฀without฀the฀need฀to฀install฀on฀your฀computer.฀(฀page฀178)

What You can Do with Image Express Utility Lite

•฀Image฀transmission฀(for฀Windows฀and฀Mac฀OS)

•฀The฀screen฀of฀your฀computer฀can฀be฀sent฀to฀the฀projector฀via฀a฀wired฀or฀wireless฀network฀without฀a฀computer฀cable฀

(VGA).

•฀By฀using฀“EASY฀CONNECTION”฀function,฀the฀complicated฀network฀settings฀can฀be฀simplied฀and฀the฀computer฀

will฀automatically฀connect฀to฀the฀projector.

•฀The฀screen฀of฀your฀computer฀can฀be฀sent฀to฀up฀to฀four฀projectors฀at฀the฀same฀time.

•฀Audio฀transfer฀capability฀(for฀Windows฀only)

•฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀allows฀you฀to฀send฀the฀computer’s฀screen฀image฀and฀audio฀to฀the฀projector฀over฀wired/

wireless฀LAN฀or฀USB฀connection.

•฀Audio฀transfer฀capability฀is฀available฀only฀when฀the฀computer฀connects฀with฀the฀projector฀in฀peer-to-peer฀net-

work.

•฀Playing฀streaming฀video฀(for฀Windows฀only)

•฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀allows฀you฀to฀send฀streaming฀video฀from฀the฀computer฀to฀a฀single฀projector฀over฀wired฀

or฀wireless฀LAN฀without฀the฀need฀of฀connecting฀a฀computer฀cable.฀For฀list฀of฀supported฀movie฀les฀and฀playback฀

requirements,฀see฀page฀

59฀of฀“4.฀Using฀the฀Viewer”.

•฀USB฀Display฀(for฀Windows฀only)

•฀Computer’s฀screen฀image฀and฀audio฀can฀be฀projected฀via฀a฀USB฀cable,฀without฀connecting฀a฀computer฀cable฀

(VGA).

•฀Just฀connecting฀the฀computer฀and฀the฀projector฀over฀a฀USB฀cable฀will฀make฀the฀USB฀Display฀function฀available฀

(Plug฀&฀Play)฀even฀without฀installing฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀on฀the฀computer.฀(฀page฀40)

•฀Geometric฀Correction฀Tool฀[GCT]฀(for฀Windows฀only)

See฀“❹฀Projecting฀an฀Image฀from฀an฀Angle฀(Geometric฀Correction฀Tool฀in฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite)”.฀(฀page฀

180)

NOTE:

•฀When฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀is฀used,฀the฀audio฀from฀the฀COMPUTER฀AUDIO฀IN฀Mini฀Jack฀(Stereo฀Mini)฀may฀not฀be฀synchro-

nized฀with฀the฀video.

174

8. User Supportware

Using on Windows

Step 1: install Image Express Utility Lite on the computer.

NOTE:

•฀To฀install฀or฀uninstall฀the฀program,฀the฀Windows฀user฀account฀must฀have฀“Administrator”฀privilege฀(Windows฀7,฀Windows฀Vista฀

and฀Windows฀XP).฀

•฀Exit฀all฀running฀programs฀before฀installation.฀If฀another฀program฀is฀running,฀the฀installation฀may฀not฀be฀completed.฀

•฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀will฀be฀installed฀to฀the฀system฀drive฀of฀your฀computer.

฀If฀the฀message฀“There฀is฀not฀enough฀free฀space฀on฀destination”฀is฀displayed,฀free฀up฀enough฀space฀(about฀100฀MB)฀to฀install฀the฀

program.

1.฀Insert฀the฀accompanying฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM฀into฀your฀CD-ROM฀drive.

The menu window will be displayed.

TIP:

If฀the฀menu฀window฀will฀not฀be฀displayed,฀try฀the฀following฀procedure.

For฀Windows฀7:

1.฀Click฀“start”฀on฀Windows.

2.฀Click฀“All฀Programs”฀฀“Accessories”฀฀“Run”.

3.฀Type฀your฀CD-ROM฀drive฀name฀(example:฀“Q:\”)฀and฀“LAUNCHER.EXE”฀in฀“Name”.฀(example:฀Q:\LAUNCH

ER.EXE)

4.฀Click฀“OK”.

The menu window will be displayed.

2.฀Click฀“Installing฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite”฀on฀the฀menu฀window.

The installation will start.

฀“END฀USER฀LICENSE฀AGREEMENT”฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.฀

฀Read฀“END฀USER฀LICENSE฀AGREEMENT”฀carefully฀

3.฀If฀you฀agree,฀click฀“I฀agree.”฀and฀then฀click฀“Next”.฀

•฀Follow฀the฀instructions฀on฀the฀installer฀screens฀to฀complete฀the฀installation.฀

•฀When฀the฀installation฀is฀complete,฀you฀will฀return฀to฀the฀menu฀window.

When the installation is complete, a completion message will be displayed.

4.฀Click฀“OK”.

This completes the installation.

TIP:

•฀Uninstalling฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite

To฀uninstall฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite,฀do฀the฀same฀procedures฀stated฀as฀in฀“Uninstalling฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool”.฀Read฀“Virtual฀Remote฀

Tool”฀as฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite”฀(฀page฀170)

175

8. User Supportware

Step 2: Connect the projector to a LAN.

Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀LAN฀by฀following฀the฀instructions฀in฀“Connecting฀to฀a฀Wired฀LAN”฀(฀page฀

151),฀“Con-

necting฀to฀a฀Wireless฀LAN฀(Optional:฀NP02LM฀series)”฀(฀page฀152)฀and฀“9.฀Controlling฀the฀Projector฀by฀Using฀an฀

HTTP฀Browser”฀(฀page฀42)

Step 3: Start Image Express Utility Lite.

1.฀On฀Windows,฀click฀“Start”฀฀“All฀programs”฀฀“NEC฀Projector฀UserSupportware”฀฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀

Lite”฀฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite”.

฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀will฀start.

฀The฀select฀window฀for฀network฀connection฀will฀be฀displayed

2.฀Select฀Network฀and฀click฀“OK”.

The select window for destination will show a list of connectable projectors.

•฀When฀connecting฀the฀computer฀directly฀to฀the฀projector฀by฀one-to-one,฀“Easy฀Connection”฀is฀recommended.

•฀When฀one฀or฀more฀networks฀for฀“EASY฀CONNECTION”฀are฀found,฀the฀“Easy฀Connection฀Selection฀Screen”฀

window฀will฀be฀displayed.

•฀To฀check฀for฀the฀network฀available฀for฀connected฀projectors,฀from฀the฀menu,฀select฀[INFO.]฀฀[WIRELESS฀

LAN]฀฀[SSID].

3.฀Select฀the฀network฀you฀wish฀to฀connect,฀and฀click฀“Select”.

The target selection window will be displayed.

4.฀Place฀a฀check฀mark฀for฀projectors฀to฀be฀connected,฀and฀then฀click฀“Connect”.

•฀When฀one฀or฀more฀projectors฀are฀displayed,฀from฀the฀menu฀on฀the฀projector,฀select฀[INFO.]฀฀[WIRELESS฀LAN]฀

฀[IP฀ADDRESS].

When connecting with the projector is established, you can operate the control window to control the projector. (

page 41, 176)

NOTE:

•฀When฀[POWER-SAVING]฀or฀[NETWORK฀STANDBY]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀from฀the฀menu,฀the฀projector฀that฀is฀turned฀

off฀will฀not฀be฀displayed฀in฀the฀select฀window฀for฀destination.

176

8. User Supportware

5.฀Operate฀the฀control฀window.

(1) (Streaming) Displays the streaming window. Movie ﬁles on the PC can be transferred to the projector via the network

and played on the projector. Refer to “Movie streaming function” in the help ﬁle of Image Express Utility

Lite.

(2)

(Source) ..... Selects an input source of the projector.

(3)

(Picture) .... Turns on or off AV-MUTE (Picture mute), and turns on or off FREEZE (Freeze a picture).

(4)

(Sound) ..... Turns on or off AV-MUTE (Sound mute), play the sound and turns up or down the volume.

(5)

(Others) ..... Uses “Update”, “HTTP Server”*, “Settings” and “Information”. (not supported by PE501X)

* The HTTP Server cannot be selected when a USB cable is connected.

(6)

(Exit) .......... Exit Image Express Utility Lite. You can also turn off the projector at the same time.

(7)

(Help) ........... Displays the help of Image Express Utility Lite.

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)(7) (6)

177

8. User Supportware

TIP:

Viewing฀the฀“Help”฀le฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite

•฀Displaying฀the฀Help฀le฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀while฀it฀is฀running.

฀Click฀the฀[?]฀(help)฀icon฀on฀the฀control฀window.

The Help screen will be displayed.

•฀Displaying฀the฀Help฀le฀of฀GCT฀while฀it฀is฀running.

฀Click฀“Help”฀฀“Help”฀on฀the฀edit฀window.

The Help screen will be displayed.

•฀Displaying฀the฀help฀le฀using฀the฀Start฀Menu.

฀Click฀“Start”฀฀“All฀programs”฀or฀“Programs”฀฀“NEC฀Projector฀User฀Supportware”฀฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite”฀

฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀Help”.

The Help screen will be displayed.

178

8. User Supportware

Starting Image Express Utility Lite from a USB Memory or SD Card

Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀can฀be฀started฀from฀commercially฀available฀removable฀media฀such฀USB฀memory฀or฀SD฀cards฀

if฀it฀is฀copied฀beforehand.฀This฀will฀eliminate฀the฀trouble฀of฀installing฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀to฀your฀computer.

1.฀Copy฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀to฀removable฀media.

฀Copy฀all฀the฀folders฀and฀les฀(total฀size฀approx.฀6MB)฀from฀the฀“IEU_Lite฀(removable-media)”฀folder฀in฀the฀supplied฀

NEC Projector CD-ROM to the root directory of your removable media.

2.฀Insert฀your฀removable฀media฀into฀your฀computer.

฀The฀“AutoPlay”฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed฀on฀your฀computer.

TIP:฀

•฀If฀the฀“AutoPlay”฀screen฀is฀not฀displayed,฀open฀the฀folder฀from฀“Computer”฀(“My฀Computer”฀for฀Windows฀XP).

3.฀Click฀“Open฀folder฀to฀view฀les”

฀The฀IEU_Lite.exe,฀other฀folder,฀and฀les฀will฀be฀displayed.

4.฀Double-click฀the฀“IEU_Lite.exe”฀(฀

) icon.

฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀will฀start.

NOTE:

•฀The฀“EASY฀CONNECTION”฀function฀is฀not฀supported฀when฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀is฀started฀from฀removable฀media.

179

8. User Supportware

Using on Mac OS

Step 1: Install Image Express Utility Lite for Mac OS on the computer

1.฀Insert฀the฀accompanying฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM฀in฀your฀Mac฀CD-ROM฀drive.

฀The฀CD-ROM฀icon฀will฀be฀displayed฀on฀the฀desktop.

2.฀Double-click฀the฀CD-ROM฀icon.

The CD-ROM window will be displayed.

3.฀Double-click฀the฀“Mac฀OS฀X”฀folder.

4.฀Double-click฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite.dmg”.

฀The฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite”฀window฀will฀be฀displayed.

5.฀Drag฀and฀drop฀the฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite”฀folder฀to฀your฀Applications฀folder฀in฀Mac฀OS.

Step 2: Connect the projector to a LAN

Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀LAN฀by฀following฀the฀instructions฀in฀“Connecting฀to฀a฀Wired฀LAN”฀(฀page฀

151),฀“Con-

necting฀to฀a฀Wireless฀LAN฀(Optional:฀NP02LM฀series)”฀(฀page฀152)฀and฀“❾฀Controlling฀the฀Projector฀by฀Using฀an฀

HTTP฀Browser”฀(฀page฀42)

Step 3: Start Image Express Utility Lite for Mac OS

1.฀Open฀your฀Applications฀folder฀in฀Mac฀OS.

2.฀Double-click฀the฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite”฀folder.

3.฀Double-click฀the฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite”฀icon.

฀When฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀for฀Mac฀OS฀starts,฀the฀select฀window฀for฀destination฀will฀be฀displayed.

•฀At฀the฀rst฀time฀of฀startup,฀“END฀USER฀LICENSE฀AGREEMENT”฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed฀before฀the฀select฀

window for destination is displayed.

฀Read฀“END฀USER฀LICENSE฀AGREEMENT”฀and฀select฀“I฀accept฀the฀terms฀in฀the฀license฀agreement”,฀and฀click฀

“OK”.

4.฀Select฀a฀projector฀to฀be฀connected,฀and฀then฀click฀“Connect”.

฀Your฀desktop฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed฀on฀the฀projector.

TIP:

Viewing฀the฀Help฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀for฀Mac฀OS฀

•฀From฀the฀menu฀bar,฀click฀“Help”฀฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀Help”฀while฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀is฀run-

ning.฀

The Help screen will be displayed

฀

180

8. User Supportware

❹ Projecting an Image from an Angle (Geometric Correction

Tool in Image Express Utility Lite) (not supported by PE501X)

The฀Geometric฀Correction฀Tool฀(GCT)฀function฀allows฀you฀to฀correct฀distortion฀of฀images฀projected฀even฀from฀an฀

angle.฀

What you can do with GCT

•฀The฀GCT฀feature฀includes฀the฀following฀three฀functions

•฀4-point฀Correction:฀You฀can฀t฀a฀projected฀image฀within฀the฀border฀of฀the฀screen฀easily฀by฀align฀the฀four฀corners฀

of฀an฀image฀to฀the฀ones฀of฀the฀screen.

•฀Multi-point฀Correction:฀You฀can฀correct฀a฀distorted฀image฀on฀the฀corner฀of฀a฀wall฀or฀irregular฀shaped฀screen฀

by฀using฀many฀separated฀screens฀to฀correct฀the฀image฀as฀well฀as฀4-point฀Correction.

•฀Parameters Correction:฀You฀can฀correct฀a฀distorted฀image฀by฀using฀a฀combination฀of฀transformational฀rules฀

prepared฀in฀advance.

This฀section฀will฀show฀an฀example฀for฀use฀with฀4-point฀Correction.

For฀information฀about฀“Multi-point฀Correction”฀and฀“Parameters฀Correction”,฀see฀the฀help฀le฀of฀Image฀Express฀

Utility฀Lite.฀(฀page฀

177, 179)฀

•฀Your฀correction฀data฀can฀be฀stored฀in฀the฀projector฀or฀your฀computer฀which฀can฀be฀restored฀when฀necessary.

•฀The฀GCT฀function฀is฀available฀with฀a฀USB฀cable,฀wired฀or฀wireless฀LAN฀connection,฀and฀video฀cable.฀

Projecting an Image from an Angle (GCT)

This฀section฀will฀show฀an฀example฀for฀use฀with฀USB฀Display฀(using฀a฀USB฀cable฀to฀connect฀a฀computer฀and฀the฀pro-

jector).

•฀The฀USB฀Display฀function฀will฀automatically฀display฀the฀control฀window฀

•฀For฀a฀video฀cable฀or฀LAN฀connection,฀install฀and฀start฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀in฀your฀computer฀beforehand.฀(

page฀

173)

Preparation:฀Adjust฀the฀projector฀position฀or฀the฀zoom฀so฀that฀the฀projected฀image฀can฀cover฀the฀whole฀screen฀area.

1.฀Click฀the฀“฀

฀”฀(Picture)฀icon฀and฀then฀the฀“฀฀”฀button.

฀The฀“4-point฀Correction”฀window฀will฀be฀displayed.

2.฀Click฀the฀“Start฀Correction”฀button฀and฀then฀“Start฀4-point฀Correction”฀button.

A green frame and a mouse pointer ( ) will be displayed.

•฀Four฀[฀•฀]฀marks฀will฀be฀appeared฀at฀four฀corners฀of฀the฀green฀frame

181

8. User Supportware

3.฀Use฀the฀mouse฀to฀click฀the฀[฀•฀]฀mark฀of฀which฀corner฀you฀wish฀to฀move.

The currently selected [ •฀]฀mark฀will฀turn฀red.

(In฀the฀above฀example,฀Windows฀screens฀are฀omitted฀for฀clarication.)

4.฀Drag฀the฀selected฀[฀•฀]฀mark฀to฀the฀point฀you฀wish฀to฀correct฀and฀drop฀it.

•฀When฀you฀click฀somewhere฀within฀the฀project฀image฀area,฀the฀nearest฀[฀•฀]฀mark฀will฀go฀to฀the฀position฀where฀

the mouse cursor is.

5.฀Repeat฀Step฀3฀and฀4฀to฀correct฀the฀distortion฀of฀the฀projected฀image.

6.฀After฀completing,฀right-click฀the฀mouse.

The green frame and the mouse pointer will disappear from the projected image area. This will complete the cor-

rection.

7.฀Click฀the฀“X”฀(close)฀button฀on฀the฀“4-point฀Correction”฀window.

฀The฀“4-point฀Correction”฀window฀will฀disappear฀and฀the฀4-point฀correction฀will฀take฀effect.

8.฀Click฀the฀“฀

฀”฀button฀on฀the฀control฀window฀to฀exit฀the฀GCT.

TIP:

•฀After฀performing฀the฀4-point฀correction,฀you฀can฀save฀the฀4-point฀correction฀data฀to฀the฀projector฀by฀clicking฀“File”฀฀“Export฀to฀

the฀projector…”฀on฀the฀“4-point฀Correction”฀window.

•฀See฀the฀Help฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀for฀operating฀“4-point฀Correction”฀window฀and฀other฀functions฀than฀GCT.฀(฀page฀

177,฀

179)

182

8. User Supportware

❺ Projecting Images from the Projector over a LAN (Image

Express Utility 2.0) (not supported by PE501X)

What you can do with Image Express Utility 2.0

•฀Using฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0฀allows฀you฀to฀send฀the฀screens฀of฀your฀computers฀to฀the฀projector฀via฀wired/wire-

less฀LAN.

฀The฀difference฀from฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀is฀that฀projected฀images฀can฀be฀sent฀from฀a฀computer฀to฀not฀only฀

one฀projector฀but฀also฀to฀two฀or฀more฀projectors฀at฀the฀same฀time.

฀When฀“Meeting฀Mode”฀is฀used,฀projected฀images฀can฀be฀sent฀and฀received฀between฀two฀or฀more฀computers.

•฀High-speed,฀high-quality฀image฀transmissions฀based฀on฀NEC’s฀original฀compression฀algorithm

฀NEC’s฀original฀compression฀algorithm฀allows฀high-quality฀images฀to฀be฀sent฀over฀the฀network฀at฀high฀speed,฀from฀

your฀computer฀to฀the฀projector.

•฀Simultaneous฀projection฀by฀multiple฀projectors

฀Images฀can฀be฀sent฀from฀a฀computer฀to฀not฀only฀one฀projector฀but฀also฀to฀two฀or฀more฀projectors฀at฀the฀same฀

time.

•฀“Easy฀Connection”฀function฀for฀connecting฀wireless฀LAN

฀By฀using฀“Easy฀Connection”฀function*

,฀the฀complicated฀setting฀of฀wireless฀LAN฀can฀be฀simplied.

฀ This฀function฀can฀be฀used฀when฀Windows฀XP฀is฀used฀as฀the฀OS฀and฀when฀you฀have฀a฀“Computer฀Adminis-

trator”฀privilege.฀If฀the฀OS฀is฀Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista,฀input฀of฀logon฀password฀as฀“Administrator”฀may฀be฀

prompted.฀

183

8. User Supportware

•฀Projected฀images฀can฀be฀transferred฀and฀saved฀to฀computers.

฀When฀“Meeting฀Mode”฀is฀used,฀projected฀images฀can฀be฀sent฀to฀the฀computers฀of฀all฀the฀participants฀(attendants)฀

of฀a฀“Meeting”.฀The฀received฀images฀can฀be฀saved฀to฀your฀computer฀with฀a฀memo฀(text฀data)฀attached.

Presenter

Attendant

•฀1-click฀switching฀of฀presenter

฀When฀switching฀to฀another฀presenter฀during฀the฀conference,฀the฀participants฀(attendants)฀can฀simply฀click฀a฀button฀

to฀switch฀over฀to฀the฀new฀presenter.

•฀Central฀management฀of฀the฀projecting฀computer

฀Using฀the฀Training฀Mode฀allows฀you฀to฀use฀a฀single฀computer฀(Manager)฀to฀manage฀which฀computer฀(Attendant)฀

projects.฀Possible฀operation฀includes฀switching฀projecting฀computers฀to฀project฀from,฀as฀well฀as฀temporarily฀termi-

nating฀communication฀with฀the฀projector.

Attendant D (presenter)

Manager

Attendant B Attendant C

Mr. D, please start

your presentation.

Attendant A

NOTE::

The฀Training฀Mode฀is฀not฀installed฀via฀the฀“Typical”฀installation฀option฀when฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0฀is฀installed.

To฀use฀Training฀Mode,฀select฀“Extension”฀installation฀option฀on฀the฀install฀selection฀screen฀that฀is฀displayed฀while฀Image฀Express฀

Utility฀2.0฀installation฀is฀in฀progress,฀and฀select฀“Training฀Mode฀(Attendant)”฀or฀“Training฀Mode฀(Manager)”.

Connecting the projector to a LAN

Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀LAN฀by฀following฀the฀instructions฀in฀“Connecting฀to฀a฀Wired฀LAN”฀(฀page฀

151),฀“Con-

necting฀to฀a฀Wireless฀LAN”฀(฀page฀152)฀and฀“9฀Application฀Menus”฀(฀page฀118)

184

8. User Supportware

Basic Operation of Image Express Utility 2.0

This฀section฀explains฀the฀following฀three฀cases฀as฀examples฀of฀operating฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0.

(1)฀Transferring฀images฀to฀the฀projector

(2)฀Holding฀a฀conference

(3)฀Participating฀in฀a฀conference

Sending฀Images฀to฀Projector

•฀Connecting฀projector

1฀Turn฀on฀the฀power฀to฀the฀projector฀for฀which฀LAN฀has฀been฀set.

2฀Click฀Windows฀[Start]฀฀[All฀Programs]฀฀[NEC฀Projector฀User฀Supportware]฀฀[Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0]฀

฀[Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0฀],฀in฀that฀order.

฀The฀“Selection฀Of฀Network฀Connections”฀window฀will฀be฀displayed.

฀A฀list฀of฀the฀network฀equipment฀connected฀to฀your฀computer฀will฀be฀displayed.

IMPORTANT:

A฀screen฀like฀the฀one฀below฀is฀displayed฀when฀the฀software฀is฀started฀on฀a฀PC฀installed฀with฀Windows฀XP฀Service฀Pack฀2฀(SP2)฀(or฀

later).

Click฀“Unblock”฀if฀this฀is฀displayed.฀

3฀Select฀the฀network฀equipment฀that฀is฀to฀be฀used฀and฀click฀[OK].

฀Select฀the฀network฀device฀displaying฀“Easy฀Connection”฀if฀the฀product฀LAN฀setting฀is฀for฀“Easy฀Connection.”฀This฀

will฀call฀up฀the฀“Projector฀List”฀window.

185

8. User Supportware

4฀Check(

)฀the฀projector฀to฀connect฀and฀click฀[Connect].

฀If฀the฀name฀of฀the฀projector฀to฀connect฀is฀not฀on฀the฀list฀or฀if฀it฀is฀hidden,฀click฀[Update].

4-1

4-2

Click

The screen of your computer will be projected from the projector.

฀At฀this฀time,฀the฀input฀signal฀of฀the฀projector฀will฀automatically฀change฀to฀“NETWORK”.

•฀Transferring฀images

When฀your฀computer฀is฀connected฀to฀the฀projector,฀the฀screen฀of฀the฀computer฀is฀projected฀from฀the฀projector฀as฀is.฀To฀

make฀your฀presentation฀by฀using฀a฀PowerPoint฀le,฀open฀the฀PowerPoint฀le฀and฀start฀your฀presentation.

186

8. User Supportware

•฀Stopping฀or฀resuming฀the฀transmission฀of฀images

The฀transmission฀of฀the฀screen฀of฀the฀computer฀to฀the฀projector฀can฀be฀temporarily฀stopped฀and฀then฀resumed.

1฀Click฀the฀projector฀icon฀(

)฀on฀the฀Windows฀taskbar.

A pop-up menu will be displayed.

2฀Click฀[Stop฀Sending].

฀The฀projector฀icon฀on฀the฀taskbar฀will฀change฀(

 ).

NOTE:

Even฀if฀the฀screen฀of฀the฀computer฀is฀changed฀in฀this฀status,฀the฀image฀projected฀from฀the฀projector฀does฀not฀change.

To฀manipulate฀the฀screen฀that฀should฀not฀be฀disclosed฀(projected฀from฀the฀projector),฀stop฀transmission.

3฀Click฀the฀projector฀icon฀()฀on฀the฀Windows฀taskbar.

A pop-up menu will be displayed.

4฀Click฀[Start฀Sending].

฀The฀projector฀icon฀on฀the฀taskbar฀will฀change฀(

 ).

The transmission of the screen for the computer will be resumed, and the current screen of the computer will be

projected from the projector.

•฀End฀the฀transmission฀of฀images

Exit฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0.

1฀Click฀the฀projector฀icon฀()฀on฀the฀Windows฀taskbar.

A pop-up menu will be displayed.

2฀Click฀[Exit].

187

8. User Supportware

Holding฀Conferences

•฀Holding฀conferences

1฀Follow฀steps฀1฀through฀4฀in฀“Connecting฀projector”฀of฀“Sending฀Images฀to฀Projector”฀(฀page฀

184).

The screen of your computer will be projected from the projector.

•฀Disclose฀a฀le฀to฀the฀participants฀of฀the฀conference.

NOTE:

To฀disclose฀a฀le฀to฀the฀participants,฀selection฀can฀be฀made฀only฀in฀folder฀units.

Therefore,฀a฀folder฀only฀having฀les฀that฀can฀be฀disclosed฀to฀the฀participants฀must฀be฀created฀in฀advance.

1฀Click฀the฀projector฀icon฀()฀on฀the฀Windows฀taskbar.

A pop-up menu will be displayed.

2฀Before฀clicking฀[Send฀to฀PC฀and฀Projector],฀check฀that฀there฀is฀a฀“฀•฀”฀mark฀applied.

3฀Click฀the฀[Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0]฀button฀on฀the฀taskbar.

The presenter window will be opened.

4฀Click฀[Select฀Folder].

Click

188

8. User Supportware

5฀Select฀a฀folder฀saving฀the฀le฀to฀be฀disclosed฀to฀the฀participants,฀and฀click฀[OK].

The ﬁle in the selected folder will be displayed in the list of ﬁles to transfer.

6฀Click฀[Download].

The ﬁle will be shown to the participants.

NOTE:

When฀the฀computer฀is฀connected฀to฀the฀projector,฀the฀computer฀screen฀that฀is฀in฀of฀being฀progress฀is฀also฀projected฀from฀the฀projec-

tor.฀To฀manipulate฀a฀screen฀that฀should฀not฀be฀shown฀(not฀projected),฀temporarily฀stop฀the฀transmission฀(฀page฀186).

•฀Ending฀conference

1฀Click฀[File]฀in฀the฀presenter฀window,฀and฀click฀[Exit].

฀You฀can฀also฀end฀the฀conference฀by฀clicking฀[×]฀at฀the฀upper฀right฀of฀the฀presenter฀window.

Participating฀in฀Conference

•฀Participating฀in฀conferences

1฀Click฀Windows฀[Start]฀฀[All฀Programs]฀฀[NEC฀Projector฀User฀Supportware]฀฀[Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0]฀

฀[Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0฀],฀in฀that฀order.

฀The฀“Selection฀Of฀Network฀Connections”฀window฀will฀be฀displayed.

฀A฀list฀of฀the฀network฀equipment฀connected฀to฀your฀computer฀will฀be฀displayed.

IMPORTANT:

A฀screen฀like฀the฀one฀below฀is฀displayed฀when฀the฀software฀is฀started฀on฀a฀PC฀installed฀with฀Windows฀XP฀Service฀Pack฀2฀(SP2)฀(or฀

later).

Click฀“Unblock”฀if฀this฀is฀displayed.฀

2฀Select฀the฀network฀equipment฀that฀is฀to฀be฀used฀and฀click฀[OK].

฀Select฀the฀network฀device฀displaying฀“Easy฀Connection”฀if฀the฀product฀LAN฀setting฀is฀for฀“Easy฀Connection.”฀This฀

will฀call฀up฀the฀“฀Meeting฀List”฀window.

189

8. User Supportware

3฀Click฀the฀Meeting฀Name฀to฀participate,฀and฀click฀[Connect].

Click

The computer will be connected to the selected conference and the attendant window will be displayed.

฀If฀the฀presenter฀selects฀“Send฀to฀PC฀And฀Projector”,฀the฀image฀projected฀from฀the฀projector฀is฀displayed฀in฀the฀at-

tendant window.

190

8. User Supportware

•฀Saving฀received฀images

1฀Click฀[Memo]฀in฀the฀attendant฀window.

A memo pane will be displayed.

Click

Memo pane

Click

2฀Click฀[Save฀Image]฀in฀the฀attendant฀window.

The image displayed in the attendant window will be saved.

•฀The฀saved฀image฀is฀added฀to฀the฀memo฀list฀and฀a฀thumbnail฀is฀displayed.

•฀A฀memo฀can฀be฀attached฀to฀the฀saved฀image.

REFERENCE:

•฀In฀case฀of฀Windows฀XP,฀a฀created฀le฀is฀saved฀to฀“My฀Documents\ImageExpress\”฀under฀the฀default฀settings.฀In฀case฀of฀Windows฀

7/Windows฀Vista,฀“Document\ImageExpress\”฀is฀the฀default฀folder฀to฀save฀a฀created฀le.

•฀A฀folder฀is฀created฀below฀the฀default฀folder฀based฀on฀the฀time฀and฀date฀of฀the฀conference,฀and฀the฀image฀is฀saved฀to฀a฀le฀in฀the฀

created฀folder.

฀For฀example,฀if฀a฀conference฀is฀held฀at฀11:20฀on฀May฀14,฀2009,฀the฀default฀folder฀name฀on฀Windows฀XP฀will฀be฀“My฀Documents\

ImageExpress\2009-05-14_11-20_Meeting฀Records”.฀

฀In฀this฀folder,฀an฀HTML฀le฀named฀“Meeting฀Records”฀is฀created.

฀The฀saved฀image฀is฀saved฀in฀“Images”฀folder.

191

8. User Supportware

•฀Downloading฀disclosed฀le

1฀Click฀[File฀Transfer]฀in฀the฀attendant฀window.

฀The฀“File฀Transfer”฀window฀will฀be฀opened.

Click

2฀Select฀a฀le฀to฀download,฀and฀click฀[Download].

Downloading will begin.

The progress of the downloading is displayed at the lower left of the window.

3฀When฀downloading฀is฀complete,฀click฀[File]฀in฀the฀“File฀Transfer”฀window,฀and฀click฀[Exit].

฀The฀“File฀Transfer”฀window฀will฀be฀closed.

REFERENCE:

•฀If฀“Open฀After฀Downloading”฀is฀checked,฀the฀le฀is฀opened฀by฀specied฀Windows฀application฀software฀after฀downloading฀is฀com-

plete.

•฀In฀case฀of฀Windows฀XP,฀a฀created฀le฀is฀saved฀to฀“My฀Documents\ImageExpress\”฀under฀the฀default฀settings.฀In฀case฀of฀Windows฀

7/Windows฀Vista,฀“Document\ImageExpress\”฀is฀the฀default฀folder฀to฀save฀a฀created฀le.฀

•฀A฀folder฀is฀created฀below฀the฀default฀folder฀based฀on฀the฀time฀and฀date฀of฀the฀conference,฀and฀the฀image฀is฀saved฀to฀a฀le฀in฀the฀

created฀folder.

฀For฀example,฀if฀a฀conference฀is฀held฀at฀11:20฀on฀May฀14,฀2009,฀the฀default฀folder฀name฀on฀Windows฀XP฀will฀be฀“My฀Documents\

ImageExpress\2009-05-14_11-20_Meeting฀Records”.฀

192

8. User Supportware

•฀Changing฀presenter

Three฀types฀of฀settings฀may฀be฀made฀to฀change฀the฀presenter:฀“Not฀Approved”,฀“Approved”,฀and฀“Changing฀Prohibited”฀

(these฀can฀be฀selected฀only฀by฀the฀presenter).

In฀the฀following฀example,฀“Not฀Approved”฀is฀selected.

•฀Click฀[Become฀A฀Presenter]฀in฀the฀attendant฀window.

You will change from a participant to a presenter.

Click

•฀Leaving฀conference

Leave฀the฀conference฀and฀exit฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0.

•฀Click฀[File]฀in฀the฀attendant฀window,฀and฀click฀[Exit].

฀You฀can฀also฀leave฀the฀conference฀by฀clicking฀[×]฀at฀the฀upper฀right฀of฀the฀attendant฀window.

193

8. User Supportware

❻ Using the Projector to Operate Your Computer over a LAN

(Desktop Control Utility 1.0) (not supported by PE501X)

Using฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0฀allows฀you฀to฀remotely฀operate฀your฀computer฀placed฀at฀a฀distance฀from฀the฀projector฀

over฀a฀network฀(wired฀LAN฀or฀wireless฀LAN).

What you can do with Desktop Control Utility 1.0

•฀A฀commercially฀available฀USB฀mouse฀is฀connected฀to฀the฀projector฀to฀operate฀the฀computer.

•฀Suppose,฀for฀example,฀a฀PowerPoint฀le฀to฀be฀presented฀in฀a฀conference฀is฀saved฀to฀a฀computer฀in฀your฀ofce.฀If฀this฀

computer฀is฀connected฀to฀the฀projector฀in฀the฀conference฀room฀with฀LAN฀when฀the฀conference฀is฀held,฀the฀desktop฀

screen฀of฀the฀computer฀in฀your฀ofce฀(Windows฀8/Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista/Windows฀XP)฀can฀be฀projected฀and฀

the฀Power-Point฀le฀can฀be฀presented฀by฀operating฀the฀projector.฀In฀other฀words฀the฀computer฀does฀not฀need฀to฀be฀

brought฀into฀the฀conference฀room.

IMPORTANT:

•฀You฀can฀use฀the฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0฀to฀operate฀a฀computer฀located฀in฀a฀separate฀room฀from฀the฀projector฀over฀a฀network.฀

Therefore,฀care฀must฀be฀exercised฀to฀prevent฀any฀third฀party฀from฀viewing฀the฀screen฀of฀your฀computer฀(important฀documents),฀

copying฀les,฀or฀turning฀off฀the฀power.

฀NEC฀assumes฀no฀liability฀for฀any฀loss฀or฀damages฀arising฀from฀information฀leak฀or฀system฀failure฀while฀you฀are฀using฀Desktop฀

Control฀Utility฀1.0.

•฀This฀will฀disconnect฀LAN฀connection฀when฀the฀computer฀goes฀in฀the฀standby฀mode฀while฀the฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0฀is฀being฀

used.

฀In฀the฀Windows฀8/Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista,฀select฀[Control฀Panel]฀฀[Hardware฀and฀Sound]฀฀[Power฀Options].฀Set฀[Change฀

when฀the฀computer฀sleeps]฀to฀[Never].฀

฀In฀the฀Windows฀XP,฀click฀[Control฀Panel]฀฀[Performance฀and฀Maintenance]฀฀[Power฀Options]฀฀[System฀Standby]฀฀

[Never].

•฀The฀screen฀saver฀function฀is฀off฀while฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0฀is฀running.

Connecting the projector to a LAN

Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀LAN฀by฀following฀the฀instructions฀in฀“Connecting฀to฀a฀Wired฀LAN”฀(฀page฀

151),฀“Con-

necting฀to฀a฀Wireless฀LAN”฀(฀page฀152)฀and฀“9฀Application฀Menus”฀(฀page฀118)

194

8. User Supportware

Using the projector to operate your computer’s desktop screen

IMPORTANT:

•฀In฀case฀of฀Windows฀8/Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista,฀disable฀the฀user฀account฀control฀before฀using฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0.฀

฀Windows฀Vista฀has฀“User฀Account฀Control”฀function฀to฀protect฀the฀computer.฀The฀user฀account฀conrmation฀window฀may฀be฀

displayed.฀

฀Since฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0฀cannot฀transfer฀the฀user฀account฀conrmation฀window,฀this฀window฀makes฀the฀operation฀un-

available.฀Before฀using฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0,฀it฀is฀necessary฀to฀disable฀the฀user฀account฀control฀of฀Windows฀8/Windows฀7/

Windows฀Vista.฀After฀logging฀on฀with฀the฀administrator฀account,฀follow฀the฀procedure฀below฀to฀change฀the฀setting:

[Change฀Procedure]

<For฀Windows฀8/Windows฀7>

1฀Click฀[Control฀Panel].

2฀Click฀[User฀Accounts฀and฀Family฀Safety]฀(Windows฀8฀only).

3฀Click฀[User฀Accounts].

4฀Click฀[Change฀User฀Account฀Control฀settings].

5฀Change฀[Choose฀when฀to฀be฀notied฀about฀changes฀to฀your฀computer]฀to฀[Never฀notify]฀and฀click฀[OK].

•฀If฀restarting฀is฀requested,฀click฀[Restart฀now].

<For฀Windows฀Vista>

1฀Click฀[Control฀Panel]฀from฀the฀Start฀Menu.฀

2฀Click฀[User฀Accounts฀and฀Family฀Safety].฀

3฀Click฀[User฀Account].฀

4฀Click฀[Enable/Disable฀User฀Account฀Control].฀

5฀Remove฀the฀checkmark฀for฀[Use฀User฀Account฀Control฀(UAC)฀to฀Help฀Computer฀Protection]฀and฀click฀

[OK].฀

•฀If฀rebooting฀is฀requested,฀click฀[Reboot฀Now].฀

Upon฀completion฀of฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility,฀it฀is฀recommended฀to฀enable฀the฀user฀account฀control.฀

195

8. User Supportware

•฀Operation฀on฀computer

1฀Click฀Windows฀[Start]฀฀[All฀Programs]฀฀[NEC฀Projector฀User฀Supportware]฀฀[Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀

1.0]฀฀[Desktop฀Control],฀in฀that฀order.

฀The฀“Selection฀Of฀Network฀Connections”฀window฀is฀displayed.

฀This฀displays฀a฀list฀of฀the฀network฀devices฀connected฀to฀the฀computer฀you฀are฀using.

2฀Select฀the฀network฀device฀to฀use฀and฀click฀[OK].

฀The฀“Startup฀password฀settings”฀window฀will฀be฀displayed.

•฀In฀case฀of฀Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista,฀the฀User฀Account฀Control฀Window฀is฀displayed.฀Click฀[OK]฀or฀input฀the฀

administrator password.

Screen฀when฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0฀is฀started฀rst฀time฀

already

Screen if starting password has been set

IMPORTANT:

•฀Be฀sure฀to฀write฀down฀the฀starting฀password฀in฀case฀you฀forget฀it.

•฀The฀starting฀password฀must฀be฀input฀each฀time฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0฀is฀started.

•฀Should฀you฀forget฀the฀starting฀password,฀reinstall฀the฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0.

A฀screen฀like฀the฀one฀below฀is฀displayed฀when฀the฀software฀is฀started฀on฀a฀PC฀installed฀with฀Windows฀XP฀Service฀Pack฀2฀(SP2)฀(or฀

later).

Click฀“Unblock”฀if฀this฀is฀displayed.฀

196

8. User Supportware

3฀Input฀the฀starting฀password฀of฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0,฀and฀click฀[OK].

฀The฀“Current฀password”฀window฀will฀be฀displayed.

NOTE:

The฀character฀string฀displayed฀in฀the฀password฀eld฀varies฀each฀time฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0฀is฀started.

4฀Write฀down฀the฀character฀string฀displayed฀in฀the฀password฀eld.

฀Write฀down฀“PMHN”฀in฀the฀screen฀example฀of฀step฀3.

5฀Click฀[OK].

฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0฀will฀be฀started.

Move to the room where the projector is installed, with the paper on which you have written down the password in

step 4.

197

8. User Supportware

•฀Operating฀the฀projector฀(connecting฀computer)

1฀Connect฀a฀USB฀mouse฀that฀is฀commercially฀available฀to฀the฀projector.

USB

2฀Turn฀on฀the฀power฀to฀the฀projector.

Set the LAN setting of the projector in advance.

3฀Press฀the฀SOURCE฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀unit.

The Source list will be displayed.

฀In฀case฀of฀the฀remote฀control,฀press฀the฀NETWORK฀button.

฀The฀“network฀menu”฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed,proceed฀to฀step฀5.

4฀Press฀the฀SELECT฀▼/▲฀buttons฀to฀select฀[NETWORK],฀and฀then฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀“network฀menu”฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.

•฀The฀remaining฀operations฀can฀be฀performed฀using฀a฀USB฀mouse฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.

198

8. User Supportware

5฀Click฀[DESKTOP฀CONTROL฀UTILITY].

฀The฀“DESKTOP฀CONTROL฀UTILITY฀menu”฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.

6฀Click฀“ENTRY”.

A password input screen will be displayed.

7฀Input฀the฀password฀you฀have฀written฀down฀in฀step฀4฀of฀“Operation฀on฀computer”.

•฀Click฀the฀[BS]฀button฀on฀the฀right฀side฀of฀the฀[PASSWORD]฀eld฀to฀delete฀the฀character฀to฀the฀left฀of฀the฀character฀

insertion point.

8฀After฀inputting฀the฀password,฀click฀the฀฀button฀on฀the฀right฀side฀of฀the฀[PASSWORD]฀eld.

฀You฀are฀returned฀to฀the฀“DESKTOP฀CONTROL฀UTILITY”฀menu฀screen.

9฀Click฀[COMPUTER฀SEARCH].

฀The฀“COMPUTER฀LIST”฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.

฀If฀the฀connection฀destination฀has฀not฀been฀found฀as฀a฀result฀of฀a฀COMPUTER฀SEARCH,฀search฀for฀the฀connection฀

destination฀by฀inputting฀the฀IP฀address฀of฀the฀computer฀at฀the฀connection฀destination,฀click฀“Input฀IP฀Address”.

199

8. User Supportware

10฀Click฀the฀computer฀at฀the฀connection฀destination฀and฀then฀[OK].

฀The฀desktop฀screen฀of฀the฀computer฀at฀the฀connection฀destination฀will฀be฀displayed.

•฀Operating฀the฀projector฀(manipulating฀desktop฀screen)

The฀displayed฀desktop฀screen฀can฀be฀manipulated฀by฀using฀the฀USB฀mouse฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.฀If฀the฀EXIT฀

button฀of฀the฀projector฀or฀remote฀control฀is฀pressed฀while฀the฀desktop฀screen฀is฀displayed,฀an฀auxiliary฀operation฀bar฀

is฀displayed฀at฀the฀lower฀left฀of฀the฀screen.

Manipulate฀the฀auxiliary฀operation฀bar฀by฀using฀the฀buttons฀of฀the฀projector฀or฀remote฀control.

200

8. User Supportware

<1><2><3><4>

<1> (cut-off icon) .......Disconnects communication with the computer.

<2>

(Shift icon) ..........When the highlight is moved to this icon and the ENTER button is pressed, shift lock status is set.

The shift lock is canceled if the highlight is moved to this icon and the ENTER button is pressed

again.

<3>

(Ctrl icon) ............When the highlight is moved to this icon and the ENTER button is pressed, control lock status is set.

The control lock is canceled if the highlight is moved to this icon and the ENTER button is pressed

again.

<4>

(ESC icon) ...........The same operation as when the [ESC] key of the computer is pressed is performed. This icon is

used, for example, to stop a slideshow of PowerPoint.

•฀Operating฀the฀projector฀(disconnecting฀communications)

1฀Press฀the฀EXIT฀button฀while฀the฀desktop฀screen฀is฀displayed.

An auxiliary operation bar will be displayed at the lower left of the screen.

2฀Move฀the฀highlight฀to฀฀(cut-off฀icon)฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀Communication฀will฀be฀disconnected฀and฀you฀are฀returned฀to฀the฀“DESKTOP฀CONTROL฀UTILITY”฀menu฀screen.

฀To฀resume฀communication,฀click฀[COMPUTER฀SEARCH].

After that, follow step 10 on the preceding page.

REFERENCE:

Communication฀can฀also฀be฀disconnected฀by฀clicking฀the฀projector฀icon฀on฀the฀taskbar฀and฀then฀clicking฀“Disconnect”฀while฀the฀

desktop฀screen฀is฀displayed.

201

8. User Supportware

•฀Operating฀the฀projector฀(exiting฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0)

1฀Click฀the฀projector฀icon฀[

]฀on฀the฀taskbar฀while฀the฀desktop฀screen฀is฀displayed.

2฀Click฀[Exit].

฀Desktop฀Control฀Utility฀1.0฀will฀be฀terminated.

3 Press the EXIT button on the projector unit or on the remote control.

฀The฀“network฀menu”฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.

4 Press the MENU button on the projector unit or on the remote control.

The on-screen menu will be displayed.

5฀Select฀an฀input฀source฀other฀than฀[NETWORK].

202

8. User Supportware

❼

Controlling the Projector over a LAN (PC Control Utility Pro 4/

Pro 5)

Using฀the฀utility฀software฀“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4”฀or฀“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀5”฀included฀on฀the฀companion฀NEC฀Pro-

jector฀CD-ROM,฀the฀projector฀can฀be฀controlled฀from฀a฀computer฀over฀a฀LAN.

PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4฀is฀a฀program฀compatible฀with฀Windows.฀(฀this฀page)

PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀5฀is฀a฀program฀compatible฀with฀Mac฀OS.฀(฀page฀205)

Control฀Functions

Power฀On/Off,฀signal฀selection,฀picture฀freeze,฀picture฀mute,฀audio฀mute,฀adjusting,฀error฀message฀notication,฀event฀

schedule.

Screen฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4

This฀section฀provides฀an฀outline฀of฀preparation฀for฀use฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4/Pro฀5.฀For฀information฀on฀how฀to฀use฀

PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4/Pro฀5,฀see฀Help฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4/Pro฀5.฀(฀page฀

204, 205)

Step฀1:฀Install฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4/Pro฀5฀on฀the฀computer.

Step฀2:฀Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀LAN.

Step฀3:฀Start฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4/Pro฀5.

•฀To฀run฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4฀on฀Windows฀8,฀Windows฀XP฀Home฀Edition฀and฀Windows฀XP฀Professional,฀“Microsoft฀

.NET฀Framework”฀is฀required.฀The฀Microsoft฀.NET฀Framework฀Version฀2.0,฀3.0฀or฀3.5฀is฀available฀from฀Microsoft’s฀

web฀page.฀Download฀and฀install฀the฀it฀on฀your฀computer.฀

TIP:

•฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4฀can฀be฀used฀with฀a฀serial฀connection.

•฀PE501X฀supports฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4฀only฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀used฀with฀a฀serial฀connection.

Using on Windows

Step 1: Install PC Control Utility Pro 4 on the computer

NOTE:

•฀To฀install฀or฀uninstall฀the฀program,฀the฀Windows฀user฀account฀must฀have฀[Administrator]฀privilege฀(Windows฀8,฀Windows฀7,฀

Windows฀Vista฀and฀Windows฀XP)

•฀Exit฀all฀running฀programs฀before฀installation.฀If฀another฀program฀is฀running,฀the฀installation฀may฀not฀be฀completed.

1฀Insert฀the฀accompanying฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM฀into฀your฀CD-ROM฀drive.

The menu window will be displayed.

203

8. User Supportware

TIP:

If฀the฀menu฀window฀will฀not฀be฀displayed,฀try฀the฀following฀procedure.

For฀Windows฀7:

1.฀Click฀“start”฀on฀Windows.

2.฀Click฀“All฀Programs”฀฀“Accessories”฀฀“Run”.

3.฀Type฀your฀CD-ROM฀drive฀name฀(example:฀“Q:\”)฀and฀“LAUNCHER.EXE”฀in฀“Name”.฀(example:฀Q:\

LAUNCHER.EXE)

4.฀Click฀“OK”.

the menu window will be displayed.

2฀Click฀“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4”฀on฀the฀menu฀window.

The installation will start.

When the installation is complete, the Welcome window will be displayed.

3฀Click฀“Next”.

฀“END฀USER฀LICENSE฀AGREEMENT”฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.

฀Read฀“END฀USER฀LICENSE฀AGREEMENT”฀carefully.

4฀If฀you฀agree,฀click฀“I฀accept฀the฀terms฀in฀the฀license฀agreement”฀and฀then฀click฀“Next”.

•฀Follow฀the฀instructions฀on฀the฀installer฀screens฀to฀complete฀the฀installation.

•฀When฀the฀installation฀is฀complete,฀you฀will฀return฀to฀the฀menu฀window.

TIP:

•฀Uninstalling฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4

To฀uninstall฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4,฀do฀the฀same฀procedures฀stated฀as฀in฀“Uninstalling฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool”.฀Read฀“Virtual฀Remote฀

Tool”฀as฀“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4”฀(฀page฀

170)

204

8. User Supportware

Step 2: Connect the projector to a LAN.

Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀LAN฀by฀following฀the฀instructions฀in฀“Connecting฀to฀a฀Wired฀LAN”฀(฀page฀

151),฀“Con-

necting฀to฀a฀Wireless฀LAN฀(Optional:฀NP02LM฀series)”฀(฀page฀152)฀and฀“9.฀Controlling฀the฀Projector฀by฀Using฀an฀

HTTP฀Browser”฀(฀page฀42)

Step 3: Start PC Control Utility Pro 4

Click฀“Start”฀฀“All฀programs”฀or฀“Programs”฀฀“NEC฀Projector฀User฀Supportware”฀฀“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4”฀

“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4”.

NOTE:฀

•฀For฀the฀Schedule฀function฀of฀the฀PC฀Control฀utility฀Pro฀4฀to฀work,฀you฀must฀have฀your฀computer฀running฀and฀not฀in฀standby/

sleep฀mode.฀Select฀“Power฀Options”฀from฀the฀“Control฀Panel”฀in฀Windows฀and฀disable฀its฀standby/sleep฀mode฀before฀running฀the฀

scheduler.

[Example]฀For฀Windows฀7:

Select฀“Control฀Panel”฀฀“System฀and฀Security”฀฀“Power฀Options”฀฀“Change฀when฀the฀computer฀sleeps”฀฀“Put฀the฀computer฀

to฀sleep”฀฀“Never”.฀

NOTE:฀

•฀When฀[POWER-SAVING]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀from฀the฀menu,฀the฀projector฀cannot฀be฀turned฀on฀via฀the฀network฀

(wired฀LAN/wireless฀LAN)฀connection.

•฀When฀[NETWORK฀STANDBY]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀from฀the฀menu,฀the฀projector฀cannot฀be฀turned฀on฀via฀wireless฀

LAN฀connection.

TIP:

Viewing฀the฀Help฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4

•฀Displaying฀the฀Help฀le฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4฀while฀it฀is฀running.

฀Click฀“Help฀(H)”฀฀“Help฀(H)฀…”฀of฀window฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4฀in฀this฀order.

The pop-up menu will be displayed.

•฀Displaying฀the฀help฀le฀using฀the฀Start฀Menu.

฀Click฀“Start”฀฀“All฀programs”฀or฀“Programs”฀฀“NEC฀Projector฀User฀Supportware”฀฀“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4”฀

“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4฀Help”.

The Help screen will be displayed.

205

8. User Supportware

Using on Mac OS

Step 1: Install PC Control Utility Pro 5 on the computer

1.฀Insert฀the฀accompanying฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM฀in฀your฀Mac฀CD-ROM฀drive.

฀The฀CD-ROM฀icon฀will฀be฀displayed฀on฀the฀desktop.

2.฀Double-click฀the฀CD-ROM฀icon.

The CD-ROM window will be displayed.

3.฀Double-click฀the฀“Mac฀OS฀X”฀folder.

4.฀Double-click฀“PC฀Control฀Utility.mpkg”.

The installer will start.

5.฀Click฀“Next”.

฀“END฀USER฀LICENSE฀AGREEMENT”฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.

6.฀Read฀“END฀USER฀LICENSE฀AGREEMENT”฀and฀click฀“Next”.

The conﬁrmation window will be displayed

7.฀Click฀“I฀accept฀the฀terms฀in฀the฀license฀agreement”.

Follow the instructions on the installer screens to complete the installation.

Step 2: Connect the projector to a LAN

Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀LAN฀by฀following฀the฀instructions฀in฀“Connecting฀to฀a฀Wired฀LAN”฀(฀page฀

151),฀“Con-

necting฀to฀a฀Wireless฀LAN฀(Optional:฀NP02LM฀series)”฀(฀page฀152)฀and฀“❾฀Controlling฀the฀Projector฀by฀Using฀an฀

HTTP฀Browser”฀(฀page฀42)

Step 3: Start PC Control Utility Pro 5

1.฀Open฀your฀Applications฀folder฀in฀Mac฀OS.

2.฀Click฀the฀“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀5”฀folder.

3.฀Click฀the฀“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀5”฀icon.

PC Control Utility Pro 5 will start.

NOTE:฀

•฀For฀the฀Schedule฀function฀of฀the฀PC฀Control฀utility฀Pro฀5฀to฀work,฀you฀must฀have฀your฀computer฀running฀and฀not฀in฀sleep฀mode.฀

Select฀“Energy฀Saver”฀from฀the฀“System฀Preferences”฀in฀Mac฀and฀disable฀its฀sleep฀mode฀before฀running฀the฀scheduler.

•฀When฀[POWER-SAVING]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀from฀the฀menu,฀the฀projector฀cannot฀be฀turned฀on฀via฀the฀network฀

(wired฀LAN/wireless฀LAN)฀connection.

•฀When฀[NETWORK฀STANDBY]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀from฀the฀menu,฀the฀projector฀cannot฀be฀turned฀on฀via฀wireless฀

LAN฀connection.

฀

TIP:

Viewing฀the฀Help฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀5

•฀Displaying฀the฀Help฀le฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀5฀while฀it฀is฀running.฀

•฀From฀the฀menu฀bar,฀click฀“Help”฀฀“Help”฀in฀this฀order.฀

The Help screen will be displayed.

•฀Displaying฀the฀Help฀using฀the฀Dock฀

1.฀Open฀“Application฀Folder”฀in฀Mac฀OS.

2.฀Click฀the฀“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀5”฀folder.

3.฀Click฀the฀“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀5฀Help”฀icon.

The Help screen will be displayed.

฀

206

9. Appendix

❶ Troubleshooting

This฀section฀helps฀you฀resolve฀problems฀you฀may฀encounter฀while฀setting฀up฀or฀using฀the฀projector.

Indicator Messages

Power฀Indicator

Indicator Condition Projector฀ConditionNote

Off The main power is off –

Blinking light Blue

0.5 sec On,

0.5 sec Off

The projector is getting ready to turn on. Wait for a moment.

2.5 sec On,

0.5 sec Off

Off Timer is enabled. –

Orange

2.5 sec On,

0.5 sec Off

On Timer is working. –

0.5 sec On,

0.5 sec Off

After cooling. –

Steady light Blue

The projector is turned on. –

Orange [NORMAL] is selected for [STANDBY MODE] –

Red [POWER-SAVING] is selected for [STANDBY

MODE]

–

Status฀Indicator

Indicator Condition Projector฀ConditionNote

Off Normal or Standby ([POWER-SAVING] for

[STANDBY MODE])

–

Blinking light Red

1 cycle (0.5 sec

On, 2.5 sec Off)

Lamp cover error or lamp housing error Replace the lamp cover or lamp housing correctly.

2 cycle (0.5 sec

On, 0.5 sec Off)

Temperature error The projector is overheated. Move the projector to

a cooler location.

3 cycle (0.5 sec

On, 0.5 sec Off)

Power error Power unit is not working properly. Contact your

dealer.

4 cycle (0.5 sec

On, 0.5 sec Off)

Fan error Fans will not work correctly.

6 cycle (0.5 sec

On, 0.5 sec Off)

Lamp error Lamp fails to light. Wait a full minute and then turn

on again.

Orange 1 cycle (0.5 sec

On, 2.5 sec Off)

Network conﬂict

Both the built-in wired LAN and the wireless LAN cannot

be connected to the same network at the same time.

To use both built-in wired LAN and wireless LAN at the

same time, connect them to different networks.

Green Re-firing the lamp (The projector is cooling

down.)

The projector is re-ﬁring.

Wait for a moment.

Steady฀light

Green

Standby ([NORMAL] for [STANDBY MODE])

–

Orange

CONTROL PANEL LOCK is on. You have pressed cabinet button when Control

Panel Lock is on.

CONTROL ID error Remote control ID and projector ID are not

matched.

Lamp Indicator

Indicator Condition Projector฀ConditionNote

Off Normal –

Blinking light Red

Lamp has reached its end of life. Lamp replace-

ment message will be displayed.

Replace the lamp.

Steady light Red Lamp has been used beyond its limit. The projector

will not turn on until the lamp is replaced.

Replace the lamp.

Green [ECO MODE] is set to [NORMAL] or [ECO] –

Over-Temperature฀Protection

If฀the฀temperature฀inside฀the฀projector฀rises฀too฀high,฀the฀over-temperature฀protector฀will฀automatically฀turn฀off฀the฀lamp฀

with฀the฀STATUS฀indicator฀blinking฀(2-cycle฀On฀and฀Off.)

Should฀this฀happen,฀do฀the฀following:

•฀Unplug฀the฀power฀cord฀after฀the฀cooling฀fans฀stop.

•฀Move฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀cooler฀location฀if฀the฀room฀where฀you฀are฀presenting฀is฀particularly฀too฀warm.

•฀Clean฀the฀vents฀if฀they฀are฀clogged฀with฀dust.

•฀Wait฀about฀60฀minutes฀until฀the฀inside฀of฀the฀projector฀becomes฀cool฀enough.

207

9. Appendix

Common Problems & Solutions

(฀“Power/Status/Lamp฀Indicator”฀on฀page฀

206.)

ProblemCheck฀These฀Items

Does not turn on or

shut down

•฀ Check฀that฀the฀power฀cord฀is฀plugged฀in฀and฀that฀the฀power฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀or฀the฀remote฀control฀

is on. ( pages

14, 15)

•฀ Ensure฀that฀the฀lamp฀cover฀is฀installed฀correctly.฀( page 162)

•฀ Check฀to฀see฀if฀the฀projector฀has฀overheated.฀If฀there฀is฀insufcient฀ventilation฀around฀the฀projector฀or฀if฀the฀room฀

where you are presenting is particularly warm, move the projector to a cooler location.

•฀ Check฀to฀see฀if฀you฀continue฀to฀use฀the฀projector฀for฀another฀100฀hours฀after฀the฀lamp฀has฀reached฀the฀end฀of฀its฀

life. If so, replace the lamp. After replacing the lamp, reset the lamp hours used. ( page 160)

•฀ The฀lamp฀may฀fail฀to฀light.฀Wait฀a฀full฀minute฀and฀then฀turn฀on฀the฀power฀again.

•฀ Set฀[FAN฀MODE]฀to฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀when฀using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1700฀meters฀

or higher. Using the projector at altitudes approximately 5500 feet/1700 meters or higher without setting to [HIGH

ALTITUDE] can cause the projector to overheat and the projector could shut down. If this happens, wait a couple

minutes and turn on the projector. ( page

108)

If you turn on the projector immediately after the lamp is turned off, the fans run without displaying an image for

some time and then the projector will display the image. Wait for a moment.

Will turn off •฀ Ensure฀that฀the฀[OFF฀TIMER]฀or฀[AUTO฀POWER฀OFF]฀is฀off.฀( page 103, 111)

No picture

•฀ Use฀the฀COMPUTER1,฀the฀COMPUTER2,฀the฀VIDEO฀or฀the฀S-VIDEO฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀to฀select฀your฀

source (Computer, Video or S-Video). ( page

17) If there is still no picture, press the button again.

•฀ Ensure฀your฀cables฀are฀connected฀properly.

•฀ Use฀menus฀to฀adjust฀the฀brightness฀and฀contrast.฀( page 95)

•฀ Ensure฀that฀the฀lens฀cover฀is฀open.฀( page 5)

•฀ Reset฀the฀settings฀or฀adjustments฀to฀factory฀preset฀levels฀using฀the฀[RESET]฀in฀the฀Menu.฀( page 117)

•฀ Enter฀your฀registered฀keyword฀if฀the฀Security฀function฀is฀enabled.฀( page

33)

•฀ Be฀sure฀to฀connect฀the฀projector฀and฀notebook฀PC฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀standby฀mode฀and฀before฀turning฀on฀

the power to the notebook PC.

In most cases the output signal from the notebook PC is not turned on unless connected to the projector before

being powered up.

* If the screen goes blank while using your remote control, it may be the result of the computer’s screen-saver

or power management software.

•฀ See฀also฀the฀

next page.

Picture suddenly

becomes dark

•฀ Check฀if฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀the฀Forced฀ECO฀mode฀because฀of฀too฀high฀ambient฀temperature.฀If฀this฀is฀the฀case,฀

lower the room temperature by turning down your air conditioner.

Color tone or hue is

unusual

•฀ Check฀if฀an฀appropriate฀color฀is฀selected฀in฀[WALL฀COLOR].฀If฀so,฀select฀an฀appropriate฀option.฀( page 102)

•฀ Adjust฀[HUE]฀in฀[PICTURE].฀( page 95)

Image isn’t square to

the screen

•฀ Reposition฀the฀projector฀to฀improve฀its฀angle฀to฀the฀screen.฀( page

19)

•฀ Use฀the฀Keystone฀correction฀function฀to฀correct฀the฀trapezoid฀distortion.฀( page 24)

Picture is blurred

•฀ Adjust฀the฀focus.฀( page

21)

•฀ Reposition฀the฀projector฀to฀improve฀its฀angle฀to฀the฀screen.฀( page 19)

•฀ Ensure฀that฀the฀distance฀between฀the฀projector฀and฀screen฀is฀within฀the฀adjustment฀range฀of฀the฀lens.

( page 143)

•฀ Condensation฀may฀form฀on฀the฀lens฀if฀the฀projector฀is฀cold,฀brought฀into฀a฀warm฀place฀and฀is฀then฀turned฀on.฀

Should this happen, let the projector stand until there is no condensation on the lens.

Flicker appears on

screen

•฀ Set฀[FAN฀MODE]฀to฀other฀than฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀mode฀when฀using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀5500฀

feet/1700 meters or lower. Using the projector at altitudes less than approximately 5500 feet/1700 meters and

setting to [HIGH ALTITUDE] can cause the lamp to overcool, causing the image to ﬂicker. Switch [FAN MODE] to

[AUTO]. ( page 108)

Image is scrolling

vertically, horizontally

or both

•฀ Check฀the฀computer’s฀resolution฀and฀frequency.฀Make฀sure฀that฀the฀resolution฀you฀are฀trying฀to฀display฀is฀supported฀

by the projector. ( page 214)

•฀ Adjust฀the฀computer฀image฀manually฀with฀the฀Horizontal/Vertical฀in฀the฀[IMAGE฀OPTIONS].฀( page 97)

Remote control does

not work

•฀ Install฀new฀batteries.( page

•฀ Make฀sure฀there฀are฀no฀obstacles฀between฀you฀and฀the฀projector.

•฀ Stand฀within฀22฀feet฀(7฀m)฀of฀the฀projector.฀( page

Indicator is lit or blinking

•฀ See฀the฀POWER/STATUS/LAMP฀Indicator.฀( page 206)

Cross color in RGB

mode

•฀ Press฀the฀AUTO฀ADJ.฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀or฀the฀remote฀control.฀( page

26)

•฀ Adjust฀the฀computer฀image฀manually฀with฀[CLOCK]/[PHASE]฀in฀[IMAGE฀OPTIONS]฀in฀the฀menu.฀( page 96)

For฀more฀information฀contact฀your฀dealer.

208

9. Appendix

If there is no picture, or the picture is not displayed correctly.

•฀Power฀on฀process฀for฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀PC.

฀Be฀sure฀to฀connect฀the฀projector฀and฀notebook฀PC฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀standby฀mode฀and฀before฀turning฀on฀

the฀power฀to฀the฀notebook฀PC.

฀In฀most฀cases฀the฀output฀signal฀from฀the฀notebook฀PC฀is฀not฀turned฀on฀unless฀connected฀to฀the฀projector฀before฀

being฀powered฀up.

NOTE:฀You฀can฀check฀the฀horizontal฀frequency฀of฀the฀current฀signal฀in฀the฀projector’s฀menu฀under฀Information.฀If฀it฀reads฀“0kHz”,฀

this฀means฀there฀is฀no฀signal฀being฀output฀from฀the฀computer.฀(฀page฀

114฀or฀go฀to฀next฀step)

•฀Enabling฀the฀computer’s฀external฀display.

฀Displaying฀an฀image฀on฀the฀notebook฀PC’s฀screen฀does฀not฀necessarily฀mean฀it฀outputs฀a฀signal฀to฀the฀projector.฀

When฀using฀a฀PC฀compatible฀laptop,฀a฀combination฀of฀function฀keys฀will฀enable/disable฀the฀external฀display.฀Usu-

ally,฀the฀combination฀of฀the฀“Fn”฀key฀along฀with฀one฀of฀the฀12฀function฀keys฀gets฀the฀external฀display฀to฀come฀on฀

or฀off.฀For฀example,฀NEC฀laptops฀use฀Fn฀+฀F3,฀while฀Dell฀laptops฀use฀Fn฀+฀F8฀key฀combinations฀to฀toggle฀through฀

external฀display฀selections.

•฀Non-standard฀signal฀output฀from฀the฀computer

฀If฀the฀output฀signal฀from฀a฀notebook฀PC฀is฀not฀an฀industry฀standard,฀the฀projected฀image฀may฀not฀be฀displayed฀

correctly.฀Should฀this฀happen,฀deactivate฀the฀notebook฀PC’s฀LCD฀screen฀when฀the฀projector฀display฀is฀in฀use.฀Each฀

notebook฀PC฀has฀a฀different฀way฀of฀deactivate/reactivate฀the฀local฀LCD฀screens฀as฀described฀in฀the฀previous฀step.฀

Refer฀to฀your฀computer’s฀documentation฀for฀detailed฀information.

•฀Image฀displayed฀is฀incorrect฀when฀using฀a฀Mac

฀When฀using฀a฀Mac฀with฀the฀projector,฀set฀the฀DIPswitch฀of฀the฀Mac฀adapter฀(not฀supplied฀with฀the฀projector)฀ac-

cording฀to฀your฀resolution.฀After฀setting,฀restart฀your฀Mac฀for฀the฀changes฀to฀take฀affect.

฀For฀setting฀display฀modes฀other฀than฀those฀supported฀by฀your฀Mac฀and฀the฀projector,฀changing฀the฀DIP฀switch฀on฀

a฀Mac฀adapter฀may฀bounce฀an฀image฀slightly฀or฀may฀display฀nothing.฀Should฀this฀happen,฀set฀the฀DIP฀switch฀to฀

the฀13"฀xed฀mode฀and฀then฀restart฀your฀Mac.฀After฀that,฀restore฀the฀DIP฀switches฀to฀a฀displayable฀mode฀and฀then฀

restart฀the฀Mac฀again.

NOTE:฀A฀Video฀Adapter฀cable฀manufactured฀by฀Apple฀Inc.฀is฀needed฀for฀a฀MacBook฀which฀does฀not฀have฀a฀mini฀D-Sub฀15-pin฀

connector.

•฀Mirroring฀on฀a฀MacBook

*฀When฀using฀the฀projector฀with฀a฀MacBook,฀output฀may฀not฀be฀set฀to฀1024฀×฀768฀unless฀“mirroring”฀is฀off฀on฀your฀

MacBook.฀Refer฀to฀owner’s฀manual฀supplied฀with฀your฀Mac฀computer฀for฀mirroring.

•฀Folders฀or฀icons฀are฀hidden฀on฀the฀Mac฀screen

฀Folders฀or฀icons฀may฀not฀be฀seen฀on฀the฀screen.฀Should฀this฀happen,฀select฀[View]฀฀[Arrange]฀from฀the฀Apple฀

menu฀and฀arrange฀icons.

209

9. Appendix

❷ Speciﬁcations

This฀section฀provides฀technical฀information฀about฀projector’s฀performance.

Optical

Model฀NumberNP-P501XNP-PE501XNP-P451XNP-P451WNP-P401W

LCD฀Panel0.63฀inch฀LCD฀with฀Micro฀Lens฀Array฀(Aspect฀Ratio฀4:3)0.59฀inch฀LCD฀with฀Micro฀Lens฀Array฀

(Aspect฀Ratio฀16:10)

Resolution*

1024฀×฀768฀pixels฀(XGA)1280฀×฀800฀pixels฀(WXGA)

LensManual฀zoom฀and฀focus

Zoom฀Ratio฀=฀1.7

F1.7–2.2฀f฀=฀17.4–29.0฀mm

Lens฀Shift฀(Vertical)0–0.5฀V0–0.6฀V

Lamp270฀W฀AC฀

(214฀W฀in฀NORMAL)

(163฀W฀in฀ECO)

240฀W฀AC฀

(200฀W฀in฀NOR-

MAL)

(163฀W฀in฀ECO)

270฀W฀AC฀

(214฀W฀in฀NOR-

MAL)

(163฀W฀in฀ECO)

240฀W฀AC฀

(200฀W฀in฀NOR-

MAL)

(163฀W฀in฀ECO)

Light฀Output*

5000 lumens 4500 lumens 4500 lumens 4000 lumens

NORMAL:฀80%NORMAL:฀83%NORMAL:฀80%NORMAL:฀83%

ECO:฀60%*

ECO:฀67%*

ECO:฀60%*

ECO:฀67%*

Contrast฀Ratio*

(full฀white:฀full฀black)

4000:1฀with฀DYNMIC฀CONTRAST฀ON

Image฀Size฀(Diagonal)25–300฀inches/0.64฀m–7.6฀m

Projection฀Distance

(Min.–Max.)

26–543฀inches/0.65–13.8฀m27–573฀inches/0.69–14.6฀m฀

Projection฀Angle0°–16.5°฀(wide)/0°–9.8°฀(tele)

*1฀Effective฀pixels฀are฀more฀than฀99.99%.

*2฀This฀is฀the฀light฀output฀value฀(lumens)฀when฀the฀[PRESET]฀mode฀is฀set฀to฀[HIGH-BRIGHT].฀If฀any฀other฀mode฀is฀selected฀as฀the฀

[PRESET]฀mode,฀the฀light฀output฀value฀may฀drop฀slightly.

*3฀Compliance฀with฀ISO21118-2005

*4฀The฀maximum฀power฀becomes฀equivalent฀to฀power฀in฀NORMAL฀(ECO฀MODE).

Electrical

Model฀NumberNP-P501XNP-PE501XNP-P451XNP-P451WNP-P401W

Inputs

1฀×฀RGB/Component฀(D-Sub฀15฀P),฀2฀×฀HDMI฀Type฀A฀(19P,฀HDMI

฀Connector)฀HDCP฀supported*

1฀×฀S-Video฀(DIN฀4฀P),฀1฀×฀Video฀(RCA),฀1฀×฀(L/R)฀RCA฀Audio,฀1฀×฀Stereo฀Mini฀Audio

Outputs1฀×฀RGB฀(D-Sub฀15P),฀1฀×฀Stereo฀Mini฀Audio

PC฀Control1฀×฀PC฀Control฀Port฀(D-Sub฀9P)

Wired฀LAN฀Port1฀×฀RJ-45฀(10BASE-T/100BASE-TX)฀(not฀supported฀by฀PE501X)

Wireless฀LAN฀Port฀

(Optional)

IEE฀802.11฀b/g/n฀(optional฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀required)฀(not฀supported฀by฀PE501X)

USB฀Port1฀×฀Type฀A,฀1฀×฀Type฀B

MIC฀Input1฀×฀Monaural฀Mini฀Audio฀(Dynamic฀michrophone฀only;฀not฀supported฀by฀plug-in฀mic)

Color฀Reproduction10-bit฀signal฀processing฀(1.07฀billion฀colors)฀(VIEWER,฀NETWORK:฀Colors,฀16.7฀million฀colors)

Compatible฀Signals*

Analog:฀VGA/SVGA/XGA/WXGA/Quad-VGA/SXGA/SXGA+/WXGA+/WXGA++/UXGA/WSXGA+/HD/Full฀

HD/WUXGA/Mac13",฀16",฀21",฀23"

Component:฀480i/480p/576i/576p/720p/1080i/1080p

HDMI:฀VGA/SVGA/XGA/WXGA/Quad-VGA/SXGA/SXGA+/WXGA+/WXGA++/WSXGA+/480p/576p/720p

/1080i/1080p

Horizontal฀Resolution540฀TV฀lines:฀NTSC/NTSC4.43/PAL/PAL-M/PAL-N/PAL60

300฀TV฀lines:฀SECAM

*5฀HDMI

฀(Deep฀Color,฀Lip฀Sync)฀with฀HDCP

฀What฀is฀HDCP/HDCP฀technology?

฀HDCP฀is฀an฀acronym฀for฀High-bandwidth฀Digital฀Content฀Protection.฀High฀bandwidth฀Digital฀Content฀Protection฀(HDCP)฀is฀a฀system฀

for฀preventing฀illegal฀copying฀of฀video฀data฀sent฀over฀a฀High-Denition฀Multimedia฀Interface฀(HDMI).

฀If฀you฀are฀unable฀to฀view฀material฀via฀the฀HDMI฀input,฀this฀does฀not฀necessarily฀mean฀the฀projector฀is฀not฀functioning฀properly.฀With฀

the฀implementation฀of฀HDCP,฀there฀may฀be฀cases฀in฀which฀certain฀content฀is฀protected฀with฀HDCP฀and฀might฀not฀be฀displayed฀

due฀to฀the฀decision/intention฀of฀the฀HDCP฀community฀(Digital฀Content฀Protection,฀LLC).

฀Video:฀Deep฀Color;฀8/10/12-bit,฀LipSync

฀Audio:฀LPCM;฀up฀to฀2฀ch,฀sample฀rate฀32/44.1/48฀KHz,฀sample฀bit;฀16/20/24-bit

*6฀An฀image฀with฀higher฀or฀lower฀resolution฀than฀the฀projector’s฀native฀resolution฀(P501X/P451X/PE501X:฀1024฀×฀768฀/฀P451W/

P401W:฀1280฀×฀800)฀will฀be฀displayed฀with฀Advanced฀AccuBlend.

210

9. Appendix

Model฀NumberNP-P501XNP-PE501XNP-P451XNP-P451WNP-P401W

Scan฀Rate*

Horizontal:฀15฀kHz฀to฀100฀kHz฀(RGB:฀24฀kHz฀or฀over)

Vertical:฀50฀Hz฀to฀120฀Hz฀(HDMI:฀50฀Hz฀to฀85฀Hz)

Sync฀CompatibilitySeparate฀Sync

Built-in฀Speaker16฀W฀(monaural)

Power฀Requirement100–240V฀AC,฀50/60Hz

Input฀Current4.2฀A/1.7฀A4.2฀A/1.7฀A3.9฀A/1.6฀A4.2฀A/1.7฀A3.9฀A/1.6฀A

Power฀

Consump-

tion

(Typical฀

value)

ECO฀

MODE฀

OFF

374฀W฀(100-130฀V)/

357฀W฀(200-240฀V)

367฀W฀(100-130฀V)/

350฀W฀(200-240฀V)

341฀W฀(100-130฀V)/

325฀W฀(200-240฀V)

374฀W฀(100-130฀V)/

357฀W฀(200-240฀V)

341฀W฀(100-130฀V)/

325฀W฀(200-240฀V)

NORMAL304฀W฀(100-130฀V)/

292฀W฀(200-240฀V)

296฀W฀(100-130฀V)/

283฀W฀(200-240฀V)

289฀W฀(100-130฀V)/

274฀W฀(200-240฀V)

304฀W฀(100-130฀V)/

292฀W฀(200-240฀V)

289฀W฀(100-130฀V)/

274฀W฀(200-240฀V)

ECO260฀W฀(100-130฀V)/

248฀W฀(200-240฀V)

253฀W฀(100-130฀V)/

241฀W฀(200-240฀V)

260฀W฀(100-130฀V)/

248฀W฀(200-240฀V)

STANDBY฀

(NORMAL)

10฀W฀(100-130฀V/

200-240฀V)

7฀W฀(100-130฀V/

200-240฀V)

10฀W฀(100-130฀V/200-240฀V)

STANDBY฀

(NET-

WORK)

2.4฀W฀(100-130฀V)/2.8฀W฀(200-240฀V)

(The฀NETWORK฀function฀is฀not฀supported฀by฀PE501X.)

STANDBY฀

(POWER-

SAVING)

0.21฀W฀(100-130฀V)/0.43฀W฀(200-240฀V)

*1฀Some฀scan฀rates฀are฀not฀supported฀depending฀on฀the฀resolution฀of฀its฀input฀signal.

Mechanical

Model฀NumberNP-P501XNP-PE501XNP-P451XNP-P451WNP-P401W

Installation

Orientation

Desktop/Front,฀Desktop/Rear,฀Ceiling/Front,฀Ceiling/Rear

Dimensions15.7"฀(W)฀×฀4.5"฀(H)฀×฀11.1"฀(D)฀/398฀mm฀(W)฀×฀115฀mm฀(H)฀×฀282฀mm฀(D)฀

(not฀including฀protrusions)

Weight9.1฀lbs/4.1฀kg8.8฀lbs/4.0฀kg9.1฀lbs/4.1฀kg

Environmental฀

Considerations

Operational฀Temperatures฀:฀41°฀to฀104°F฀(5°฀to฀40°C),฀

(ECO฀mode฀selected฀automatically฀at฀95°F฀to฀104°F/35°C฀to฀40°C)฀

20%฀to฀80%฀humidity฀(non-condensing)฀

Storage฀Temperatures฀:฀14°฀to฀122°F฀(-10°฀to฀50°C),฀

20%฀to฀80%฀humidity฀(non-condensing)

Operating฀altitude:฀0฀to฀2700฀m/8800฀feet฀(1700฀to฀2700฀m/5500฀to฀8800฀feet:฀Set฀[FAN฀MODE]฀to฀[HIGH฀

ALTITUDE])฀

RegulationsUL/C-UL฀Approved฀(UL฀60950-1,฀CSA฀60950-1)

Meets฀DOC฀Canada฀Class฀B฀requirements

Meets฀FCC฀Class฀B฀requirements

Meets฀AS/NZS฀CISPR.22฀Class฀B

Meets฀EMC฀Directive฀(EN55022,฀EN55024,฀EN61000-3-2,฀EN61000-3-3)

Meets฀Low฀Voltage฀Directive฀(EN60950-1,฀TÜV฀GS฀Approved)

For฀additional฀information฀visit:

US฀:฀http://www.necdisplay.com/

Europe฀:฀http://www.nec-display-solutions.com/

Global฀:฀http://www.nec-display.com/global/index.html

For฀information฀on฀our฀optional฀accessories,฀visit฀our฀website฀or฀see฀our฀brochure.

The฀specications฀are฀subject฀to฀change฀without฀notice.

211

9. Appendix

71.8 (2.8)–76.5 (3)

398 (15.7)

115 (4.5)

282 (11.1)

11.5 (0.5)

175 (6.9)

24 (0.9)

33.8 (1.3)

130 (5.1)

150 (5.9)

200 (7.9)

134 (5.3)

❸ Cabinet Dimensions

NP-P501X/NP-P451X/NP-P451W/NP-P401W

Unit:฀mm฀(inch)

Lens center

Holes for ceiling mount

212

9. Appendix

NP-PE501X

71.8 (2.8)–76.5 (3)

398 (15.7)

115 (4.5)

282 (11.1)

11.5 (0.5)

175 (6.9)

24 (0.9)

33.8 (1.3)

130 (5.1)

150 (5.9)

200 (7.9)

134 (5.3)

Lens center

Holes for ceiling mount

Unit:฀mm฀(inch)

213

9. Appendix

❹ Pin Assignments of D-Sub COMPUTER Input Connector

Mini D-Sub 15 Pin Connector

Signal฀Level

Video฀signal฀:฀0.7Vp-p฀(Analog)

Sync฀signal฀:฀TTL฀level

51423

11 12 13 14 15

6978

Pin No. RGB฀Signal฀(Analog)YCbCr฀Signal

1 RedCr

2 Green฀or฀Sync฀on฀GreenY

3 BlueCb

4 Ground

5 Ground

Red฀GroundCr฀Ground

7Green฀GroundY฀Ground

8 Blue฀GroundCb฀Ground

9No฀Connection

10 Sync฀Signal฀Ground

11 No฀Connection

12 Bi-directional฀DATA฀(SDA)

13 Horizontal฀Sync฀or฀Composite฀

Sync

14 Vertical฀Sync

15 Data฀Clock

COMPUTER IN

NOTE:฀Pin฀Nos.฀12฀and฀15฀are฀required฀for฀DDC/CI.

฀

214

9. Appendix

❺ Compatible Input Signal List

Analog฀RGB

Signal

Resolution

(฀dots฀)

Aspect฀Ratio

Refresh฀Rate

(฀Hz฀)

VGA640 ×480 4:360/72/75/85/

iMac

SVGA800 ×6004:356/60/72/75/85/

iMac

XGA1024 ×768*

4:360/70/75/85/

iMac

XGA+1152 ×8644:360/70/75/85

WXGA1280 ×768*

15:960

1280 ×800 *

16:1060

1360×768*

16:960

1366×768*

16:960

Quad-VGA1280 ×9604:360/75

SXGA1280 × 1024 5:460/75

SXGA+1400 × 1050 4:360

WXGA+1440 ×90016:1060

WXGA++1600×900*

16:960

UXGA1600× 1200 *

4:360/65/70/75

WSXGA+1680 ×1050 16:1060

HD1280 ×72016:960

Full฀HD1920 ×1080 16:960

WUXGA1920×1200 *

16:1060*

MAC฀13"640 ×480 4:367

MAC฀16"832 ×6244:375

MAC฀19"1024 ×7684:375

MAC฀21"1152 ×8704:3*

MAC฀23"1280 × 1024 5:465

Component

SignalFormatAspect฀Ratio

Refresh฀Rate

(฀Hz฀)

HDTV฀(1080p)1920×1080 16:950/60

HDTV฀(1080i)1920×1080 16:950/60

HDTV฀(720p)1280 ×72016:950/60

SDTV฀(480p)720×480 4:3/16:960

SDTV฀(576p)720×5764:3/16:950

SDTV฀(480i)720×480 4:3/16:960

SDTV฀(576i)720×5764:3/16:950

Composite฀Video/S-Video

SignalAspect฀Ratio

Refresh฀Rate

(฀Hz฀)

NTSC4:360

PAL4:350

PAL604:360

SECAM4:350

*1฀Native฀resolution฀on฀XGA฀model฀(P501X/P451X/PE501X)฀

*2฀Native฀resolution฀on฀WXGA฀model฀(P451W/P401W)

*3฀The฀projector฀may฀fail฀to฀display฀these฀signals฀correctly฀when฀[AUTO]฀

is฀selected฀for฀[ASPECT฀RATIO]฀in฀the฀on-screen฀menu.

฀The฀factory฀default฀is฀[AUTO]฀for฀[ASPECT฀RATIO].฀To฀display฀these฀

signals,฀select฀[16:9]฀for฀[ASPECT฀RATIO].

*4฀WXGA฀MODE:฀OFF

*5฀WXGA฀MODE:฀ON

*6฀RB฀(Reduced฀Blanking):฀up฀to฀154฀MHz

NOTE:

•฀An฀image฀with฀higher฀or฀lower฀resolution฀than฀the฀projector’s฀native฀resolution฀(P501X/P451X/PE501X:฀1024฀×฀768฀/฀P451W/

P401W:฀1280฀×฀800)฀will฀be฀displayed฀with฀Advanced฀AccuBlend.

•฀Sync฀on฀Green฀and฀Composite฀sync฀signals฀are฀not฀supported.

•฀Signals฀other฀than฀those฀specied฀in฀the฀table฀above฀may฀not฀be฀displayed฀correctly.฀If฀this฀should฀happen,฀change฀the฀refresh฀

rate฀or฀resolution฀on฀your฀PC.฀Refer฀to฀Display฀Properties฀help฀section฀of฀your฀PC฀for฀procedures.

HDMI

Signal

Resolution

(฀dots฀)

Aspect฀Ratio

Refresh฀Rate

(฀Hz฀)

VGA640 ×480 4:360

SVGA800 ×6004:360

XGA1024 ×768*

4:360

WXGA1280 ×768*

15:960

1280 ×800 *

16:1060

1366×76816:960

Quad-VGA1280 ×9604:360

SXGA1280 × 1024 5:460

SXGA+1400 × 1050 4:360

WXGA+1440 ×90016:1060

WXGA++1600×90016:960

WSXGA+1680 ×1050 16:1060

WUXGA1920×1200 16:1060*

HDTV฀(1080p)1920 ×1080 16:950/60

HDTV฀(1080i)1920 ×1080 16:950/60

HDTV฀(720p)1280 ×72016:950/60

SDTV฀(480p)720 ×480 4:3/16:960

SDTV฀(576p)720 ×5764:3/16:950

SDTV฀(480i)720 ×480 4:3/16:960

SDTV฀(576i)720 ×5764:3/16:950

215

9. Appendix

❻ PC Control Codes and Cable Connection

PC Control Codes

Function Code Data

POWER ON 02H 00H 00H 00H 00H 02H

POWER OFF 02H 01H 00H 00H 00H 03H

INPUT SELECT COMPUTER 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 01H 09H

INPUT SELECT HDMI1 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 1AH 22H

INPUT SELECT HDMI2 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 1BH 23H

INPUT SELECT VIDEO 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 06H 0EH

INPUT SELECT S-VIDEO 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 0BH 13H

INPUT SELECT VIEWER 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 1FH 27H

INPUT SELECT NETWORK 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 20H 28H

INPUT SELECT USB DISPLAY 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 22H 2AH

PICTURE MUTE ON 02H 10H 00H 00H 00H 12H

PICTURE MUTE OFF 02H 11H 00H 00H 00H 13H

SOUND MUTE ON 02H 12H 00H 00H 00H 14H

SOUND MUTE OFF 02H 13H 00H 00H 00H 15H

NOTE:฀Contact฀your฀local฀dealer฀for฀a฀full฀list฀of฀the฀PC฀Control฀Codes฀if฀needed.

Cable Connection

Communication฀Protocol

Baud rate .........................................38400 bps

Data length ......................................8 bits

Parity ...............................................No parity

Stop bit ............................................One bit

X on/off ............................................None

Communications procedure .............Full duplex

NOTE:฀Depending฀on฀the฀equipment,฀a฀lower฀baud฀rate฀may฀be฀recommended฀for฀long฀cable฀runs.

PC Control Connector (D-SUB 9P)

NOTE฀1:฀Pins฀1,฀4,฀6฀and฀9฀are฀no฀used.

NOTE฀2:฀Jumper฀“Request฀to฀Send”฀and฀“Clear฀to฀Send”฀together฀on฀both฀ends฀of฀the฀cable฀to฀simplify฀cable฀connection.

NOTE฀3:฀For฀long฀cable฀runs฀it฀is฀recommended฀to฀set฀communication฀speed฀within฀projector฀menus฀to฀9600฀bps.

15243

67 98

To GND of PC

To RxD of PC

To TxD of PC

To RTS of PC

To CTS of PC

216

9. Appendix

No image is displayed from your PC or video equipment to the

projector.

Still no image even though you connect the projector to the PC

ﬁrst, then start the PC.

Enabling your notebook PC’s signal output to the projector.

•฀ A฀combination฀of฀function฀keys฀will฀enable/disable฀the฀exter-

nal฀display.฀Usually,฀the฀combination฀of฀the฀“Fn”฀key฀along฀

with฀one฀of฀the฀12฀function฀keys฀turns฀the฀external฀display฀

on฀or฀off.฀

No image (blue or black background, no display).

Still no image even though you press the AUTO ADJUST

button.

Still no image even though you carry out [RESET] in the

projector’s menu.

Signal cable’s plug is fully inserted into the input connector

A message appears on the screen.

( _____________________________________________ )

The source connected to the projector is active and available.

Still no image even though you adjust the brightness and/or

the contrast.

Input source’s resolution and frequency are supported by the

projector.

❼ Troubleshooting Check List

Before฀contacting฀your฀dealer฀or฀service฀personnel,฀check฀the฀following฀list฀to฀be฀sure฀repairs฀are฀needed฀also฀by฀

referring฀to฀the฀“Troubleshooting”฀section฀in฀your฀user’s฀manual.฀This฀checklist฀below฀will฀help฀us฀solve฀your฀problem฀

more฀efciently.

*฀Print฀this฀page฀and฀the฀next฀page฀for฀your฀check.

Frequency of occurrence  always  sometimes (How often?_____________________)  other (__________________)

Power

No power (POWER indicator does not light blue) See also “Status

Indicator (STATUS)”.

Power cord’s plug is fully inserted into the wall outlet.

Lamp cover is installed correctly .

Lamp Hours Used (lamp operation hours) was cleared after

lamp replacement.

No power even though you press and hold the POWER but-

ton.

Shut down during operation.

Power cord’s plug is fully inserted into the wall outlet.

Lamp cover is installed correctly .

[AUTO POWER OFF] is turned off (only models with the [AUTO

POWER OFF] function).

[OFF TIMER] is turned off (only models with the [OFF TIMER]

function).

Video and Audio

Image is too dark.

Remains unchanged even though you adjust the brightness

and/or the contrast.

Image is distorted.

Image appears to be trapezoidal (unchanged even though you

carry out the [KEYSTONE] adjustment).

Parts of the image are lost.

Still unchanged even though you press the AUTO ADJUST

button.

Still unchanged even though you carry out [RESET] in the

projector’s menu.

Image is shifted in the vertical or horizontal direction.

Horizontal and vertical positions are correctly adjusted on a

computer signal.

Input source’s resolution and frequency are supported by the

projector.

Some pixels are lost.

Image is ﬂickering.

Still unchanged even though you press the AUTO ADJUST

button.

Still unchanged even though you carry out [RESET] in the

projector’s menu.

Image shows ﬂickering or color drift on a computer signal.

Still unchanged even though you change [FAN MODE] from

[HIGH ALTITUDE] to [AUTO].

Image appears blurry or out of focus.

Still unchanged even though you checked the signal’s resolution

on PC and changed it to projector’s native resolution.

Still unchanged even though you adjusted the focus.

No sound.

Audio cable is correctly connected to the audio input of the

projector.

Still unchanged even though you adjusted the volume level.

AUDIO OUT is connected to your audio equipment (only models

with the AUDIO OUT connector).

Other

Remote control does not work.

No obstacles between the sensor of the projector and the

remote control.

Projector is placed near a ﬂuorescent light that can disturb the

infrared remote controls.

Batteries are new and are not reversed in installation.

Buttons on the projector cabinet do not work (only models with the

[CONTROL PANEL LOCK] function)

[CONTROL PANEL LOCK] is not turned on or is disabled in

the menu.

Still unchanged even though you press and hold the EXIT button

for a minimum of 10 seconds.

217

9. Appendix

In the space below please describe your problem in detail.

Information on application and environment where your projector is used

Projector

Model number:

Serial No.:

Date of purchase:

Lamp operating time (hours):

Eco Mode:  OFF  AUTO ECO

 NORMAL  ECO

Information on input signal:

Horizontal synch frequency [ ] kHz

Vertical synch frequency [ ] Hz

Synch polarity H  (+)  (−)

V  (+)  (−)

Synch type  Separate  Composite

 Sync on Green

STATUS Indicator:

Steady light  Orange  Green

Flashing light [ ]] cycles

Remote control model number:

Signal฀cable

NEC standard or other manufacturer’s cable?

Model number: Length: inch/m

Distribution ampliﬁer

Model number:

Switcher

Model number:

Adapter

Model number:

Installation฀environment

Screen size: inch

Screen type:  White matte  Beads  Polarization

 Wide angle  High contrast

Throw distance: feet/inch/m

Orientation:  Ceiling mount  Desktop

Power outlet connection:



Connected directly to wall outlet

 Connected to power cord extender or other (the

number of connected equipment______________)



Connected to a power cord reel or other (the number

of connected equipment______________)

Computer

Manufacturer:

Model number:

Notebook PC  / Desktop 

Native resolution:

Refresh rate:

Video adapter:

Other:

Video฀equipment

VCR, DVD player, Video camera, Video game or other

Manufacturer:

Model number:

Projector

DVD player

218

9. Appendix

❽ REGISTER YOUR PROJECTOR! (for residents in the United

States, Canada, and Mexico)

Please฀take฀time฀to฀register฀your฀new฀projector.฀This฀will฀activate฀your฀limited฀parts฀and฀labor฀warranty฀and฀InstaCare฀

service฀program.

Visit฀our฀web฀site฀at฀www.necdisplay.com,฀click฀on฀support฀center/register฀product฀and฀submit฀your฀completed฀form฀

online.

Upon฀receipt,฀we฀will฀send฀a฀conrmation฀letter฀with฀all฀the฀details฀you฀will฀need฀to฀take฀advantage฀of฀fast,฀reliable฀

warranty฀and฀service฀programs฀from฀the฀industry฀leader,฀NEC฀Display฀Solutions฀of฀America,฀Inc.

NEC NP-P451X 4500-lumen Entry-Level Professional Installation Projector

Product's Documents

User Manual

Specifications

NEC NP-P451X Questions and Answers